TW202225797A - Display construct and framing for media projection - Google Patents

Display construct and framing for media projection Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202225797A
TW202225797A TW110136286A TW110136286A TW202225797A TW 202225797 A TW202225797 A TW 202225797A TW 110136286 A TW110136286 A TW 110136286A TW 110136286 A TW110136286 A TW 110136286A TW 202225797 A TW202225797 A TW 202225797A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
media display
display
media
retaining clip
window
Prior art date
Application number
TW110136286A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
羅伯特 馬丁森
馬修 謝菲爾
尼泰許 特雷哈
塔德 安茲
志勇 陳
安東尼 楊
文 努元
希瑞哈爾 凱雷森
Original Assignee
美商視野公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US202063085254P external-priority
Priority claimed from PCT/US2020/053641 external-priority patent/WO2021067505A1/en
Application filed by 美商視野公司 filed Critical 美商視野公司
Publication of TW202225797A publication Critical patent/TW202225797A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E06DOORS, WINDOWS, SHUTTERS, OR ROLLER BLINDS IN GENERAL; LADDERS
    • E06BFIXED OR MOVABLE CLOSURES FOR OPENINGS IN BUILDINGS, VEHICLES, FENCES OR LIKE ENCLOSURES IN GENERAL, e.g. DOORS, WINDOWS, BLINDS, GATES
    • E06B9/00Screening or protective devices for wall or similar openings, with or without operating or securing mechanisms; Closures of similar construction
    • E06B9/24Screens or other constructions affording protection against light, especially against sunshine; Similar screens for privacy or appearance; Slat blinds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/15Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on an electrochromic effect
    • G02F1/163Operation of electrochromic cells, e.g. electrodeposition cells; Circuit arrangements therefor
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E06DOORS, WINDOWS, SHUTTERS, OR ROLLER BLINDS IN GENERAL; LADDERS
    • E06BFIXED OR MOVABLE CLOSURES FOR OPENINGS IN BUILDINGS, VEHICLES, FENCES OR LIKE ENCLOSURES IN GENERAL, e.g. DOORS, WINDOWS, BLINDS, GATES
    • E06B9/00Screening or protective devices for wall or similar openings, with or without operating or securing mechanisms; Closures of similar construction
    • E06B9/24Screens or other constructions affording protection against light, especially against sunshine; Similar screens for privacy or appearance; Slat blinds
    • E06B2009/2464Screens or other constructions affording protection against light, especially against sunshine; Similar screens for privacy or appearance; Slat blinds featuring transparency control by applying voltage, e.g. LCD, electrochromic panels

Abstract

Disclosed herein are systems, apparatuses, methods, and non-transitory computer readable media related to display constructs that can be fixed or movable. The display constructs may be is at least partially transparent and can be viewed therethrough. Display constructs may be arranged in planar matrices, e.g., using one or more retaining clips.

Description

用於媒體投影之顯示構造及框架Display structures and frames for media projection

優先權申請priority application

本申請案主張來自2021年9月21日申請之標題為「DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION AND WIRELESS CHARGING」之美國臨時專利申請案第63/246,770號、2021年6月18日申請之標題為「DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION AND WIRELESS CHARGING」之美國臨時專利申請案第63/212,483號、2021年4月2日申請之標題為「DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION AND WIRELESS CHARGING」之美國臨時專利申請案第63/170,245號、2021年2月26日申請之標題為「DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION AND WIRELESS CHARGING」之美國臨時專利申請案第63/154,352號、2020年11月19日申請之標題為「DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION」之美國臨時專利申請案第63/115,842號、2021年6月16日申請之標題為「DISPLAY CONSTRUCT AND FRAMING FOR MEDIA PROJECTION」之美國臨時專利申請案第63/211,400號、2021年1月8日申請之標題為「CONFIGURATION OF MEDIA DISPLAY IN A FACILITY」之美國臨時專利申請案第63/135,021號及2021年9月23日申請之標題為「CONFIGURATION ASSOCIATED WITH MEDIA DISPLAY IN A FACILITY」之美國臨時專利申請案第63/247,684號的優先權。本申請案亦主張來自2020年11月19日申請之標題為「DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION」之美國臨時專利申請案第63/115,842號及2021年2月26日申請之標題為「DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION AND WIRELESS CHARGING」之美國臨時專利申請案第63/154,352號的優先權。本申請案主張優先權為來自2020年9月30日申請之標題為「TANDEM VISION WINDOW AND MEDIA DISPLAY」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US20/53641號之部分接續,該國際專利申請案主張來自2019年10月5日申請之標題為「TANDEM VISION WINDOW AND TRANSPARENT DISPLAY」之美國臨時專利申請案第62/911,271號、2019年12月20日申請之標題為「TANDEM VISION WINDOW AND TRANSPARENT DISPLAY」之美國臨時專利申請案第62/952,207號、2020年2月12日申請之標題為「TANDEM VISION WINDOW AND MEDIA DISPLAY」之美國臨時專利申請案第62/975,706號、2020年9月30日申請之標題為「TANDEM VISION WINDOW AND MEDIA DISPLAY」之美國臨時專利申請案第63/085,254號的優先權。國際專利申請案第PCT/US20/53641號亦為2020年11月17日申請之標題為「DISPLAYS FOR TINTABLE WINDOWS」之美國專利申請案第16/950,774號之部分接續,該美國專利申請案為2019年10月24日申請之標題為「DISPLAYS FOR TINTABLE WINDOWS」之美國專利申請案第16/608,157號之部分接續,該美國專利申請案為2018年4月25日申請之標題為「DISPLAYS FOR TINTABLE WINDOWS」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US18/29476號之國家級條目,該國際專利申請案主張來自(i)2017年12月19日申請之標題為「ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOWS WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY FIELD」之美國臨時專利申請案第62/607,618號、(ii)2017年6月22日申請之標題為「ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOWS WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY」之美國臨時專利申請案第62/523,606號、(iii)2017年5月17日申請之標題為「ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOWS WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY」之美國臨時專利申請案第62/507,704號、(iv)2017年5月15日申請之標題為「ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOWS WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY」之美國臨時專利申請案第62/506,514號及(v)2017年4月26日申請之標題為「ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOWS WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY」之美國臨時專利申請案第62/490,457號的優先權。國際專利申請案第PCT/US20/53641號亦為2020年10月28日申請之標題為「BUILDING NETWORK」之美國專利申請案第17/083,128號之部分接續,該美國專利申請案為2019年10月25日申請之標題為「BUILDING NETWORK」之美國專利申請案第16/664,089號之接續,該美國專利申請案為2019年5月2日申請之標題為「EDGE NETWORK FOR BUILDING SERVICES」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US19/30467號之國家級條目,該國際專利申請案主張來自2018年5月02日申請之美國臨時專利申請案第62/666,033號之優先權,美國專利申請案第17/083,128號亦為2018年4月25日申請之標題為「TINTABLE WINDOW SYSTEM FOR BUILDING SERVICES」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US18/29460號之部分接續,該國際專利申請案主張來自美國臨時專利申請案第62/607,618號、美國臨時專利申請案第62/523,606號、美國臨時專利申請案第62/507,704號、美國臨時專利申請案第62/506,514號及美國臨時專利申請案第62/490,457號的優先權。國際專利申請案第PCT/US20/53641號亦為2020年10月27日申請之標題為「TINTABLE WINDOW SYSTEM COMPUTING PLATFORM」之美國專利申請案第17/081,809號之部分接續,該美國專利申請案為2019年10月24日申請之標題為「TINTABLE WINDOW SYSTEM COMPUTING PLATFORM」之美國專利申請案第16/608,159號之接續,該美國專利申請案為2018年4月25日申請之標題為「TINTABLE WINDOW SYSTEM COMPUTING PLATFORM」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US18/29406號之國家級條目,該國際專利申請案主張來自美國臨時專利申請案第62/607,618號、美國臨時專利申請案第62/523,606號、美國臨時專利申請案第62/507,704號、美國臨時專利申請案第62/506,514號及美國臨時專利申請案第62/490,457號的優先權。上述專利文獻中之每一者以全文引用的方式併入本文中。 本發明係關於用於媒體投影之顯示構造及框架。 This application claims to originate from U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 63/246,770, filed on September 21, 2021, and entitled "DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION AND WIRELESS CHARGING," filed on June 18, 2021, and entitled "DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION AND WIRELESS CHARGING." US Provisional Patent Application No. 63/212,483 for FOR MEDIA PROJECTION AND WIRELESS CHARGING, US Provisional Patent Application No. 63/170,245, filed April 2, 2021, titled "DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION AND WIRELESS CHARGING" , U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/154,352, filed on February 26, 2021, and entitled "DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION AND WIRELESS CHARGING," and filed on November 19, 2020, and entitled "DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION" U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/115,842, filed on June 16, 2021, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/211,400, filed June 16, 2021, and entitled "DISPLAY CONSTRUCT AND FRAMING FOR MEDIA PROJECTION", filed on January 8, 2021 U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/135,021 entitled "CONFIGURATION OF MEDIA DISPLAY IN A FACILITY" and U.S. Provisional Patent Application entitled "CONFIGURATION ASSOCIATED WITH MEDIA DISPLAY IN A FACILITY" filed on September 23, 2021 Priority No. 63/247,684. This application also claims from U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 63/115,842, filed Nov. 19, 2020, and entitled "DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA PROJECTION," and filed Feb. 26, 2021, entitled "DISPLAY CONSTRUCT FOR MEDIA." Priority of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/154,352 to PROJECTION AND WIRELESS CHARGING. This application claims priority as a continuation-in-part from International Patent Application No. PCT/US20/53641 entitled "TANDEM VISION WINDOW AND MEDIA DISPLAY" filed on September 30, 2020, which claims from 2019 U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/911,271, filed Oct. 5, 2019, and entitled "TANDEM VISION WINDOW AND TRANSPARENT DISPLAY," U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/911,271, filed Dec. 20, 2019, and entitled "TANDEM VISION WINDOW AND TRANSPARENT DISPLAY" Patent Application No. 62/952,207, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/975,706, filed Feb. 12, 2020, entitled "TANDEM VISION WINDOW AND MEDIA DISPLAY", filed on Sept. 30, 2020, entitled " Priority of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/085,254 to TANDEM VISION WINDOW AND MEDIA DISPLAY". International Patent Application No. PCT/US20/53641 is also a continuation-in-part of US Patent Application No. 16/950,774, filed on November 17, 2020, entitled "DISPLAYS FOR TINTABLE WINDOWS", which is filed in 2019 Continuation-in-part of US Patent Application Serial No. 16/608,157, filed on October 24, 2018, entitled "DISPLAYS FOR TINTABLE WINDOWS," which was filed on April 25, 2018 and entitled "DISPLAYS FOR TINTABLE WINDOWS." National Entry of International Patent Application No. PCT/US18/29476 of (i) U.S. Provisional Title "ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOWS WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY FIELD" filed on December 19, 2017 Patent Application No. 62/607,618, (ii) U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/523,606, filed June 22, 2017, entitled "ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOWS WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY", (iii) May 17, 2017 U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/507,704, filed on May 15, 2017, and entitled "ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOWS WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY" Application No. 62/506,514 and (v) priority to US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/490,457, filed April 26, 2017, entitled "ELECTROCHROMIC WINDOWS WITH TRANSPARENT DISPLAY TECHNOLOGY". International Patent Application No. PCT/US20/53641 is also a continuation-in-part of US Patent Application No. 17/083,128, filed October 28, 2020, entitled "BUILDING NETWORK", which was filed on October 20, 2019 Continuation of US Patent Application Serial No. 16/664,089, filed on May 25, entitled "BUILDING NETWORK", which is an international patent filed on May 2, 2019, entitled "EDGE NETWORK FOR BUILDING SERVICES" National entry of Application No. PCT/US19/30467, an International Patent Application Claiming Priority from US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/666,033, filed on May 02, 2018, US Patent Application No. 17/ No. 083,128 is also a continuation-in-part of International Patent Application No. PCT/US18/29460, filed on April 25, 2018, entitled "TINTABLE WINDOW SYSTEM FOR BUILDING SERVICES", which claims to be derived from a US Provisional Patent Application US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/607,618, US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/523,606, US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/507,704, US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/506,514 and US Provisional Patent Application priority. International Patent Application No. PCT/US20/53641 is also a continuation-in-part of US Patent Application No. 17/081,809, filed on October 27, 2020, entitled "TINTABLE WINDOW SYSTEM COMPUTING PLATFORM," which is A continuation of US Patent Application No. 16/608,159, filed on October 24, 2019, and entitled "TINTABLE WINDOW SYSTEM COMPUTING PLATFORM," which was filed on April 25, 2018, and entitled "TINTABLE WINDOW SYSTEM COMPUTING PLATFORM." COMPUTING PLATFORM" national entry in International Patent Application No. PCT/US18/29406, which claims from US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/607,618, US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/523,606, US Priority to Provisional Patent Application No. 62/507,704, US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/506,514 and US Provisional Patent Application No. 62/490,457. Each of the above patent documents is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The present invention relates to display structures and frames for media projection.

各種設施(例如,建築物)具有安設於例如其立面中之窗。窗提供了用以觀看設施外部之環境的方式。在一些設施中,窗可能佔據設施立面之相當大部分。使用者可請求利用窗表面區域來觀看各種媒體(例如,出於娛樂目的、處理資料,及/或進行視訊會議)。有時,使用者可想要最佳化內部空間之使用以使媒體可視化(例如,藉由使用窗表面)。媒體可為電子媒體及/或光學媒體。使用者可請求在對經由窗之可見性之影響最小的情況下觀看媒體。可經由至少部分透明之顯示器來顯示媒體。有時,觀看媒體可需要經著色(例如,較暗)背幕。有時,使用者可想要對其內部環境進行遮光。有時,媒體顯示器(例如,OLED顯示器)之壽命可隨時間推移而受損,例如由於紫外線(UV)輻照、熱及大氣成分。此類損害可縮短媒體顯示器之長期使用。有時,使用者可想要使用覆疊、擴增實境及/或照明來擴增外部視圖。在某些設定中,具有架構元件且經由架構元件進行觀看(例如,當並不顯示媒體時及/或當顯示媒體時)可為有益的,該架構元件促進在架構元件(例如,結構)之相對側處顯示之兩個(例如,相同或不同)媒體之(例如,同時)觀看。在某些組態中,移動顯示構造(例如,在其操作期間及/或當顯示構造不可操作時即時移動)可為有益的。本發明提供了對此問題及其他問題之解決方案。Various facilities (eg, buildings) have windows installed, for example, in their facades. Windows provide a way to view the environment outside the facility. In some facilities, windows may occupy a substantial portion of the facility's facade. The user may request to utilize the window surface area to view various media (eg, for entertainment purposes, for processing data, and/or for videoconferencing). At times, a user may want to optimize the use of interior space for media visualization (eg, by using window surfaces). The media may be electronic media and/or optical media. The user may request to view the media with minimal impact on visibility through the window. The media can be displayed via an at least partially transparent display. At times, viewing media may require a colored (eg, darker) backdrop. Occasionally, users may want to shade their internal environment from light. At times, the lifetime of media displays (eg, OLED displays) can be compromised over time, eg, due to ultraviolet (UV) radiation, heat, and atmospheric components. Such damage can shorten the long-term use of the media display. At times, a user may want to augment the exterior view using overlays, augmented reality, and/or lighting. In certain settings, it may be beneficial to have and view through architectural elements (eg, when the media is not being displayed and/or when the media is displayed) that facilitates the interaction between architectural elements (eg, structures) Two (eg, the same or different) media displayed at opposite sides are viewed (eg, simultaneously). In certain configurations, it may be beneficial to move the display construct (eg, during its operation and/or on-the-fly when the display construct is inoperable). The present invention provides a solution to this and other problems.

在一態樣中,本文中揭示一種與窗(例如,觀看窗,諸如可著色窗)耦接之顯示構造。觀看窗可或可不包括整合玻璃單元。顯示構造可包括一或多個玻璃窗格。顯示器可包含至少一個顯示矩陣。顯示矩陣可包含例如至少部分透明的發光二極體(LED)(例如,TOLED顯示構造)。顯示器可包含液晶顯示器(LCD)。In one aspect, disclosed herein is a display configuration coupled to a window (eg, a viewing window, such as a tintable window). The viewing window may or may not include an integrated glazing unit. The display configuration may include one or more panes of glass. The display may include at least one display matrix. The display matrix may comprise, for example, at least partially transparent light emitting diodes (LEDs) (eg, TOLED display configurations). The display may comprise a liquid crystal display (LCD).

在一態樣中,本文中揭示一種顯示構造,其包含中間支撐結構及至少一對顯示矩陣,該至少一對顯示矩陣在支撐該至少一對顯示矩陣之支撐結構之相對側處顯示媒體。支撐結構及顯示矩陣可至少部分地對可見光透明。顯示構造可安設於耦接至欄桿之框架中,因此促進其(例如,側向)行動性。框架可經組態以容納促進在顯示矩陣上顯示媒體之一或多個電路板。In one aspect, disclosed herein is a display construction that includes an intermediate support structure and at least one pair of display matrices that display media at opposite sides of a support structure supporting the at least one pair of display matrices. The support structure and display matrix can be at least partially transparent to visible light. The display structure can be mounted in a frame coupled to the railing, thus facilitating its (eg, lateral) mobility. The frame may be configured to accommodate one or more circuit boards that facilitate display of media on the display matrix.

在另一態樣中,本文中揭示例如在顯示構造之輪緣中對任何層壓缺陷之強化應用。In another aspect, disclosed herein is a strengthening application to any lamination defects, such as in a rim of a display construction.

在另一態樣中,一種用於對準媒體顯示器之矩陣中之媒體顯示器的裝置,該裝置包含:保持夾,其經組態以(i)安裝至第一媒體顯示器及第二媒體顯示器、(ii)促進該第一媒體顯示器與該第二媒體顯示器在同一或實質上同一平面中之對準、(iii)保持或實質上保持該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器在該保持夾與該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器之接合期間之相對位置,及(iv)鄰近於該第一媒體顯示器之第一端及該第二媒體顯示器之第二端安置,其中該第一媒體顯示器在媒體顯示器之該矩陣中緊鄰該第二媒體顯示器安置。In another aspect, an apparatus for aligning media displays in a matrix of media displays, the apparatus comprising: a retaining clip configured to (i) mount to a first media display and a second media display, (ii) facilitate alignment of the first media display and the second media display in the same or substantially the same plane, (iii) maintain or substantially maintain the first media display and the second media display in the retaining clip relative position during engagement with the first media display and the second media display, and (iv) disposed adjacent to the first end of the first media display and the second end of the second media display, wherein the first A media display is positioned next to the second media display in the matrix of media displays.

在一些實施例中,該保持夾經組態以保持或實質上保持該第一媒體顯示器、該第二媒體顯示器及與該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器耦接之支撐結構在該保持夾與該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器之接合期間的相對位置。在一些實施例中,該保持夾經組態以以可移除方式安裝至該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器。在一些實施例中,該第一媒體顯示器緊鄰該第二媒體顯示器而其間未安置有任何其他媒體顯示器。在一些實施例中,該保持夾經組態以至少部分地藉由經組態以與該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器接合及脫離而以可移除方式安裝至該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器。在一些實施例中,該保持夾經組態以(a)經由該第一媒體顯示器之第一框架而以可移除方式安裝至該第一媒體顯示器及(b)經由該第二媒體顯示器之第二框架而以可移除方式安裝至該第二媒體顯示器。在一些實施例中,該第一媒體顯示器在該第一媒體顯示器之與該第一端相對之第一側上耦接至支撐面板之一側,其中該第二媒體顯示器在該第二媒體顯示器之與該第二端相對之第二側上耦接至該支撐面板之該側。在一些實施例中,該第一媒體顯示器使用第一鉸鏈耦接至該支撐面板之該側,其中該第二媒體顯示器使用第二鉸鏈耦接至該支撐面板之該側。在一些實施例中,該第一鉸鏈促進該第一媒體顯示器相對於該支撐面板圍繞第一鉸鏈接合部之迴轉,且其中該第二鉸鏈促進該第二媒體顯示器相對於該支撐面板圍繞第二鉸鏈接合部之迴轉。在一些實施例中,該保持夾經組態以在該保持夾安裝至該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器時妨礙(例如,防止)該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器之迴轉。在一些實施例中,該第一媒體顯示器經由該支撐面板之框架耦接至該支撐面板之該側,其中該第二媒體顯示器經由該支撐面板之該框架耦接至該支撐面板之該側。在一些實施例中,該支撐面板包含窗。在一些實施例中,該窗為可著色窗。在一些實施例中,該可著色窗及該等媒體顯示器經組態以受控制系統控制。在一些實施例中,該等媒體顯示器中之至少一者經組態以以通信方式耦接至一或多個控制器,該一或多個控制器經組態以控制(例如,電子及/或數位)媒體在該等媒體顯示器中之該至少一者上之顯示,該一或多個控制器包括於該控制系統中。在一些實施例中,該等媒體顯示器中之至少一者經組態以以通信方式耦接至該控制系統之第一控制器,且其中該可著色窗經組態以以通信方式耦接至該控制系統之第二控制器。在一些實施例中,該等媒體顯示器中之至少一者經組態以以通信方式耦接至該控制系統之第一控制器,該第一控制器安置於該可著色窗之窗框外殼中。在一些實施例中,該控制系統為階層控制系統。在一些實施例中,該控制系統(i)包含控制器之分佈式網路、(ii)經組態以控制除該裝置之外的該設施之不同裝置、(iii)經組態以控制與該設施相關之傳訊,及/或(iv)經組態以控制該設施。在一些實施例中,該控制系統經組態以至少部分地藉由經組態以控制(I)該設施之環境、(II)該設施之建築物管理系統及/或(III)該設施中人員之存在而控制該設施。在一些實施例中,與該設施相關之傳訊包括教學、娛樂、安全性、健康、工作、問候、排程及/或以其他方式資訊性傳訊。在一些實施例中,不同裝置包含一或多個感測器、一或多個發射器、一或多個收發器或一或多個可著色窗。在一些實施例中,一或多個感測器包含環境感測器。在一些實施例中,該一或多個感測器包含溫度感測器、揮發性有機化合物(VOC)感測器、微粒物質感測器、氣體感測器、壓力感測器、加速計、聲音感測器或電磁感測器。在一些實施例中,一或多個發射器包含照明、加熱器、冷卻器、通風機、揚聲器、化學發射器、加熱冷卻及通風(HVAC)系統或媒體顯示器。在一些實施例中,一或多個收發器包含無線電或天線。在一些實施例中,天線包含雷達、分佈式天線系統(DAS)或小型小區。在一些實施例中,天線經組態以用於至少第三代(3G)、第四代(4G)或第五代(5G)蜂巢式通信協定之蜂巢式通信。在一些實施例中,一或多個可著色窗包含電致變色窗。在一些實施例中,可著色窗及媒體顯示器以可操作方式耦接至網路。在一些實施例中,網路經組態以以通信方式耦接至建築物管理系統。在一些實施例中,網路經組態以促進設施之環境之調整。在一些實施例中,可著色窗及媒體顯示器經組態以自網路接收功率。在一些實施例中,網路之一部分含於設施中且網路之第二部分遠離設施定位。在一些實施例中,網路之至少一部分安置於設施之封閉體之包絡中,其中封閉體視情況包含建築物。在一些實施例中,網路包含安設於設施中之第一網路。在一些實施例中,該網路經組態以在單一電纜上傳輸通信及功率。在一些實施例中,網路經組態以在單一電纜上傳輸不同類型之通信。在一些實施例中,不同類型之通信包含控制信號、蜂巢式信號、感測器資料、視訊、圖像、聲音或另一資料類型。在一些實施例中,另一資料類型包含數位或電子資料。在一些實施例中,蜂巢式信號符合至少第三代(3G)、第四代(4G)或第五代(5G)蜂巢式通信協定。在一些實施例中,控制信號符合建築物自動化及控制(BAC)協定。在一些實施例中,網路經組態以以可操作方式耦接至至少一個控制器。在一些實施例中,該網路經組態以以可操作方式耦接至(i)視情況形成控制系統之一或多個控制器、(ii)除該裝置之外的該設施之不同裝置、(iii)傳達與該設施相關之傳訊,及/或(iv)經組態以促進控制該設施。在一些實施例中,該第一媒體顯示器包括自其延伸之第一銷釘,該第二媒體顯示器包括自其延伸之第二銷釘,且該保持夾經組態以與該第一銷釘及該第二銷釘接合,以促進(i)該第一媒體顯示器與該第二媒體顯示器在同一或實質上同一平面中之對準,及/或(ii)保持或實質上保持該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器隨時間推移及/或在操作期間之相對位置。在一些實施例中,該保持夾經組態以耦接至內部框架部分,該內部框架部分包括(i)第一臂,其跨越窗在第一方向上延伸且緊固至窗框架系統;(ii)第二臂,其大體上垂直於該第一方向在第二方向上延伸,該第二臂跨越該媒體顯示器矩陣延伸且經組態以將該媒體顯示器緊固至該窗框架系統;以及(iii)接合部,其將該第一臂緊固至該第二臂且將該保持夾以可移除方式緊固至安置於該第一媒體顯示器與該第二媒體顯示器之間的該內部框架部分。在一些實施例中,該保持夾包含(i)第一支腿,其經組態以在同一平面或實質上同一平面中將該第一媒體顯示器與該第二媒體對準,其中該第一媒體顯示器在該第一媒體顯示器之與該第一端相對之第一側上耦接至該第一支腿,其中該第二媒體顯示器在該第二媒體顯示器之與該第二端相對之第二側上耦接至該第一支腿;及(ii)第二支腿,其大體上垂直於該第一支腿自該接合部延伸且經組態以促進該保持夾之安裝。在一些實施例中,該第二支腿經組態以在接合後允許該第一媒體顯示器相對於該第二媒體顯示器之最小移動或防止該移動。在一些實施例中,該內部框架部分包括半滲透材料,該半滲透材料(a)在該第一臂與(i)該第一媒體顯示器、(ii)該第二媒體顯示器或(iii)該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器兩者之間及/或(b)在該第二臂與(i)該第一媒體顯示器、(ii)該第二媒體顯示器或(iii)該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器兩者之間。在一些實施例中,該半滲透材料包含厚度以填充該第一臂與該第一媒體顯示器、該第一臂與該第二媒體顯示器、該第二臂與該第一媒體顯示器及/或該第二臂與該第二媒體顯示器之間的間隙。在一些實施例中,該半滲透材料經組態以壓縮以將該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器維持於同一或實質上同一平面中。在一些實施例中,該半滲透材料包含泡沫。在一些實施例中,該半滲透材料經組態以允許氣流通過該半滲透材料。在一些實施例中,該保持夾經組態以接合及在接合後支撐:該第一媒體顯示器之第一銷釘及該第二媒體顯示器之第二銷釘。在一些實施例中,該第一銷釘經組態以自該第一媒體顯示器之第一框架突出且/或其中該第二銷釘經組態以自該第二媒體顯示器之第二框架突出。在一些實施例中,該保持夾經組態以(i)安裝至該第一媒體顯示器、該第二媒體顯示器、第三媒體顯示器及第四媒體顯示器;(ii)促進該第一媒體顯示器、該第二媒體顯示器、該第三媒體顯示器及該第四媒體顯示器在同一或實質上同一平面中之對準;(iii)保持或實質上保持該第一媒體顯示器、該第二媒體顯示器、該第三媒體顯示器及該第四媒體顯示器在該保持夾與該第一媒體顯示器、該第二媒體顯示器、該第三媒體顯示器及該第四媒體顯示器之接合期間之相對位置;以及(iv)鄰近於該第一媒體顯示器之該第一端、該第二媒體顯示器之該第二端、該第三媒體顯示器之第三端及該第四媒體顯示器之第四端安置,其中在媒體顯示器之該矩陣中,該第一媒體顯示器緊鄰該第二媒體顯示器安置,該第二媒體顯示器緊鄰該第三媒體顯示器安置,該第三媒體顯示器緊鄰該第四媒體顯示器安置,該第四媒體顯示器緊鄰該第一媒體顯示器安置。在一些實施例中,該保持夾包含(i)自保持夾中心延伸之第一支腿,該第一支腿經組態以在同一平面或實質上同一平面中將該第一媒體顯示器與該第二媒體對準,其中該第一媒體顯示器在該第一媒體顯示器之與該第一端相對之第一側上耦接至該第一支腿,其中該第二媒體顯示器在該第二媒體顯示器之與該第二端相對之第二側上耦接至該第一支腿;(ii)在與該第一支腿相反之橫向方向上自該保持夾中心延伸之第二支腿,該第二支腿經組態以在同一平面或實質上同一平面中將該第三媒體顯示器與該第四媒體對準,其中該第三媒體顯示器在該第三媒體顯示器之與該第三媒體顯示器之第三端相對之第三側上耦接至該第二支腿,其中該第四媒體顯示器在該第四媒體顯示器之與該第四媒體顯示器之第四端相對之第四側上耦接至該第二支腿;以及(iii)大體上垂直於該第一支腿及該第二支腿延伸之第三支腿,該第三支腿經組態以促進該保持夾之安裝。在一些實施例中,該第一支腿經組態以在接合後允許該第一媒體顯示器相對於該第二媒體顯示器之最小移動或防止該移動,且/或其中該第二支腿經組態以在接合後允許該第三媒體顯示器相對於該第四媒體顯示器之最小移動或防止該移動。在一些實施例中,該保持夾經組態以接合及在接合後支撐:該第一媒體顯示器之第一銷釘、該第二媒體顯示器之第二銷釘、該第三媒體顯示器之第三銷釘及該第四媒體顯示器之第四銷釘。在一些實施例中,(i)該第一銷釘經組態以自該第一媒體顯示器之第一框架突出、(ii)該第二銷釘經組態以自該第二媒體顯示器之第二框架突出、(iii)該第三銷釘經組態以自該第三媒體顯示器之第三框架突出,及/或(iv)該第四銷釘經組態以自該第四媒體顯示器之第四框架突出。在一些實施例中,該第一臂為大體上C形。在一些實施例中,該第一支腿包含曲率。在一些實施例中,該第一臂及該第二臂各自為大體上C形。在一些實施例中,該第一支腿包含曲率及/或該第二支腿包含曲率。在一些實施例中,該接合部包括凸台,該凸台經組態以以可操作方式接合該保持夾以將該保持夾以可移除方式緊固至該接合部。在一些實施例中,該保持夾包括延伸通過其之緊固件,該緊固件選擇性地將該保持夾緊固至該接合部。在一些實施例中,該內部框架部分包括沿著該接合部之至少一部分自該凸台延伸之加強件凸緣。在一些實施例中,該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器中之每一者包括自其延伸之銷釘,且該保持夾選擇性地以可操作方式接合該等銷釘以促進該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器在同一或實質上同一平面中之對準,且保持或實質上保持該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器之相對位置。在一些實施例中,該保持夾包括延伸通過其之緊固件,該緊固件選擇性地將該保持夾緊固至窗框架系統。在一些實施例中,該保持夾經組態以耦接至內部框架部分,該內部框架部分包括(i)跨越窗延伸且緊固至窗框架系統之第一臂,其中該第一臂包含具有直立凸緣之曲率;及(ii)經組態以安裝在該第一臂與該第一媒體顯示器、該第二媒體顯示器或該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器兩者之間的半滲透材料。在一些實施例中,該半滲透材料包含厚度以填充該第一臂與(i)該第一媒體顯示器、(ii)該第二媒體顯示器或(iii)該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器兩者之間的間隙。在一些實施例中,該半滲透材料經組態以壓縮以將該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器維持於同一或實質上同一平面中。在一些實施例中,該半滲透材料包含泡沫。在一些實施例中,該半滲透材料安裝於直立凸緣之間。在一些實施例中,該半滲透材料經組態以允許氣流通過該半滲透材料。在一些實施例中,其中該內部框架部分包括凸台,該凸台以可操作方式接合保持夾以將該保持夾以可移除方式緊固至該窗框架系統。In some embodiments, the retention clip is configured to retain or substantially retain the first media display, the second media display, and a support structure coupled to the first media display and the second media display in the retention The relative position of the clip during engagement with the first media display and the second media display. In some embodiments, the retention clip is configured to be removably mounted to the first media display and the second media display. In some embodiments, the first media display is immediately adjacent to the second media display without any other media displays positioned therebetween. In some embodiments, the retention clip is configured to be removably mounted to the first media display at least in part by being configured to engage and disengage the first media display and the second media display and the second media display. In some embodiments, the retaining clip is configured to (a) be removably mounted to the first media display via the first frame of the first media display and (b) via the second media display The second frame is removably mounted to the second media display. In some embodiments, the first media display is coupled to a side of the support panel on a first side of the first media display opposite the first end, wherein the second media display is on the second media display It is coupled to the side of the support panel on a second side opposite the second end. In some embodiments, the first media display is coupled to the side of the support panel using a first hinge, wherein the second media display is coupled to the side of the support panel using a second hinge. In some embodiments, the first hinge facilitates pivoting of the first media display relative to the support panel about a first hinge joint, and wherein the second hinge facilitates pivoting of the second media display relative to the support panel about a second hinge Rotation of the hinge joint. In some embodiments, the retaining clip is configured to hinder (eg, prevent) rotation of the first media display and the second media display when the retaining clip is mounted to the first media display and the second media display . In some embodiments, the first media display is coupled to the side of the support panel via the frame of the support panel, wherein the second media display is coupled to the side of the support panel via the frame of the support panel. In some embodiments, the support panel includes a window. In some embodiments, the window is a tintable window. In some embodiments, the tintable window and the media displays are configured to be controlled by a control system. In some embodiments, at least one of the media displays is configured to be communicatively coupled to one or more controllers configured to control (eg, electronically and/or (or digital) media on the at least one of the media displays, the one or more controllers included in the control system. In some embodiments, at least one of the media displays is configured to be communicatively coupled to a first controller of the control system, and wherein the tintable window is configured to be communicatively coupled to the second controller of the control system. In some embodiments, at least one of the media displays is configured to be communicatively coupled to a first controller of the control system disposed in the sash housing of the tintable window . In some embodiments, the control system is a hierarchical control system. In some embodiments, the control system (i) includes a distributed network of controllers, (ii) is configured to control different devices of the facility other than the device, (iii) is configured to control and communications related to the facility, and/or (iv) configured to control the facility. In some embodiments, the control system is configured to control, at least in part, by being configured to control (I) the environment of the facility, (II) the building management system of the facility, and/or (III) the facility the presence of personnel to control the facility. In some embodiments, communications related to the facility include teaching, entertainment, safety, health, work, greetings, scheduling, and/or otherwise informative communications. In some embodiments, the different devices include one or more sensors, one or more transmitters, one or more transceivers, or one or more tintable windows. In some embodiments, the one or more sensors include environmental sensors. In some embodiments, the one or more sensors include temperature sensors, volatile organic compound (VOC) sensors, particulate matter sensors, gas sensors, pressure sensors, accelerometers, Sound sensor or electromagnetic sensor. In some embodiments, the one or more emitters include lighting, heaters, coolers, ventilators, speakers, chemical emitters, heating cooling and ventilation (HVAC) systems, or media displays. In some embodiments, the one or more transceivers include radios or antennas. In some embodiments, the antenna includes a radar, a distributed antenna system (DAS), or a small cell. In some embodiments, the antenna is configured for cellular communication of at least a third generation (3G), fourth generation (4G) or fifth generation (5G) cellular communication protocol. In some embodiments, the one or more tintable windows comprise electrochromic windows. In some embodiments, the tintable window and the media display are operably coupled to the network. In some embodiments, the network is configured to be communicatively coupled to the building management system. In some embodiments, the network is configured to facilitate adjustment of the facility's environment. In some embodiments, the tintable window and media display are configured to receive power from the network. In some embodiments, a portion of the network is contained within the facility and a second portion of the network is located remotely from the facility. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the network is disposed within an envelope of an enclosure of the facility, where the enclosure optionally includes a building. In some embodiments, the network includes a first network installed in the facility. In some embodiments, the network is configured to transmit communication and power over a single cable. In some embodiments, the network is configured to carry different types of communications over a single cable. In some embodiments, the different types of communications include control signals, cellular signals, sensor data, video, images, sound, or another type of data. In some embodiments, another data type includes digital or electronic data. In some embodiments, the cellular signal conforms to at least a third generation (3G), fourth generation (4G) or fifth generation (5G) cellular communication protocol. In some embodiments, the control signal conforms to the Building Automation and Control (BAC) protocol. In some embodiments, the network is configured to be operably coupled to the at least one controller. In some embodiments, the network is configured to be operably coupled to (i) one or more controllers that optionally form a control system, (ii) different devices of the facility other than the device , (iii) communicate communications related to the facility, and/or (iv) be configured to facilitate control of the facility. In some embodiments, the first media display includes a first pin extending therefrom, the second media display includes a second pin extending therefrom, and the retaining clip is configured to mate with the first pin and the second pin Two pins are engaged to facilitate (i) alignment of the first media display and the second media display in the same or substantially the same plane, and/or (ii) maintain or substantially maintain the first media display and the second media display The relative position of the second media display over time and/or during operation. In some embodiments, the retention clip is configured to be coupled to an inner frame portion comprising (i) a first arm extending in a first direction across the window and secured to the window framing system; ( ii) a second arm extending in a second direction substantially perpendicular to the first direction, the second arm extending across the media display matrix and configured to secure the media display to the window frame system; and (iii) a joint that fastens the first arm to the second arm and removably fastens the retaining clip to the interior disposed between the first media display and the second media display frame part. In some embodiments, the retention clip includes (i) a first leg configured to align the first media display with the second media in the same plane or substantially the same plane, wherein the first A media display is coupled to the first leg on a first side of the first media display opposite the first end, wherein the second media display is on a first side of the second media display opposite the second end Coupled on both sides to the first leg; and (ii) a second leg extending from the joint generally perpendicular to the first leg and configured to facilitate installation of the retaining clip. In some embodiments, the second leg is configured to allow minimal movement or prevent movement of the first media display relative to the second media display after engagement. In some embodiments, the inner frame portion includes a semi-permeable material that is (a) between the first arm and (i) the first media display, (ii) the second media display, or (iii) the between the first media display and the second media display and/or (b) between the second arm and (i) the first media display, (ii) the second media display or (iii) the first media display between the media display and the second media display. In some embodiments, the semi-permeable material includes a thickness to fill the first arm and the first media display, the first arm and the second media display, the second arm and the first media display, and/or the A gap between the second arm and the second media display. In some embodiments, the semi-permeable material is configured to compress to maintain the first media display and the second media display in the same or substantially the same plane. In some embodiments, the semi-permeable material comprises foam. In some embodiments, the semi-permeable material is configured to allow gas flow through the semi-permeable material. In some embodiments, the retaining clip is configured to engage and support after engagement: a first pin of the first media display and a second pin of the second media display. In some embodiments, the first pin is configured to protrude from the first frame of the first media display and/or wherein the second pin is configured to protrude from the second frame of the second media display. In some embodiments, the retention clip is configured to (i) mount to the first media display, the second media display, the third media display, and the fourth media display; (ii) facilitate the first media display, The alignment of the second media display, the third media display and the fourth media display in the same or substantially the same plane; (iii) maintaining or substantially maintaining the first media display, the second media display, the The relative positions of the third media display and the fourth media display during engagement of the retaining clip with the first media display, the second media display, the third media display and the fourth media display; and (iv) adjacent disposed at the first end of the first media display, the second end of the second media display, the third end of the third media display, and the fourth end of the fourth media display, wherein the media display In the matrix, the first media display is positioned next to the second media display, the second media display is positioned next to the third media display, the third media display is positioned next to the fourth media display, and the fourth media display is positioned next to the third media display. A media monitor is placed. In some embodiments, the retaining clip includes (i) a first leg extending from the center of the retaining clip, the first leg being configured to be in the same plane or substantially the same plane as the first media display and the A second media alignment, wherein the first media display is coupled to the first leg on a first side of the first media display opposite the first end, wherein the second media display is on the second media a display coupled to the first leg on a second side opposite the second end; (ii) a second leg extending from the center of the retaining clip in a transverse direction opposite to the first leg, the The second leg is configured to align the third media display with the fourth media in the same plane or substantially the same plane, wherein the third media display is between the third media display and the third media display The third end is coupled to the second leg on the opposite third side, wherein the fourth media display is coupled on the fourth side of the fourth media display opposite the fourth end of the fourth media display to the second leg; and (iii) a third leg extending generally perpendicular to the first leg and the second leg, the third leg configured to facilitate installation of the retaining clip. In some embodiments, the first leg is configured to allow minimal movement or prevent movement of the first media display relative to the second media display after engagement, and/or wherein the second leg is assembled state to allow minimal movement or prevent movement of the third media display relative to the fourth media display after engagement. In some embodiments, the retaining clip is configured to engage and support after engagement: a first pin of the first media display, a second pin of the second media display, a third pin of the third media display, and the fourth pin of the fourth media display. In some embodiments, (i) the first pin is configured to protrude from the first frame of the first media display, (ii) the second pin is configured to protrude from the second frame of the second media display protruding, (iii) the third pin is configured to protrude from the third frame of the third media display, and/or (iv) the fourth pin is configured to protrude from the fourth frame of the fourth media display . In some embodiments, the first arm is generally C-shaped. In some embodiments, the first leg includes curvature. In some embodiments, the first arm and the second arm are each substantially C-shaped. In some embodiments, the first leg includes curvature and/or the second leg includes curvature. In some embodiments, the engagement portion includes a boss configured to operatively engage the retention clip to removably secure the retention clip to the engagement portion. In some embodiments, the retention clip includes a fastener extending therethrough that selectively fastens the retention clip to the engagement portion. In some embodiments, the inner frame portion includes a stiffener flange extending from the boss along at least a portion of the joint. In some embodiments, each of the first media display and the second media display includes pins extending therefrom, and the retaining clip selectively operably engages the pins to facilitate the first media Alignment of the display and the second media display in the same or substantially the same plane and maintaining or substantially maintaining the relative position of the first media display and the second media display. In some embodiments, the retaining clip includes a fastener extending therethrough that selectively secures the retaining clip to the window framing system. In some embodiments, the retention clip is configured to be coupled to an inner frame portion that includes (i) a first arm extending across the window and secured to the window frame system, wherein the first arm includes a the curvature of the upstanding flange; and (ii) configured to fit halfway between the first arm and the first media display, the second media display, or both the first media display and the second media display Penetrating material. In some embodiments, the semi-permeable material includes a thickness to fill the first arm with (i) the first media display, (ii) the second media display, or (iii) the first media display and the second media The gap between the two monitors. In some embodiments, the semi-permeable material is configured to compress to maintain the first media display and the second media display in the same or substantially the same plane. In some embodiments, the semi-permeable material comprises foam. In some embodiments, the semi-permeable material is mounted between the upstanding flanges. In some embodiments, the semi-permeable material is configured to allow gas flow through the semi-permeable material. In some embodiments, wherein the inner frame portion includes a boss that operably engages a retaining clip to removably fasten the retaining clip to the window framing system.

在另一態樣中,一種用於對準媒體顯示器矩陣之媒體顯示器之方法,該方法包含:將該保持夾與上文揭示之裝置中之任一者之媒體顯示器矩陣之(多個)媒體顯示器一起安裝及/或使用。In another aspect, a method for aligning a media display of a media display matrix, the method comprising: the retaining clip with the media(s) of the media display matrix of any of the devices disclosed above installed and/or used together with the monitor.

在另一態樣中,一種用於對準媒體顯示器矩陣之媒體顯示器之方法,該方法包含:使用(多個)保持夾中之任一者例如以對準上文揭示之裝置中之任一者之媒體顯示器矩陣之(多個)媒體顯示器。In another aspect, a method for aligning a media display of a media display matrix, the method comprising: using any of the retaining clip(s), such as to align any of the devices disclosed above The media display(s) of the media display matrix.

在另一態樣中,一種用於對準媒體顯示器矩陣之媒體顯示器之方法,該方法包含:將保持夾與第一媒體顯示器及第二媒體顯示器一起安裝,該安裝促進(i)該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器在同一或實質上同一平面中之對準;(ii)保持或實質上保持該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器在該保持夾與該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器之接合期間之相對位置,該保持夾安裝成使得其鄰近於該第一媒體顯示器之第一端及該第二媒體顯示器之第二端安置,其中該第一媒體顯示器在媒體顯示器之該矩陣中緊鄰該第二媒體顯示器安置。In another aspect, a method for aligning a media display of a media display matrix, the method comprising: mounting a retention clip with a first media display and a second media display, the mounting facilitating (i) the first media display the alignment of the media display and the second media display in the same or substantially the same plane; (ii) maintaining or substantially maintaining the first media display and the second media display between the retaining clip and the first media display and Relative position during engagement of the second media display, the retaining clip is mounted such that it is positioned adjacent the first end of the first media display and the second end of the second media display, wherein the first media display is in the media The matrix of displays is positioned next to the second media display.

在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含將該保持夾與該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器接合使得該保持夾保持或實質上保持該第一媒體顯示器、該第二媒體顯示器及與該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器耦接之支撐結構之相對位置。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含將該第一媒體顯示器緊鄰該第二媒體顯示器置放而其間未安置有任何其他媒體顯示器。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含至少部分地藉由與該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器接合及脫離而將該保持夾以可移除方式安裝至該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含(a)經由該第一媒體顯示器之第一框架將該保持夾以可移除方式安裝至該第一媒體顯示器及(b)經由該第二媒體顯示器之第二框架將該保持夾以可移除方式安裝至該第二媒體顯示器。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含在該第一媒體顯示器之與該第一端相對之第一側上將該第一媒體顯示器耦接至支撐面板之一側,及在該第二媒體顯示器之與該第二端相對之第二側上將該第二媒體顯示器耦接至該支撐面板之該側。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含使用第一鉸鏈將該第一媒體顯示器耦接至該支撐面板之該側,及使用第二鉸鏈將該第二媒體顯示器耦接至該支撐面板之該側。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含經由該支撐通道之框架將該第一媒體顯示器耦接至該支撐面板之該側,及經由該支撐面板之該框架將該第二媒體顯示器耦接至該支撐面板之該側。在一些實施例中,該支撐面板包含窗。在一些實施例中,該支撐面板包含可著色窗。在一些實施例中,該可著色窗及該媒體顯示器受控制系統控制。在一些實施例中,可著色窗及媒體顯示器以可操作方式耦接至網路。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含自該第一媒體顯示器延伸第一銷釘、自該第二媒體顯示器延伸第二銷釘,及將該保持夾與該第一銷釘及該第二銷釘接合以促進(i)在同一或實質上同一平面中對準該第一媒體顯示器與該第二媒體顯示器,及/或(ii)保持或實質上保持該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器隨時間推移及/或在操作期間之相對位置。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含將該保持夾耦接至內部框架部分,該內部框架部分包括(i)第一臂,其跨越窗在第一方向上延伸且緊固至窗框架系統;(ii)第二臂,其大體上垂直於該第一方向在第二方向上延伸,該第二臂跨越該媒體顯示器矩陣延伸且經組態以將該媒體顯示器緊固至該窗框架系統;以及(iii)接合部,其將該第一臂緊固至該第二臂且將該保持夾以可移除方式緊固至安置於該第一媒體顯示器與該第二媒體顯示器之間的該內部框架部分。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含(i)藉由將該保持夾之第一支腿以可操作方式接合至該第一媒體顯示器之與該第一端相對之第一側及該第二媒體顯示器之與該第二端相對之第二側而在同一或實質上同一平面中對準該第一媒體顯示器與該第二媒體顯示器,及(ii)藉由將大體上垂直於該第一支腿延伸之第二支腿以可操作方式接合至該接合部而將該保持夾安裝至該接合部。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含在以可操作方式接合該第二支腿後,允許該第一媒體顯示器相對於該第二媒體顯示器之最小移動或防止該移動。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含將半滲透材料安置於(a)該第一臂與(i)該第一媒體顯示器、(ii)該第二媒體顯示器或(iii)該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器兩者之間及/或(b)該第二臂與(i)該第一媒體顯示器、(ii)該第二媒體顯示器或(iii)該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器兩者之間。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含使用該半滲透材料填充(i)該第一臂與該第一媒體顯示器、(ii)該第一臂與該第二媒體顯示器、(iii)該第二臂與該第一媒體顯示器及/或(iv)該第二臂與該第二媒體顯示器之間的間隙。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含壓縮該半滲透材料以將該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器維持於同一或實質上同一平面中。在一些實施例中,該半滲透材料包含泡沫。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含使空氣流動通過半滲透材料。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含在接合該保持夾後,接合並支撐該第一媒體顯示器之第一銷釘及該第二媒體顯示器之第二銷釘。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含自該第一媒體顯示器之第一框架突出該第一銷釘及/或自該第二媒體顯示器之第二框架突出該第二銷釘。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含該保持夾(i)安裝至該第一媒體顯示器、該第二媒體顯示器、第三媒體顯示器及第四媒體顯示器;(ii)促進該第一媒體顯示器、該第二媒體顯示器、該第三媒體顯示器及該第四媒體顯示器在同一或實質上同一平面中之對準;(iii)保持或實質上保持該第一媒體顯示器、該第二媒體顯示器、該第三媒體顯示器及該第四媒體顯示器在保持夾與該第一媒體顯示器、該第二媒體顯示器、該第三媒體顯示器及該第四媒體顯示器之接合期間之相對位置;以及(iv)鄰近於該第一媒體顯示器之該第一端、該第二媒體顯示器之該第二端、該第三媒體顯示器之第三端及該第四媒體顯示器之第四端安置,其中在媒體顯示器之該矩陣中,該第一媒體顯示器緊鄰該第二媒體顯示器安置,該第二媒體顯示器緊鄰該第三媒體顯示器安置,該第三媒體顯示器緊鄰該第四媒體顯示器安置,該第四媒體顯示器緊鄰該第一媒體顯示器安置。在一些實施例中,該保持夾包含自保持夾中心延伸之第一支腿、在與該第一支腿相反之橫向方向上自該保持夾中心延伸之第二支腿及大體上垂直於該第一支腿延伸之第三支腿,該方法進一步包含(i)藉由在該第一媒體顯示器之與該第一端相對之第一側上將該第一媒體顯示器耦接至該第一支腿及在該第二媒體顯示器之與該第二端相對之第二側上將該第二媒體顯示器耦接至該第一支腿而在同一或實質上同一平面中對準該第一媒體顯示器與該第二媒體顯示器;(ii)藉由在該第三媒體顯示器之與該第三媒體顯示器之第三端相對之第三側上將該第三媒體顯示器耦接至該第二支腿及在該第四媒體顯示器之與該第四媒體顯示器之第四端相對之第四側上將該第四媒體顯示器耦接至該第二支腿而在同一或實質上同一平面中對準該第三媒體顯示器與該第四媒體顯示器;以及(iii)促進將該保持夾與該第三支腿一起安裝。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含在該第一支腿之接合後允許該第一媒體顯示器相對於該第二媒體顯示器之最小移動或防止該移動,及/或在該第二支腿之接合後允許該第三媒體顯示器相對於該第四媒體顯示器之最小移動或防止該移動。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含在該保持夾之接合後,接合並支撐該第一媒體顯示器之第一銷釘、該第二媒體顯示器之第二銷釘、該第三媒體顯示器之第三銷釘及該第四媒體顯示器之第四銷釘。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含(i)自該第一媒體顯示器之第一框架突出該第一銷釘、(ii)自該第二媒體顯示器之第二框架突出該第二銷釘、(iii)自該第三媒體顯示器之第三框架突出該第三銷釘,及/或(iv)自該第四媒體顯示器之第四框架突出該第四銷釘。在一些實施例中,該第一臂為大體上C形。在一些實施例中,該第一支腿包含曲率。在一些實施例中,該第一臂及該第二臂各自為大體上C形。在一些實施例中,該第一支腿包含曲率及/或該第二支腿包含曲率。在一些實施例中,將該保持夾以可操作方式接合至接合部之凸台,將該保持夾以可移除方式緊固至該接合部。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含使緊固件延伸通過該保持夾及選擇性地將該保持夾緊固至該接合部。在一些實施例中,該內部框架部分包括沿著該接合部之至少一部分自該凸台延伸之加強件凸緣。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含自該第一媒體顯示器延伸第一銷釘及自該第二媒體顯示器延伸第二銷釘,將該第一銷釘及該第二銷釘與該保持夾以可操作方式接合,促進在同一或實質上同一平面中對準該第一媒體顯示器與該第二媒體顯示器,及保持或實質上保持該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器之相對位置。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含使緊固件延伸通過該保持夾及使用該緊固件選擇性地將該保持夾緊固至窗框架系統。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含(i)將該保持夾耦接至內部框架部分,該內部框架部分包括跨越窗延伸且緊固至窗框架系統之第一臂,其中該第一臂包含具有直立凸緣之曲率;及(ii)將半滲透材料安置於該第一臂與該第一媒體顯示器、該第二媒體顯示器或該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器兩者之間。在一些實施例中,使用該半滲透材料填充該第一臂與(i)該第一媒體顯示器、(ii)該第二媒體顯示器或(iii)該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器兩者之間的間隙。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含壓縮該半滲透材料以將該第一媒體顯示器及該第二媒體顯示器維持於同一或實質上同一平面中。在一些實施例中,該半滲透材料包含泡沫。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含將該半滲透材料安裝於直立凸緣之間。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含使空氣流動通過半滲透材料。在一些實施例中,該方法進一步包含將該保持夾與為該內部框架部分之一部分之凸台以可操作方式接合以將該保持夾以可移除方式緊固至該窗框架系統。In some embodiments, the method further includes engaging the retaining clip with the first media display and the second media display such that the retaining clip retains or substantially retains the first media display, the second media display, and the The relative position of the first media display and the supporting structure to which the second media display is coupled. In some embodiments, the method further includes placing the first media display in close proximity to the second media display without any other media displays disposed therebetween. In some embodiments, the method further includes removably mounting the retaining clip to the first media display and the second media display at least in part by engaging and disengaging the first media display and the second media display Two media monitors. In some embodiments, the method further includes (a) removably mounting the retaining clip to the first media display via a first frame of the first media display and (b) via a connection between the second media display The second frame removably mounts the retaining clip to the second media display. In some embodiments, the method further includes coupling the first media display to a side of a support panel on a first side of the first media display opposite the first end, and on the second media display The second media display is coupled to the side of the support panel on a second side opposite the second end. In some embodiments, the method further includes coupling the first media display to the side of the support panel using a first hinge, and coupling the second media display to the side of the support panel using a second hinge . In some embodiments, the method further includes coupling the first media display to the side of the support panel via the frame of the support channel, and coupling the second media display to the support panel via the frame of the support panel support that side of the panel. In some embodiments, the support panel includes a window. In some embodiments, the support panel includes a tintable window. In some embodiments, the tintable window and the media display are controlled by a control system. In some embodiments, the tintable window and the media display are operably coupled to the network. In some embodiments, the method further includes extending a first pin from the first media display, extending a second pin from the second media display, and engaging the retaining clip with the first and second pins to facilitate (i) align the first media display and the second media display in the same or substantially the same plane, and/or (ii) maintain or substantially maintain the first media display and the second media display over time and/or relative position during operation. In some embodiments, the method further includes coupling the retaining clip to an inner frame portion, the inner frame portion including (i) a first arm extending in a first direction across the window and secured to the window framing system; (ii) a second arm extending in a second direction substantially perpendicular to the first direction, the second arm extending across the media display matrix and configured to secure the media display to the window frame system; and (iii) a joint that fastens the first arm to the second arm and removably fastens the retaining clip to the Internal frame section. In some embodiments, the method further includes (i) operably engaging a first side of the first media display opposite the first end and the second side of the first media display by a first leg of the retaining clip a second side of the media display opposite the second end aligns the first media display and the second media display in the same or substantially the same plane, and (ii) by placing the first media display substantially perpendicular to the first A second leg extending from the leg is operably engaged to the engagement portion to mount the retaining clip to the engagement portion. In some embodiments, the method further includes allowing minimal movement or preventing movement of the first media display relative to the second media display after operatively engaging the second leg. In some embodiments, the method further includes disposing a semi-permeable material on (a) the first arm and (i) the first media display, (ii) the second media display, or (iii) the first media display and the second media display and/or (b) the second arm and (i) the first media display, (ii) the second media display or (iii) the first media display and the third Two media monitors in between. In some embodiments, the method further comprises filling (i) the first arm and the first media display, (ii) the first arm and the second media display, (iii) the second media display with the semi-permeable material Gap between the arm and the first media display and/or (iv) the second arm and the second media display. In some embodiments, the method further includes compressing the semi-permeable material to maintain the first media display and the second media display in the same or substantially the same plane. In some embodiments, the semi-permeable material comprises foam. In some embodiments, the method further comprises flowing air through the semi-permeable material. In some embodiments, the method further includes engaging and supporting a first pin of the first media display and a second pin of the second media display after engaging the retaining clip. In some embodiments, the method further includes protruding the first pin from the first frame of the first media display and/or protruding the second pin from the second frame of the second media display. In some embodiments, the method further comprises (i) mounting the retaining clip to the first media display, the second media display, the third media display and the fourth media display; (ii) facilitating the first media display, The alignment of the second media display, the third media display and the fourth media display in the same or substantially the same plane; (iii) maintaining or substantially maintaining the first media display, the second media display, the The relative positions of the third media display and the fourth media display during engagement of the retaining clip with the first media display, the second media display, the third media display and the fourth media display; and (iv) adjacent to The first end of the first media display, the second end of the second media display, the third end of the third media display, and the fourth end of the fourth media display are disposed in the matrix of the media displays , the first media display is positioned next to the second media display, the second media display is positioned next to the third media display, the third media display is positioned next to the fourth media display, and the fourth media display is positioned next to the first media display Media monitor placement. In some embodiments, the retaining clip includes a first leg extending from a center of the retaining clip, a second leg extending from the center of the retaining clip in a transverse direction opposite to the first leg, and substantially perpendicular to the retaining clip A third leg extending from the first leg, the method further comprising (i) by coupling the first media display to the first media display on a first side of the first media display opposite the first end legs and coupling the second media display to the first leg on a second side of the second media display opposite the second end to align the first media in the same or substantially the same plane a display and the second media display; (ii) by coupling the third media display to the second leg on a third side of the third media display opposite the third end of the third media display and coupling the fourth media display to the second leg on a fourth side of the fourth media display opposite the fourth end of the fourth media display to align the fourth media display in the same or substantially the same plane the third media display and the fourth media display; and (iii) facilitating installation of the retaining clip with the third leg. In some embodiments, the method further includes allowing minimal movement or preventing movement of the first media display relative to the second media display after engagement of the first leg, and/or between the second leg Engagement allows minimal movement of the third media display relative to the fourth media display or prevents such movement. In some embodiments, the method further includes engaging and supporting a first pin of the first media display, a second pin of the second media display, and a third pin of the third media display after engagement of the retaining clip and the fourth pin of the fourth media display. In some embodiments, the method further includes (i) protruding the first pin from a first frame of the first media display, (ii) protruding the second pin from a second frame of the second media display, (iii) ) projecting the third pin from the third frame of the third media display, and/or (iv) projecting the fourth pin from the fourth frame of the fourth media display. In some embodiments, the first arm is generally C-shaped. In some embodiments, the first leg includes curvature. In some embodiments, the first arm and the second arm are each substantially C-shaped. In some embodiments, the first leg includes curvature and/or the second leg includes curvature. In some embodiments, the retention clip is operably engaged to the boss of the engagement portion, and the retention clip is removably fastened to the engagement portion. In some embodiments, the method further includes extending a fastener through the retention clip and selectively securing the retention clip to the engagement portion. In some embodiments, the inner frame portion includes a stiffener flange extending from the boss along at least a portion of the joint. In some embodiments, the method further includes extending a first pin from the first media display and extending a second pin from the second media display, the first and second pins being operative with the retaining clip Engagement facilitates alignment of the first media display and the second media display in the same or substantially the same plane, and maintains or substantially maintains the relative position of the first media display and the second media display. In some embodiments, the method further includes extending a fastener through the retention clip and selectively securing the retention clip to the window framing system using the fastener. In some embodiments, the method further includes (i) coupling the retaining clip to an inner frame portion, the inner frame portion including a first arm extending across the window and secured to the window frame system, wherein the first arm includes having a curvature of an upstanding flange; and (ii) disposing a semi-permeable material between the first arm and the first media display, the second media display, or both the first media display and the second media display. In some embodiments, the first arm and both (i) the first media display, (ii) the second media display, or (iii) the first media display and the second media display are filled with the semi-permeable material gap between them. In some embodiments, the method further includes compressing the semi-permeable material to maintain the first media display and the second media display in the same or substantially the same plane. In some embodiments, the semi-permeable material comprises foam. In some embodiments, the method further comprises installing the semi-permeable material between the upstanding flanges. In some embodiments, the method further comprises flowing air through the semi-permeable material. In some embodiments, the method further includes operatively engaging the retaining clip with a boss that is part of the inner frame portion to removably secure the retaining clip to the window framing system.

在一些實施例中,該網路為區域網路。在一些實施例中,該網路包含經組態以以單一電纜傳輸功率及通信之電纜。該通信可為一或多種類型之通信。該通信可包含遵守至少第二代(2G)、第三代(3G)、第四代(4G)或第五代(5G)蜂巢式通信協定之蜂巢式通信。在一些實施例中,該通信包含有助於靜止圖片、音樂或動畫串流(例如,電影或視訊)之媒體通信。在一些實施例中,該通信包含資料通信(例如,感測器資料)。在一些實施例中,該通信包含控制通信,例如以控制以可操作方式耦接至網路之一或多個節點。在一些實施例中,該網路包含安設於設施中之第一(例如,佈纜)網路。在一些實施例中,該網路包含安設於設施之包絡中(例如,包括於設施中之建築物之包絡中)的(例如,佈纜)網路。In some embodiments, the network is a local area network. In some embodiments, the network includes cables configured to transmit power and communications over a single cable. The communication may be one or more types of communication. The communication may include cellular communication that complies with at least second generation (2G), third generation (3G), fourth generation (4G) or fifth generation (5G) cellular communication protocols. In some embodiments, the communication includes media communication that facilitates still pictures, music or animation streaming (eg, movies or video). In some embodiments, the communication includes data communication (eg, sensor data). In some embodiments, the communication includes control communication, eg, to control one or more nodes operatively coupled to a network. In some embodiments, the network includes a first (eg, cabling) network installed in the facility. In some embodiments, the network includes a (eg, cabling) network installed in the envelope of the facility (eg, in the envelope of a building included in the facility).

在另一態樣中,本發明提供實施本文中所揭示之任一種方法的系統、設備(例如,控制器)及/或非暫時性電腦可讀媒體(例如,軟體)。In another aspect, the present invention provides a system, apparatus (eg, controller) and/or non-transitory computer-readable medium (eg, software) implementing any of the methods disclosed herein.

在另一態樣中,本發明提供使用本文中所揭示之系統、電腦可讀媒體及/或設備中之任一者的方法,例如出於其預期目的。In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of using any of the systems, computer-readable media, and/or devices disclosed herein, eg, for their intended purposes.

在另一態樣中,一種設備包含至少一個控制器,該至少一個控制器經程式化以指導用於實施(例如,實行)本文所揭示之任一種方法之機構,該至少一個控制器經組態以以可操作方式耦接至該機構。在一些實施例中,(例如,方法之)至少兩個操作由同一控制器指導/執行。在一些實施例中,至少兩個操作由不同控制器指導/執行。In another aspect, an apparatus includes at least one controller programmed to direct means for implementing (eg, performing) any of the methods disclosed herein, the at least one controller being configured The state is operably coupled to the mechanism. In some embodiments, at least two operations (eg, of the method) are directed/performed by the same controller. In some embodiments, at least two operations are directed/performed by different controllers.

在另一態樣中,一種設備包含經組態(例如,經程式化)以實施(例如,實行)本文中所揭示之任一種方法的至少一個控制器。至少一個控制器可實施本文中所揭示之任一種方法。在一些實施例中,(例如,方法之)至少兩個操作由同一控制器指導/執行。在一些實施例中,至少兩個操作由不同控制器指導/執行。In another aspect, an apparatus includes at least one controller configured (eg, programmed) to implement (eg, perform) any of the methods disclosed herein. At least one controller can implement any of the methods disclosed herein. In some embodiments, at least two operations (eg, of the method) are directed/performed by the same controller. In some embodiments, at least two operations are directed/performed by different controllers.

在一些實施例中,至少一個控制器中之一個控制器經組態以執行兩個或更多個操作。在一些實施例中,至少一個控制器中之兩個不同控制器經組態以各自執行不同操作。In some embodiments, one of the at least one controllers is configured to perform two or more operations. In some embodiments, two different ones of the at least one controller are configured to each perform different operations.

在另一態樣中,一種系統包含至少一個控制器,該至少一個控制器經程式化以指導至少一個另一設備(或其組件)及該設備(或其組件)之操作,其中該至少一個控制器以可操作方式耦接至設備(或其組件)。該設備(或其組件)可包括本文中所揭示之任何設備(或其組件)。至少一個控制器可經組態以指導本文中所揭示之任何設備(或其組件)。至少一個控制器可經組態以以可操作方式耦接至本文中所揭示之任何設備(或其組件)。在一些實施例中,(例如,設備之)至少兩個操作由同一控制器指導。在一些實施例中,至少兩個操作由不同控制器指導。In another aspect, a system includes at least one controller programmed to direct operation of at least one other device (or component thereof) and the device (or component thereof), wherein the at least one The controller is operably coupled to the device (or components thereof). The apparatus (or components thereof) may include any apparatus (or components thereof) disclosed herein. At least one controller can be configured to direct any of the devices (or components thereof) disclosed herein. At least one controller can be configured to be operably coupled to any of the devices (or components thereof) disclosed herein. In some embodiments, at least two operations (eg, of a device) are directed by the same controller. In some embodiments, at least two operations are directed by different controllers.

在另一態樣中,一種電腦軟體產品(例如,記錄於一或多個非暫時性媒體上),其中儲存有程式指令,該等指令在由至少一個處理器(例如,電腦)讀取時使得該至少一個處理器指導本文中所揭示之機構實施(例如,實行)本文所揭示之任一種方法,其中該至少一個處理器經組態以以可操作方式耦接至該機構。機構可包含本文中所揭示之任何設備(或其任何組件)。在一些實施例中,(例如,設備之)至少兩個操作由同一處理器指導/執行。在一些實施例中,至少兩個操作由不同處理器指導/執行。In another aspect, a computer software product (eg, recorded on one or more non-transitory media) having stored therein program instructions that, when read by at least one processor (eg, a computer) The at least one processor is caused to direct a mechanism disclosed herein to implement (eg, perform) any of the methods disclosed herein, wherein the at least one processor is configured to be operably coupled to the mechanism. A mechanism may include any device (or any component thereof) disclosed herein. In some embodiments, at least two operations (eg, of a device) are directed/performed by the same processor. In some embodiments, at least two operations are directed/performed by different processors.

在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種包含機器可執行程式碼之非暫時性電腦可讀程式指令(例如,包括於包含一或多個非暫時性媒體之程式產品中),該等程式碼在由一或多個處理器執行時實施本文中所揭示之任一種方法。在一些實施例中,(例如,方法之)至少兩個操作由同一處理器指導/執行。在一些實施例中,至少兩個操作由不同處理器指導/執行。In another aspect, the present invention provides non-transitory computer-readable program instructions comprising machine-executable code (eg, included in a program product comprising one or more non-transitory media), the code Any of the methods disclosed herein are implemented when executed by one or more processors. In some embodiments, at least two operations (eg, of a method) are directed/performed by the same processor. In some embodiments, at least two operations are directed/performed by different processors.

在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種包含機器可執行程式碼之非暫時性電腦可讀媒體,該等程式碼在由一或多個處理器執行時實行(多個)控制器(例如,如本文中所揭示)之指導。在一些實施例中,(例如,控制器之)至少兩個操作由同一處理器指導/執行。在一些實施例中,至少兩個操作由不同處理器指導/執行。In another aspect, the present invention provides a non-transitory computer-readable medium containing machine-executable code that, when executed by one or more processors, executes a controller(s) (eg, as disclosed herein). In some embodiments, at least two operations (eg, of a controller) are directed/performed by the same processor. In some embodiments, at least two operations are directed/performed by different processors.

在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種電腦系統,其包含一或多個電腦處理器及與其耦接之非暫時性電腦可讀媒體。該非暫時性電腦可讀媒體包含機器可執行程式碼,該機器可執行程式碼在由一或多個處理器執行時實施本文中所揭示之任一種方法及/或實行對本文中所揭示之(多個)控制器的指導。In another aspect, the present invention provides a computer system including one or more computer processors and a non-transitory computer readable medium coupled thereto. The non-transitory computer-readable medium includes machine-executable code that, when executed by one or more processors, implements any of the methods disclosed herein and/or performs any of the methods disclosed herein ( guidance for multiple) controllers.

在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種非暫時性電腦可讀程式指令,該等非暫時性電腦可讀程式指令在由一或多個處理器讀取時使該一或多個處理器執行本文中所揭示之方法的任何操作、由本文中所揭示之設備執行(或經組態以執行)的任何操作及/或由本文中所揭示之設備指導(或經組態以指導)的任何操作。In another aspect, the present invention provides non-transitory computer-readable program instructions that when read by one or more processors cause the one or more processors to execute Any operation of a method disclosed herein, any operation performed (or configured to perform) by an apparatus disclosed herein, and/or any operation directed (or configured to direct) by an apparatus disclosed herein operate.

在一些實施例中,該等程式指令係記錄於一或多種非暫時性電腦可讀媒體中。在一些實施例中,該等操作中之至少兩者由一或多個處理器中之一者執行。在一些實施例中,該等操作中之至少兩者各自由一或多個處理器中之不同處理器執行。In some embodiments, the program instructions are recorded on one or more non-transitory computer-readable media. In some embodiments, at least two of these operations are performed by one of one or more processors. In some embodiments, at least two of the operations are each performed by a different one of the one or more processors.

在另一態樣中,本發明提供經組態以用於傳輸有助於本文中所揭示之操作中之任一者的任何通信(例如信號)及/或(例如電)功率之網路。通信可包含控制通信、蜂巢式通信、媒體通信及/或資料通信。資料通信可包含感測器資料通信及/或經處理資料通信。網路可經組態以遵守有助於此通信之一或多個協定。舉例而言,由網路(例如具有BMS)使用之通信協定可為建築物自動化及控制網路協定(BACnet)。舉例而言,通信協定可有助於遵守至少第2代、第3代、第4代或第5代蜂巢式通信協定之蜂巢式通信。In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a network configured for transmitting any communication (eg, signals) and/or (eg, electrical) power that facilitates any of the operations disclosed herein. Communications may include control communications, cellular communications, media communications, and/or data communications. Data communications may include sensor data communications and/or processed data communications. The network can be configured to adhere to one or more protocols that facilitate this communication. For example, the communication protocol used by the network (eg with BMS) may be the Building Automation and Control Network Protocol (BACnet). For example, a communication protocol may facilitate cellular communications that comply with at least a 2nd, 3rd, 4th, or 5th generation cellular communication protocol.

此發明內容章節之內容係作為本發明之簡化介紹而提供,且並不意欲用以限制本文中所揭示之任何發明的範疇或隨附申請專利範圍之範疇。The contents of this Summary section are provided as a simplified introduction to the invention and are not intended to limit the scope of any invention disclosed herein or the scope of the appended claims.

根據以下實施方式,本發明之額外態樣及優點對於熟習此項技術者將變得顯而易見,其中僅展示及描述本發明之說明性實施例。應認識到,本發明能夠具有其他及不同實施例,且其若干細節能夠在各種顯而易見的方面進行修改,該等修改皆不背離本發明。因此,附圖及描述在本質上應視為說明性而非限制性的。Additional aspects and advantages of the present invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the following detailed description, in which only illustrative embodiments of the present invention are shown and described. As will be realized, the invention is capable of other and different embodiments, and its several details are capable of modification in various obvious respects, all without departing from the invention. Accordingly, the drawings and description are to be regarded as illustrative and not restrictive in nature.

將更詳細地參考附圖來描述此等及其他特徵以及實施例。 以引用之方式併入 These and other features and embodiments will be described in greater detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. incorporated by reference

本說明書中所提及之所有公開案、專利及專利申請案均以引用之方式併入本文中,其引用的程度如同各個別公開案、專利或專利申請案經特定及個別地指示以引用的方式併入一般。All publications, patents and patent applications mentioned in this specification are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be by reference way incorporated into the general.

儘管本發明之各種實施例已展示且描述於本文中,但熟習此項技術者顯而易見,此類實施例僅作為實例而提供。熟習此項技術者可在不脫離本發明之情況下想到眾多變化、改變及取代。應理解,可採用本文中所描述之本發明實施例的各種替代例。While various embodiments of the invention have been shown and described herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions can occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed.

諸如「一(a/an)」及「該」之術語並不意欲僅指單一實體,而是包括特定實例可用於說明之一般類別。本文中之術語用以描述(多個)發明之特定實施例,但其使用並不限定(多個)發明。Terms such as "a/an" and "the" are not intended to refer to only a single entity, but rather include the general class to which specific examples may be used to illustrate. The terminology herein is used to describe particular embodiments of the invention(s), but its usage does not limit the invention(s).

除非另外指定,否則當提及範圍時,範圍意欲為包括性的。舉例而言,介於值1與值2之間的範圍意欲為包括性的且包括值1及值2。包括性範圍將橫跨自約值1至約值2之任何值。如本文中所使用的術語「鄰近」或「鄰近於」包括「緊鄰」、「鄰接」、「接觸」及「接近」。Unless otherwise specified, when referring to a range, the range is intended to be inclusive. For example, a range between value 1 and value 2 is intended to be inclusive and includes both value 1 and value 2. An inclusive range will span any value from about 1 to about 2. The terms "adjacent" or "adjacent to" as used herein include "proximate," "adjacent," "contacting," and "proximity."

術語「以可操作方式耦接」或「以可操作方式連接」係指耦接(例如連接)至第二元件以允許第二及/或第一元件之預期操作的第一元件(例如機構)。耦接可包含實體或非實體耦接。非實體耦接可包含信號誘發之耦接(例如,無線耦接)。耦接可包括實體耦接(例如實體連接)或非實體耦接(例如經由無線通信)。The terms "operably coupled" or "operably connected" refer to a first element (eg, mechanism) that is coupled (eg, connected) to a second element to allow intended operation of the second and/or first element . Coupling may include physical or non-physical coupling. Non-physical coupling may include signal-induced coupling (eg, wireless coupling). Coupling may include physical coupling (eg, a physical connection) or non-physical coupling (eg, via wireless communication).

「經組態以」執行功能的元件(例如,機構)包括使元件執行此功能的結構特徵。結構特徵可包括電氣特徵,諸如電路系統或電路元件。結構特徵可包括電路系統(例如,包含電氣或光學電路系統)。電氣電路系統可包含一或多根電線。光學電路系統可包含至少一個光學元件(例如,光束分光器、鏡面、透鏡及/或光纖)。結構特徵可包括機械特徵。機械特徵可包含閂鎖、彈簧、閉合件、鉸鏈、底盤、支撐件、緊固件或懸臂支架等等。執行功能可包含利用邏輯特徵。邏輯特徵可包括程式化指令。程式化指令可由至少一個處理器執行。程式化指令可儲存或編碼於可由一或多個處理器存取之(例如,非暫時性)媒體上。另外,在以下描述中,片語「可用以」、「經調適以」、「經組態以」、「經設計以」、「經程式化以」或「能夠」可在適當時互換地使用。An element (eg, mechanism) that is "configured to" perform a function includes structural features that cause the element to perform that function. Structural features may include electrical features, such as circuitry or circuit elements. Structural features may include circuitry (eg, including electrical or optical circuitry). The electrical circuitry may contain one or more wires. Optical circuitry may include at least one optical element (eg, a beam splitter, mirror, lens, and/or optical fiber). Structural features may include mechanical features. Mechanical features may include latches, springs, closures, hinges, chassis, supports, fasteners or cantilevers, among others. Performing functions may include utilizing logical features. Logical features may include programmed instructions. The programmed instructions are executable by at least one processor. Programming instructions can be stored or encoded on a (eg, non-transitory) medium that can be accessed by one or more processors. Additionally, in the following description, the phrases "may be used with," "adapted with," "configured with," "designed with," "programmed with," or "capable of" may be used interchangeably as appropriate .

如本文中所使用,包括於申請專利範圍中,諸如「包括X、Y及/或Z」之片語中的連接詞「及/或」係指包括X、Y及Z之任何組合或其中的複數者。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括X。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括Y。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括Z。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括X及Y。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括X及Z。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括Y及Z。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括複數個X。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括複數個Y。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括複數個Z。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括複數個X及複數個Y。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括複數個X及複數個Z。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括複數個Y及複數個Z。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括複數個X及Y。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括複數個X及Z。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括複數個Y及Z。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括X及複數個Y。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括X及複數個Z。舉例而言,此片語意欲包括Y及複數個Z。連接詞「及/或」意欲具有與片語「X、Y、Z或其任何組合或其中的複數者」相同的效應。連接詞「及/或」意欲具有與片語「一或多個X、Y、Z或其任何組合」相同的效應。連接詞「及/或」意欲具有與片語「至少一個X、Y、Z或其任何組合」相同的效應。As used herein, including within the scope of the claims, the conjunction "and/or" in a phrase such as "including X, Y, and/or Z" is meant to include any combination or combination of X, Y, and Z. plural. For example, this phrase is intended to include X. For example, this phrase is intended to include Y. For example, this phrase is intended to include Z. For example, this phrase is intended to include X and Y. For example, this phrase is intended to include X and Z. For example, this phrase is intended to include Y and Z. For example, this phrase is intended to include multiple X's. For example, this phrase is intended to include plural Ys. For example, this phrase is intended to include multiple Z's. For example, this phrase is intended to include plural X and plural Y. For example, this phrase is intended to include plural X and plural Z. For example, this phrase is intended to include Y's and Z's. For example, this phrase is intended to include a plurality of X and Y. For example, this phrase is intended to include a plurality of X and Z. For example, this phrase is intended to include a plurality of Y and Z. For example, this phrase is intended to include X and Y's. For example, this phrase is intended to include X and Z. For example, this phrase is intended to include Y and a plurality of Z. The conjunction "and/or" is intended to have the same effect as the phrase "X, Y, Z, or any combination or plural thereof." The conjunction "and/or" is intended to have the same effect as the phrase "one or more of X, Y, Z, or any combination thereof." The conjunction "and/or" is intended to have the same effect as the phrase "at least one X, Y, Z, or any combination thereof."

在一些實施例中,顯示構造與觀看(例如,可著色觀看)窗耦接。觀看窗可包括整合玻璃單元。顯示構造可包括一或多個玻璃窗格。顯示器(例如,顯示矩陣)可包含發光二極體(LED)。LED可包含有機材料(例如,本文中縮寫為「OLED」之有機發光二極體)。OLED可包含透明有機發光二極體顯示器(本文中縮寫為「TOLED」),該TOLED為至少部分透明的。顯示器在其基本長度尺度下可具有2000、3000、4000、5000、6000、7000或8000個像素。顯示器在其基本長度尺度下可具有在前述像素數目之間的任何數目個像素(例如,自約2000個像素至約4000個像素、自約4000個像素至約8000個像素,或自約2000個像素至約8000個像素)。基本長度尺度可包含定界圓形之直徑、長度、寬度或高度。基本長度尺度可在本文中縮寫為「FLS」。顯示構造可包含高解析度顯示器。舉例而言,顯示構造之解析度可為至少約550、576、680、720、768、1024、1080、1920、1280、2160、3840、4096、4320或7680像素乘至少約550、576、680、720、768、1024、1080、1280、1920、2160、3840、4096、4320或7680像素(在30 Hz或60 Hz下)。第一數目個像素可以指定顯示器之高度,且第二像素可以指定顯示器之長度。舉例而言,顯示器可為具有1920 × 1080、3840 × 2160、4096 × 2160或7680 × 4320之解析度之高解析度顯示器。顯示器可為標準清晰度顯示器、增強型清晰度顯示器、高清晰度顯示器或超高清晰度顯示器。顯示器可為矩形的。由顯示矩陣投影之影像可以至少約20 Hz、30 Hz、60 Hz、70 Hz、75 Hz、80 Hz、100 Hz或120赫茲(Hz)之頻率(例如,再新率)再新。顯示構造之FLS可為至少20”、25”、30”、35”、40”、45”、50”、55”、60”、65”、80”或90吋(”)。顯示構造之FLS可具有在前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約20”至約55”、自約55”至約100”或自約20”至約100”)。In some embodiments, the display construction is coupled with a viewing (eg, tinted viewing) window. The viewing window may comprise an integrated glass unit. The display configuration may include one or more panes of glass. A display (eg, a display matrix) may include light emitting diodes (LEDs). LEDs may include organic materials (eg, organic light emitting diodes, abbreviated herein as "OLEDs"). OLEDs can include transparent organic light emitting diode displays (abbreviated herein as "TOLEDs") that are at least partially transparent. A display may have 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000 or 8000 pixels at its basic length scale. The display may have any number of pixels in its basic length dimension between the aforementioned numbers of pixels (eg, from about 2000 pixels to about 4000 pixels, from about 4000 pixels to about 8000 pixels, or from about 2000 pixels pixels to about 8000 pixels). The basic length dimension may include the diameter, length, width or height of the bounding circle. The base length scale may be abbreviated herein as "FLS". The display configuration may include a high-resolution display. For example, the resolution of the display structure may be at least about 550, 576, 680, 720, 768, 1024, 1080, 1920, 1280, 2160, 3840, 4096, 4320, or 7680 pixels by at least about 550, 576, 680, 720, 768, 1024, 1080, 1280, 1920, 2160, 3840, 4096, 4320 or 7680 pixels (at 30 Hz or 60 Hz). The first number of pixels may specify the height of the display, and the second number of pixels may specify the length of the display. For example, the display may be a high-resolution display having a resolution of 1920"x"1080, 3840"x"2160, 4096"x"2160, or 7680"x"4320. The display may be a standard definition display, an enhanced definition display, a high definition display, or an ultra-high definition display. The display may be rectangular. The image projected by the display matrix may be refreshed at a frequency (eg, refresh rate) of at least about 20 Hz, 30 Hz, 60 Hz, 70 Hz, 75 Hz, 80 Hz, 100 Hz, or 120 hertz (Hz). The FLS of the display configuration may be at least 20", 25", 30", 35", 40", 45", 50", 55", 60", 65", 80", or 90 inches ("). The FLS showing the configuration can have any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 20" to about 55", from about 55" to about 100", or from about 20" to about 100").

在一些實施例中,利用設施中之窗表面之至少一部分來使用玻璃顯示構造顯示各種媒體。例如在顯示器未操作時,顯示器可用於(例如,至少部分地)觀看在窗外部之環境(例如,室外環境)。顯示器可用以顯示媒體(例如,如本文中所揭示),以使用(例如,光學)覆疊、擴增實境及/或照明擴增外部視圖(例如,顯示器可充當光源)。媒體可用於娛樂及非娛樂目的。媒體可用於工作(例如,資料分析、繪圖及/或視訊會議)。可操縱媒體(例如,藉由利用顯示構造)。利用顯示構造可為直接的或間接的。媒體之間接利用可為使用諸如電子滑鼠或鍵盤之輸入裝置。輸入裝置可以通信方式(例如,有線及/或無線地)耦接至媒體。直接利用可藉由將顯示構造用作使用使用者(例如,手指)或指導裝置(例如,電子筆或觸控筆)之觸控螢幕。指導裝置可由低研磨材料(例如,聚合物)製成或,及/或塗佈有該低研磨材料。低研磨材料可經組態以促進(例如,反覆地)接觸顯示構造而對顯示構造之損壞(例如,刮擦)最小。低研磨材料可包含聚合物或樹脂(例如,塑膠)。指導裝置可為被動或主動的。主動指導裝置可以可操作方式耦接至顯示構造及/或網路。主動指導裝置可包含電路系統。主動指導裝置可包含遠端控制器。指導裝置可促進與藉由顯示構造呈現之媒體相關的操作之指導。指導裝置可促進(例如,即時及/或原位)與藉由顯示構造呈現之媒體之互動。In some embodiments, at least a portion of the window surface in the facility is utilized to display various media using a glass display configuration. The display may be used (eg, at least partially) to view an environment outside the window (eg, an outdoor environment), such as when the display is not in operation. The display may be used to display media (eg, as disclosed herein) to augment external views using (eg, optical) overlays, augmented reality, and/or lighting (eg, the display may act as a light source). Media may be used for entertainment and non-entertainment purposes. Media may be used for work (eg, data analysis, graphing, and/or videoconferencing). Manipulate media (eg, by utilizing display constructs). The use of display constructs can be direct or indirect. Indirect use of media may be the use of input devices such as an electronic mouse or keyboard. The input device may be communicatively (eg, wired and/or wireless) coupled to the medium. Direct utilization can be achieved by using the display structure as a touch screen using a user (eg, a finger) or a guiding device (eg, an electronic pen or stylus). The guiding device may be made of or, and/or coated with, a low-abrasive material (eg, a polymer). The low abrasive material can be configured to facilitate (eg, repeatedly) contact the display structure with minimal damage (eg, scratching) to the display structure. Low abrasive materials can include polymers or resins (eg, plastics). Guidance devices can be passive or active. The active guidance device may be operably coupled to the display structure and/or the network. The active guidance device may include circuitry. The active guidance device may include a remote controller. The guidance device may facilitate guidance of operations related to the media presented by the display construct. The guidance device may facilitate (eg, in real time and/or in situ) interaction with the media presented by the display construct.

本文中所描述之實施例係關於具有串接(例如,透明)顯示構造之視覺窗。在某些實施例中,視覺窗為電致變色窗。電致變色窗可包含固態及/或無機電致變色(EC)裝置。視覺窗可呈整合玻璃單元(IGU)形式。當IGU包括電致變色(本文中縮寫為「EC」)裝置時,其可被稱為「EC IGU」。相比於非著色IGU,EC IGU可著色(例如,變暗)其所安置的房間及/或提供經著色(例如,較暗)背景。經著色IGU可提供實現(例如,透明)顯示構造上之可接受(例如,良好)對比度的較佳(例如,必要)背景。在另一實例中,具有(例如,透明)顯示構造之窗可替換商業及住宅應用中之電視(本文中縮寫為「TV」)。總之,(例如,透明)顯示構造及EC IGU可提供視覺隱私玻璃功能,例如,此係因為顯示器可擴增僅由EC玻璃提供之隱私。本文中所揭示之實施例亦描述用於將顯示構造(例如,透明顯示器)安裝至視覺窗之框架系統之特定方法、設備及系統。Embodiments described herein relate to viewports with tandem (eg, transparent) display configurations. In certain embodiments, the visual window is an electrochromic window. Electrochromic windows may comprise solid state and/or inorganic electrochromic (EC) devices. The vision window may be in the form of an integrated glass unit (IGU). When an IGU includes an electrochromic (abbreviated herein as "EC") device, it may be referred to as an "EC IGU". An EC IGU can tint (eg, darken) the room in which it is placed and/or provide a tinted (eg, darker) background compared to a non-tinted IGU. A tinted IGU can provide a better (eg, necessary) background to achieve an acceptable (eg, good) contrast ratio on a (eg, transparent) display configuration. In another example, a window with a (eg, transparent) display configuration can replace televisions (abbreviated herein as "TV") in commercial and residential applications. Taken together, the (eg, transparent) display configuration and EC IGU can provide visual privacy glass functionality, eg, because the display can augment the privacy provided only by EC glass. Embodiments disclosed herein also describe certain methods, apparatus, and systems for mounting a display construct (eg, a transparent display) to a frame system of a viewing window.

在各種實施例中,網路基礎設施支援用於諸如可著色(例如電致變色)窗之一或多個窗的控制系統。控制系統可包含以可操作方式耦接(例如,直接地或間接地)至一或多個窗之一或多個控制器。儘管所揭示實施例描述可著色窗(在本文中亦被稱作「光學可切換窗」或「智慧型窗」),諸如電致變色窗,但本文中所揭示之概念可適用於其他類型之可切換光學裝置,包含液晶裝置、電致變色裝置、懸浮粒子裝置(SPD)、NanoChromics顯示器(NCD)、有機電致發光顯示器(OELD)、懸浮粒子裝置(SPD)、NanoChromics顯示器(NCD)或有機電致發光顯示器(OELD)。顯示元件可附接至透明本體(諸如,窗)之一部分。可著色窗可安置於諸如建築物之(非暫時性)設施中,及/或安置於諸如汽車、RV、公共汽車、火車、飛機、直升機、輪船或船之暫時性設施(例如,車輛)中。In various embodiments, the network infrastructure supports a control system for one or more windows such as tintable (eg, electrochromic) windows. The control system may include one or more controllers operably coupled (eg, directly or indirectly) to the one or more windows. Although the disclosed embodiments describe tintable windows (also referred to herein as "optically switchable windows" or "smart windows"), such as electrochromic windows, the concepts disclosed herein may be applicable to other types of Switchable optical devices, including liquid crystal device, electrochromic device, suspended particle device (SPD), NanoChromics display (NCD), organic electroluminescence display (OELD), suspended particle device (SPD), NanoChromics display (NCD) or have Electromechanical Electroluminescent Displays (OELDs). The display element may be attached to a portion of the transparent body, such as a window. Tintable windows may be placed in (non-transitory) installations such as buildings, and/or in temporary installations (eg, vehicles) such as automobiles, RVs, buses, trains, airplanes, helicopters, ships, or boats .

在一些實施例中,可著色窗呈現窗之至少一個光學性質的(例如,可控制及/或可逆)改變,例如在施加刺激時。改變可為連續改變。改變可針對離散的色調等級(例如,至少約2、4、8、16或32個色調等級)。光學性質可包含色相或透射率。色相可包含顏色。透射率可具有一或多個波長。波長可包含紫外線、可見光或紅外線波長。刺激可包括光學、電氣及/或磁性刺激。舉例而言,刺激可包括施加電壓及/或電流。一或多個可著色窗可用以例如藉由調節傳播通過其的太陽能之傳輸來控制照明及/或眩光條件。一或多個可著色窗可用以例如藉由調節傳播通過窗的太陽能之傳輸來控制建築物內的溫度。太陽能之控制可控制強加於設施(例如,建築物)之內部上的熱負荷。控制可為手動及/或自動的。控制可用於維持一或多個所請求(例如,環境)條件,例如居住者舒適性。控制可包括減小加熱、通風、空氣調節及/或照明系統之能耗。加熱、通風及空氣調節中之至少兩者可由單獨系統誘發。加熱、通風及空氣調節中之至少兩者可藉由一個系統誘發。加熱、通風及空氣調節可由單一系統(本文中縮寫為「HVAC」)誘發。在一些情況下,可著色窗可回應於(例如,且以通信方式耦接至)一或多個環境感測器及/或使用者控件。可著色窗可包含(例如可為)電致變色窗。窗可位於自結構(例如,設施,例如建築物)之內部至外部的範圍中。然而,不必如此。可著色窗可使用液晶裝置、懸浮粒子裝置、微機電系統(MEMS)裝置(諸如,微快門)或現已知或稍後開發之經組態以控制通過窗之光透射的任何技術來操作。窗(例如,具有用於著色之MEMS裝置)描述於2015年5月15日申請之2019年7月23日發佈之標題為「MULTI-PANE WINDOWS INCLUDING ELECTROCHROMIC DEVICES AND ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS DEVICES」的美國專利第10,359,681號中,該美國專利以全文引用之方式併入本文中。在一些情況下,一或多個可著色窗可位於建築物之內部,例如位於會議室與走廊之間。在一些情況下,一或多個可著色窗可用於汽車、火車、飛機及其他車輛中,例如代替被動及/或非著色窗。In some embodiments, a tintable window exhibits a (eg, controllable and/or reversible) change in at least one optical property of the window, eg, upon application of a stimulus. The changes may be continuous changes. Changes may be for discrete tone levels (eg, at least about 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32 tone levels). Optical properties can include hue or transmittance. Hue can contain color. The transmittance can have one or more wavelengths. The wavelengths may include ultraviolet, visible or infrared wavelengths. Stimulation may include optical, electrical and/or magnetic stimulation. For example, stimulation can include applying voltage and/or current. One or more tintable windows may be used to control lighting and/or glare conditions, eg, by adjusting the transmission of solar energy propagating therethrough. One or more tintable windows may be used to control temperature within a building, for example, by regulating the transmission of solar energy propagating through the windows. Control of solar energy can control the thermal load imposed on the interior of a facility (eg, a building). Control can be manual and/or automatic. Controls may be used to maintain one or more requested (eg, environmental) conditions, such as occupant comfort. Controls may include reducing the energy consumption of heating, ventilation, air conditioning and/or lighting systems. At least two of heating, ventilation and air conditioning can be induced by separate systems. At least two of heating, ventilation and air conditioning can be induced by a system. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning can be induced by a single system (abbreviated herein as "HVAC"). In some cases, the tintable window may be responsive to (eg, and communicatively coupled to) one or more environmental sensors and/or user controls. Tintable windows may include, for example, may be, electrochromic windows. Windows may be located in a range from the interior to the exterior of a structure (eg, a facility such as a building). However, this need not be the case. Tintable windows can be operated using liquid crystal devices, suspended particle devices, microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) devices (such as micro-shutters), or any technology now known or later developed that is configured to control the transmission of light through a window. Windows (eg, with MEMS devices for coloring) are described in US Patent No. 10,359,681, filed on May 15, 2015, and issued July 23, 2019, entitled "MULTI-PANE WINDOWS INCLUDING ELECTROCHROMIC DEVICES AND ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS DEVICES" No. , this US patent is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some cases, one or more tintable windows may be located within the building, such as between a conference room and a hallway. In some cases, one or more tinted windows may be used in automobiles, trains, airplanes, and other vehicles, eg, in place of passive and/or non-tinted windows.

在一些實施例中,複數個裝置可以可操作方式(例如,以通信方式)耦接至該控制系統。裝置可包括窗(例如,可著色窗)、感測器、發射器或收發器。該複數個裝置可安置於設施中(例如,包括建築物及/或房間)。控制系統可包含控制器之階層。裝置可包含發射器、感測器或窗(例如,IGU)。裝置可為如本文中所揭示之任何裝置。該複數個裝置中之至少兩者可屬於同一類型。舉例而言,兩個或更多個IGU可耦接至控制系統。複數個裝置中之至少兩者可屬於不同類型。舉例而言,感測器及發射器可耦接至該控制系統。複數個裝置有時可包含至少20、50、100、500、1000、2500、5000、7500、10000、50000、100000或500000個裝置。複數個裝置可具有前述數目之間的任何數目個裝置(例如,20個裝置至500000個裝置、20個裝置至50個裝置、50個裝置至500個裝置、500個裝置至2500個裝置、1000個裝置至5000個裝置、5000個裝置至10000個裝置、10000個裝置至100000個裝置,或100000個裝置至500000個裝置)。舉例而言,樓層中之窗的數目可為至少5、10、15、20、25、30、40或50。樓層中之窗的數目可為前述數目之間的任何數目(例如,5至50、5至25,或25至50)。有時,裝置可在多層建築物中。多層建築物之樓層的至少一部分可具有由控制系統控制之裝置(例如,多層建築物之樓層的至少一部分可由控制系統控制)。舉例而言,多層建築物可具有由該控制系統控制之至少2、8、10、25、50、80、100、120、140或160個樓層。由控制系統控制之樓層(例如,其中之裝置)的數目可為前述數目之間的任何數目(例如,2至50、25至100,或80至160)。樓層可具有至少約150 m 2、250 m 2、500 m 2、1000 m 2、1500 m 2或2000平方公尺(m 2)的面積。樓層可具有前述樓層面積值中之任何者之間的面積(例如,約150 m 2至約2000 m 2、約150 m 2至約500 m 2、約250 m 2至約1000 m 2或約1000 m 2至約2000 m 2)。該建築物可包含至少約1000平方呎(sqft),2000平方呎,5000平方呎,10000平方呎,100000平方呎,150000平方呎,200000平方呎或500000平方呎的面積。建築物可包含在任一上述面積之間的面積(例如,約1000平方呎至約5000平方呎、約5000平方呎至約500000平方呎或約1000平方呎至約500000平方呎)。建築物可包含至少約100 m 2、200 m 2、500 m 2、1000 m 2、5000 m 2、10000 m 2、25000 m 2或50000 m 2的面積。建築物可包含在上述任何面積之間的面積(例如,約100 m 2至約1000 m 2、約500 m 2至約25000 m 2、約100 m 2至約50000 m 2)。設施可包含商業或住宅建築物。商業建築物可包括(多個)租戶及/或(多個)所有者。住宅設施可包含多戶或單戶家庭建築物。住宅設施可包含綜合住宅大樓。住宅設施可包含單戶家庭住宅。住宅設施可包含多戶家庭住宅(例如,公寓)。住宅設施可包含聯排別墅。設施可包含住宅及商業部分。設施可包含至少約1、2、5、10、50、100、150、200、250、300、350、400、420、450、500或550個窗(例如,可著色窗)。該等窗可劃分成區(例如,至少部分地基於安置有該等窗之封閉體(例如,房間)的位置、立面、樓層、所有權、利用率、任何其他指派量度、隨機指派或其任何組合)。窗至區之分配可為靜態或動態的(例如,基於試探法)。每一區可存在至少約2、5、10、12、15、30、40或46個窗。 In some embodiments, a plurality of devices may be operably (eg, communicatively) coupled to the control system. A device may include a window (eg, a tintable window), a sensor, a transmitter, or a transceiver. The plurality of devices may be located in a facility (eg, including buildings and/or rooms). A control system may include a hierarchy of controllers. A device may include a transmitter, a sensor, or a window (eg, an IGU). The device can be any device as disclosed herein. At least two of the plurality of devices may be of the same type. For example, two or more IGUs may be coupled to the control system. At least two of the plurality of devices may be of different types. For example, sensors and transmitters can be coupled to the control system. The plurality of devices may sometimes comprise at least 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 2500, 5000, 7500, 10000, 50000, 100000 or 500000 devices. The plurality of devices can have any number of devices between the foregoing numbers (eg, 20 devices to 500,000 devices, 20 devices to 50 devices, 50 devices to 500 devices, 500 devices to 2500 devices, 1000 devices to 5,000 devices, 5,000 devices to 10,000 devices, 10,000 devices to 100,000 devices, or 100,000 devices to 500,000 devices). For example, the number of windows in a floor may be at least 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40 or 50. The number of windows in a floor can be any number between the foregoing numbers (eg, 5 to 50, 5 to 25, or 25 to 50). In some cases, devices may be in multi-storey buildings. At least a portion of the floors of the multi-story building may have devices controlled by the control system (eg, at least a portion of the floors of the multi-story building may be controlled by the control system). For example, a multi-story building may have at least 2, 8, 10, 25, 50, 80, 100, 120, 140 or 160 floors controlled by the control system. The number of floors (eg, devices therein) controlled by the control system can be any number between the foregoing numbers (eg, 2 to 50, 25 to 100, or 80 to 160). A floor may have an area of at least about 150 m 2 , 250 m 2 , 500 m 2 , 1000 m 2 , 1500 m 2 or 2000 square meters (m 2 ). Floors can have an area between any of the foregoing floor area values (eg, about 150 m 2 to about 2000 m 2 , about 150 m 2 to about 500 m 2 , about 250 m 2 to about 1000 m 2 , or about 1000 m 2 . m 2 to about 2000 m 2 ). The building may comprise an area of at least about 1,000 square feet (sqft), 2,000 square feet, 5,000 square feet, 10,000 square feet, 100,000 square feet, 150,000 square feet, 200,000 square feet, or 500,000 square feet. A building may comprise an area between any of the foregoing areas (eg, from about 1,000 square feet to about 5,000 square feet, from about 5,000 square feet to about 500,000 square feet, or from about 1,000 square feet to about 500,000 square feet). A building may comprise an area of at least about 100 m 2 , 200 m 2 , 500 m 2 , 1000 m 2 , 5000 m 2 , 10000 m 2 , 25000 m 2 or 50000 m 2 . A building may comprise an area between any of the foregoing (eg, about 100 m 2 to about 1000 m 2 , about 500 m 2 to about 25,000 m 2 , about 100 m 2 to about 50,000 m 2 ). Facilities may contain commercial or residential buildings. A commercial building may include tenant(s) and/or owner(s). Residential facilities may contain multi-family or single-family buildings. Residential facilities may include residential complexes. Residential facilities may include single-family dwellings. Residential facilities may include multi-family dwellings (eg, apartments). Residential facilities may include townhouses. Facilities may contain both residential and commercial components. A facility can include at least about 1, 2, 5, 10, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 420, 450, 500, or 550 windows (eg, tintable windows). The windows may be divided into zones (eg, based at least in part on the location, facade, floor, ownership, utilization, any other assignment metric, random assignment, or any of the enclosures (eg, rooms) in which the windows are placed) combination). The assignment of windows to regions can be static or dynamic (eg, based on heuristics). There may be at least about 2, 5, 10, 12, 15, 30, 40 or 46 windows per region.

圖1A展示窗框103 (所示之局部視圖)中成框之窗102及包含第一鉸鏈105a及第二鉸鏈105b之緊固件結構104的實例,該等鉸鏈促進使顯示構造101例如在箭頭111之方向上圍繞鉸鏈軸線旋轉。窗可為電致變色窗。窗可呈EC IGU形式。在一個實施例中,安裝至窗框(例如,103)的為至少部分透明之一或多個顯示構造(例如,透明顯示器)(例如,101)。在一個實施例中,一或多個顯示構造(例如,透明顯示器)包含T-OLED技術,但應理解,本發明不應受此技術限制或限於此技術。在一個實施例中,一或多個顯示構造(例如,透明顯示器)經由緊固件結構(例如,104)安裝至框架(例如,103)。在一個實施例中,緊固件結構(在本文中亦被稱作「緊固件」)包含托架。在一個實施例中,緊固件結構包含L形托架。在一個實施例中,L形托架包含近似或等於窗之側面之長度的長度(例如,且在圖1A中所示之實例中,亦為緊固件104之長度)。在實施例中,窗之基本長度尺度(例如,長度)為至多60呎(’)、50’、40’、30’、25’、20’、15’、10’、5’或1’。窗之FLS可具有在前述值之間的任何值(例如,自1’至60’、自1’至30’、自30’至60’或自10’至40’)。在實施例中,窗之基本長度尺度(例如,長度)為至少約50’、60’、80’或100’。在一個實施例中,顯示構造(例如,透明顯示器)涵蓋(例如,實質上)匹配窗片(例如,窗格)之表面積的區域。緊固件結構可經由鎖定機構(例如,搭扣配合鎖)及/或經由(多個)螺釘安裝至該結構(例如,諸如豎框之框架部分),例如可經組態用於滑動及搭扣附接。緊固件可包含安裝板。緊固件可經組態以允許其相關聯佈纜及/或佈線以駐留於支撐結構腔(例如,框架部分)中而不對支撐結構(例如,固定件)施加壓力。支撐結構可包含夾具(例如,彈簧夾具)以將緊固件固持在適當位置。1A shows an example of a framed window 102 in a window frame 103 (partial view shown) and a fastener structure 104 including a first hinge 105a and a second hinge 105b that facilitate display configuration 101 such as at arrow 111 Rotate around the hinge axis in the direction. The window may be an electrochromic window. The window may be in the form of an EC IGU. In one embodiment, mounted to the window frame (eg, 103 ) is one or more display configurations (eg, transparent displays) (eg, 101 ) that are at least partially transparent. In one embodiment, one or more display constructions (eg, transparent displays) comprise T-OLED technology, although it should be understood that the present invention should not be limited or limited by this technology. In one embodiment, one or more display constructs (eg, transparent displays) are mounted to the frame (eg, 103 ) via fastener structures (eg, 104 ). In one embodiment, the fastener structure (also referred to herein as a "fastener") includes a bracket. In one embodiment, the fastener structure includes an L-shaped bracket. In one embodiment, the L-shaped bracket includes a length approximately or equal to the length of the side of the window (eg, and in the example shown in FIG. 1A, also the length of fastener 104). In an embodiment, the window has a basic length dimension (e.g., length) of at most 60 feet ('), 50', 40', 30', 25', 20', 15', 10', 5', or 1'. The FLS of the window can have any value between the aforementioned values (e.g., from 1' to 60', from 1' to 30', from 30' to 60', or from 10' to 40'). In embodiments, the basic length dimension (e.g., length) of the window is at least about 50', 60', 80', or 100'. In one embodiment, a display construction (eg, a transparent display) encompasses an area that matches (eg, substantially) the surface area of a window (eg, pane). The fastener structure may be mounted to the structure (eg, a frame portion such as a mullion) via a locking mechanism (eg, a snap-fit lock) and/or via screw(s), eg, may be configured for sliding and snapping attached. Fasteners may include mounting plates. Fasteners can be configured to allow their associated cabling and/or wiring to reside in support structure cavities (eg, frame portions) without exerting pressure on the support structure (eg, fasteners). The support structure may include clamps (eg, spring clamps) to hold the fasteners in place.

在特定實施例中,顯示器之區域近似於窗之視覺區域(例如,窗之框架系統內之區域(例如,參見圖1B中之1))。在一個實施例中,一或多個顯示構造(例如,透明顯示器)共同(例如,大致及/或實質上)覆蓋窗之視覺區域(例如,參見圖1b中之2及3)。在一個實施例中,透明顯示器涵蓋約為(例如,可著色)窗之視覺區域之一半的區域。在一個實施例中,兩個或更多個顯示器安裝在單個視覺窗上方(參見圖1b中之2及3)。顯示構造可覆蓋(例如,可著色)窗之至少一部分。顯示構造可覆蓋(例如,可著色)窗之可見部分之至少約10%、20%、30%、40%、50%、60%、70%、80%、90%、95%或99%。顯示構造佔據之區域可為(例如,可著色)窗之可見部分之全部(100%)。顯示構造佔據之區域可為前述百分比之間的(例如,可著色)窗之可見部分之任何百分比(例如,自約10%至約100%、自約10%至約50%或自約50%至約100%)。有時,複數個顯示構造可覆蓋(例如,可著色)窗。顯示構造可安裝於一或多個佈局及/或組態中,例如以最大化設計靈活性。複數個緊固件可(例如,分別)耦接至該複數個顯示構造(例如,以允許顯示構造之迴轉)。圖1B展示建築物之立面120中之各種窗的實例,該立面包含窗122、123及121,以及顯示構造1、2及3。在圖1B中所示之實例中,顯示構造1至少部分為透明的且安置於窗123上方(例如,顯示構造1超定位於窗123上方),使得整個窗123由顯示構造覆蓋,且使用者可經由顯示構造1及窗123觀看外部環境(例如,花、玻璃及樹)。顯示構造1使用緊固件耦接至窗,該緊固件促進顯示構造圍繞平行於窗底部水平邊緣之軸線旋轉,該旋轉係在箭頭127之方向上。在圖1B中所示之實例中,顯示構造2及3至少部分為透明的且安置於窗121上方,使得整個窗121由各自覆蓋(例如,延伸至)窗121之表面積的約一半的兩個顯示構造覆蓋,且使用者可經由顯示構造2及3以及窗121觀看外部環境(例如,花、玻璃及樹)。顯示構造2使用緊固件耦接至窗121,該緊固件促進顯示構造圍繞平行於窗左部豎直邊緣之軸線旋轉,該旋轉係在箭頭126之方向上。顯示構造3使用緊固件耦接至窗,該緊固件促進顯示構造圍繞平行於窗121右部豎直邊緣之軸線旋轉,該旋轉係在箭頭125之方向上。In certain embodiments, the area of the display approximates the visual area of the window (eg, the area within the frame system of the window (eg, see 1 in FIG. 1B )). In one embodiment, one or more display structures (eg, transparent displays) collectively (eg, substantially and/or substantially) cover the visual area of the window (eg, see Figure 1 b, 2 and 3). In one embodiment, the transparent display covers an area that is approximately one-half of the visual area of the (eg, tintable) window. In one embodiment, two or more displays are mounted above a single viewing window (see 2 and 3 in Fig. lb). The display construction can cover (eg, tint) at least a portion of the window. The display construction can cover (eg, tint) at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of the visible portion of the window. The area occupied by the display construct may be the entire (100%) of the visible portion of the (eg, tintable) window. The area occupied by the display structures can be any percentage of the visible portion of the (eg, tintable) window between the foregoing percentages (eg, from about 10% to about 100%, from about 10% to about 50%, or from about 50% to about 100%). Sometimes, a plurality of display constructs can cover (eg, tint) a window. Display constructs may be installed in one or more layouts and/or configurations, eg, to maximize design flexibility. A plurality of fasteners may be coupled (eg, separately) to the plurality of display structures (eg, to allow rotation of the display structures). FIG. 1B shows examples of various windows in a facade 120 of a building, which includes windows 122, 123, and 121, and displays configurations 1, 2, and 3. FIG. In the example shown in Figure IB, display construction 1 is at least partially transparent and positioned over window 123 (eg, display construction 1 is superpositioned over window 123) such that the entire window 123 is covered by the display construction, and the user The external environment (eg, flowers, glass, and trees) can be viewed through display configuration 1 and window 123 . Display construction 1 is coupled to the window using fasteners that facilitate rotation of the display construction about an axis parallel to the bottom horizontal edge of the window, the rotation being tied in the direction of arrow 127 . In the example shown in FIG. 1B , display constructions 2 and 3 are at least partially transparent and disposed over window 121 such that the entire window 121 is covered by each covering (eg, extending to) about half of the surface area of window 121 by two The display structures overlay, and the user can view the external environment (eg, flowers, glass, and trees) through display structures 2 and 3 and window 121 . Display construction 2 is coupled to window 121 using fasteners that facilitate rotation of the display construction about an axis parallel to the left vertical edge of the window, the rotation being tied in the direction of arrow 126 . Display construction 3 is coupled to the window using fasteners that facilitate rotation of the display construction about an axis parallel to the right vertical edge of window 121 , the rotation being tied in the direction of arrow 125 .

在一些實施例中,顯示構造耦接至結構(例如,固定件)。該結構可包含窗、壁或板。顯示構造可使用緊固件耦接至該結構。例如當顯示構造可操作時,顯示構造與該結構之間可存在距離。距離可為至多約0.5公尺(m)、0.4 m、0.3 m、0.2 m、0.1 m、0.05 m、0.025 m或0.01 m。In some embodiments, the display constructs are coupled to structures (eg, fixtures). The structure may contain windows, walls or panels. The display construction may be coupled to the structure using fasteners. For example, when the display construction is operable, there may be a distance between the display construction and the structure. The distance may be up to about 0.5 meters (m), 0.4 m, 0.3 m, 0.2 m, 0.1 m, 0.05 m, 0.025 m, or 0.01 m.

在一些實施例中,電子盒以可操作方式耦接至或包括電源。電源可為將電功率供應至電氣負載之電氣裝置。電源可將來自源之電流轉換為正確的電壓、電流及/或頻率以為負載供電。電源可將由負載汲取之電流限於安全位準(例如,根據管轄及/或安全性標準),關斷電流(例如,在電氣故障之情況下),調節功率(例如,防止輸入上之電子雜訊及/或電壓浪湧到達負載),校正功率因數,及/或儲存能量(例如,以在源功率暫時中斷之情況下促進負載之繼續操作)。負載可為媒體顯示器(例如,OLED顯示器)。電源可為電功率轉換器。電源可為單獨的獨立裝置。電源可包括於電子盒中。獨立電源裝置可安置於諸如固定件之結構中。該結構可包含窗框部分(例如,豎框或橫框)或壁。電源裝置可安置在距電子盒及/或時序控制器一定距離處。距離可為至少約30呎(’)、50’、100’、200’、300’。電子盒可或可不為緊固件之部分(例如,附接至緊固件)。在一些實施例中,電子盒(例如,包括任何類比對數位轉換器)可安置在距緊固件一定距離處(例如,不為緊固件之部分)。In some embodiments, the electronic box is operably coupled to or includes a power source. A power source may be an electrical device that supplies electrical power to an electrical load. The power supply converts the current from the source to the correct voltage, current and/or frequency to power the load. The power supply may limit the current drawn by the load to safe levels (eg, according to regulatory and/or safety standards), turn off current (eg, in the event of an electrical fault), regulate power (eg, prevent electrical noise on the input) and/or voltage surges to the load), correct power factor, and/or store energy (eg, to facilitate continued operation of the load in the event of a temporary interruption of source power). The load may be a media display (eg, an OLED display). The power source may be an electrical power converter. The power supply may be a separate stand-alone device. The power supply may be included in the electronic box. The independent power supply unit may be placed in a structure such as a fixture. The structure may include sash portions (eg, mullions or sashes) or walls. The power supply unit may be placed at a distance from the electronic box and/or the timing controller. The distance may be at least about 30 feet ('), 50', 100', 200', 300'. The electronics box may or may not be part of the fastener (eg, attached to the fastener). In some embodiments, the electronics box (eg, including any analog-to-digital converter) may be positioned at a distance from the fastener (eg, not part of the fastener).

在一些實施例中,電子組件(例如,電路系統)之外殼包含至少一個熱交換器。舉例而言,電子盒、電源外殼及/或時序控制器外殼(例如,緊固件)可包含一或多個熱交換器(例如,如本文中所揭示)。熱交換器可為風扇。熱交換器可為被動或主動的。熱交換器可包含熱管。熱交換器可包含經組態以高效地吸收及/或傳遞熱之組件。舉例而言,熱交換器可包含金屬板(例如,散熱片)。金屬板可包含元素金屬或金屬合金。In some embodiments, the housing of the electronic components (eg, circuitry) includes at least one heat exchanger. For example, the electronics box, power supply housing, and/or timing controller housing (eg, fasteners) may include one or more heat exchangers (eg, as disclosed herein). The heat exchanger may be a fan. Heat exchangers can be passive or active. The heat exchanger may contain heat pipes. Heat exchangers can include components configured to absorb and/or transfer heat efficiently. For example, the heat exchanger may include metal plates (eg, fins). The metal plate may contain elemental metals or metal alloys.

在一些實施例中,電子組件(例如,緊固件)之外殼可包含一或多個風扇。風扇可將氣體(例如,空氣)自其一側指導至另一側(例如,將氣體推動至周圍環境中或將氣體自周圍環境中抽出)。風扇旋轉之方向可判定其推動/拉動氣體功能性。風扇可具有基本長度尺度(例如,高度、長度、寬度、半徑或定界圓形之半徑)。風扇之基本長度尺度(FLS)可為至多約5公分(cm)、4 cm、3 cm、2.5 cm、2 cm、1.5 cm、1 cm或0.5 cm。FLS可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約5 cm至約0.5 cm、自約5 cm至約2 cm或自約2 cm至約0.5 cm)。風扇之高度及長度可(例如,實質上)相等。風扇之寬度可為風扇之高度及/或長度之至多約一半、三分之一、四分之一或五分之一。風扇可具有複數個葉片(例如,至少3、4、5、6、7、8、9或10個葉片)。在一些實施例中,風扇可為無葉片的。風扇可需要例如至多約1.5伏特(V)、2 V、3 V、4 V、5 V、6 V、7 V、8 V、9 V或10 V之低壓。風扇之速度可為至少約每分鐘5千轉(KRPM)、5.5 KRPM、6 KRPM、6.5 KRPM、7 KRPM、7.5 KRPM、8 KRPM、8.5 KRPM、9 KRPM、9.5 KRPM、10 KRPM、10.5 KRPM、11 KRPM、11.5 KRPM或12 KRPM。風扇可具有低雜訊簽章。低雜訊簽章可具有至多約10.0分貝(dbA)、15 dbA、20 dbA、25 dbA或30 dbA,其中dbA值經調整以用於改變人耳對不同頻率之聲音之靈敏度。低雜訊簽章可低於(例如,約65 dbA之)說話聲音。低雜訊簽章可為至多約(例如,約10 dbA之)呼吸雜訊、(例如,約20 dbA之)安靜書房、(例如,約40 dbA之)輕聲細語或(例如,自約50 dbA至約65 dbA)之辦公環境。風扇之雜訊位準可遵守管轄標準,例如遵守職業安全及健康管理局(OSHA)頒佈之標準。風扇可具有至多約5公克(g)、6 g、8 g或10 g之重量。風扇可具有至少約0.02立方米/分鐘(M 3/min)、0.03 M 3/min、0.04 M 3/min、0.05 M 3/min、0.06 M 3/min、0.07 M 3/min、0.08 M 3/min、0.09 M 3/min、0.1 M 3/min、0.15 M 3/min、0.2 M 3/min、0.3 M 3/min、0.4 M 3/min或0.5 M 3/min之空氣傳導能力。風扇可具有本文中提及之傳導能力中之任何者之間的傳導能力(例如,自約0.02 M 3/min至約0.05 M 3/min、自約0.05 M 3/min至約0.1 M 3/min或自約0.1 M 3/min至約0.5 M 3/min)。 In some embodiments, the housing of electronic components (eg, fasteners) may contain one or more fans. A fan can direct gas (eg, air) from one side thereof to the other (eg, push or draw gas into the surrounding environment). The direction in which the fan rotates determines its push/pull gas functionality. A fan may have a basic length dimension (eg, height, length, width, radius, or radius bounding a circle). The base length dimension (FLS) of the fan may be up to about 5 centimeters (cm), 4 cm, 3 cm, 2.5 cm, 2 cm, 1.5 cm, 1 cm, or 0.5 cm. The FLS can have any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 5 cm to about 0.5 cm, from about 5 cm to about 2 cm, or from about 2 cm to about 0.5 cm). The height and length of the fans may be (eg, substantially) equal. The width of the fan may be at most about half, one third, one quarter or one fifth of the height and/or length of the fan. The fan may have a plurality of blades (eg, at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 blades). In some embodiments, the fan may be bladeless. Fans may require low voltages of up to about 1.5 volts (V), 2 V, 3 V, 4 V, 5 V, 6 V, 7 V, 8 V, 9 V, or 10 V, for example. The speed of the fan may be at least about 5 thousand revolutions per minute (KRPM), 5.5 KRPM, 6 KRPM, 6.5 KRPM, 7 KRPM, 7.5 KRPM, 8 KRPM, 8.5 KRPM, 9 KRPM, 9.5 KRPM, 10 KRPM, 10.5 KRPM, 11 KRPM, 11.5 KRPM or 12 KRPM. The fan can have a low noise signature. The low noise signature can have up to about 10.0 decibels (dbA), 15 dbA, 20 dbA, 25 dbA, or 30 dbA, where the dbA value is adjusted for changing the sensitivity of the human ear to sounds of different frequencies. A low noise signature can be below (eg, about 65 dbA) of speech sounds. A low noise signature can be up to about (eg, about 10 dbA) respiratory noise, (eg, about 20 dbA) quiet study, (eg, about 40 dbA) soft-spoken, or (eg, about 50 dbA) dbA to about 65 dbA) in an office environment. The noise level of the fan may comply with jurisdictional standards, such as those promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). The fan may have a weight of up to about 5 grams (g), 6 g, 8 g, or 10 g. The fan may have at least about 0.02 cubic meters per minute (M3/min ) , 0.03 M3 / min, 0.04 M3 / min, 0.05 M3/min, 0.06 M3 / min, 0.07 M3 / min, 0.08 M3 /min, 0.09 M 3 /min, 0.1 M 3 /min, 0.15 M 3 /min, 0.2 M 3 /min, 0.3 M 3 /min, 0.4 M 3 /min or 0.5 M 3 /min Air Conductivity. The fans may have conductivities between any of the conductivities mentioned herein (eg, from about 0.02 M 3 /min to about 0.05 M 3 /min, from about 0.05 M 3 /min to about 0.1 M 3 /min min or from about 0.1 M 3 /min to about 0.5 M 3 /min).

在一些實施例中,可以促進安置在其間之屏蔽、熱交換及/或冷卻元件之方式安置該複數個電路板中之至少兩者。至少一個屏蔽元件可安置於彼此鄰近(例如,直接)定位之第一電路板與第二電路板之間。屏蔽元件可包含電氣及/或電磁(例如,射頻)屏蔽。屏蔽件可或可不充當熱交換器及/或冷卻元件。電子組件之外殼可包含與屏蔽件分離之熱交換器及/或冷卻元件。熱交換器及/或冷卻元件可包含熱管或金屬板。金屬可包含元素金屬或金屬合金。金屬可經組態以用於(例如,高效及/或快速)熱傳導。金屬可包含銅、鋁、黃銅、鋼或青銅。冷卻元件可包含流體、氣體或半固體(例如,凝膠)材料。冷卻元件可為主動及/或被動的。冷卻元件可包含循環物質。冷卻元件可以可操作方式耦接至主動冷卻裝置(例如,恆溫器、冷卻器及/或冰箱)。主動冷卻裝置可安置在裝置集外殼外部。冷卻元件可安置於安置有電子組件之外殼的封閉體(例如,建築物或房間)之固定件(例如,地板、頂板、壁或框架)中。固定件可包含豎框或橫框。In some embodiments, at least two of the plurality of circuit boards may be positioned in a manner that facilitates shielding, heat exchange, and/or cooling elements positioned therebetween. At least one shielding element may be disposed between the first circuit board and the second circuit board positioned adjacent (eg, directly) to each other. Shielding elements may include electrical and/or electromagnetic (eg, radio frequency) shielding. The shield may or may not act as a heat exchanger and/or cooling element. The housing of the electronic components may include heat exchangers and/or cooling elements separate from the shields. The heat exchanger and/or cooling element may comprise heat pipes or metal plates. The metals may comprise elemental metals or metal alloys. Metals can be configured for (eg, efficient and/or fast) heat transfer. Metals may include copper, aluminum, brass, steel or bronze. The cooling element may comprise a fluid, gas or semi-solid (eg, gel) material. The cooling elements can be active and/or passive. The cooling element may contain circulating substances. The cooling element may be operably coupled to an active cooling device (eg, a thermostat, cooler, and/or refrigerator). The active cooling device may be positioned outside the housing of the device set. The cooling element may be placed in a fixture (eg, a floor, ceiling, wall, or frame) of an enclosure (eg, a building or room) in which an enclosure of the electronic components is placed. Fixtures can include mullions or traverses.

在一些實施例中,顯示構造總成可接受用於媒體信號及/或電力之一或多種連接器類型。舉例而言,至一或多個驅動器及/或接收器之至少一個連接器及/或插槽例如用於串列通信系統(例如,RS485(輸入及輸出))。通信可為雙向的。連接器及/或插槽可包含至(多根)光纜之連接器。連接器及/或插槽類型可包含HDMI、顯示埠(DP)輸入及/或輸出或交流電(AC)輸入及/或開關。圖17展示包括HDMI輸入1701、DP1輸入1702、RS485輸入1703、AC開關及AC輸入1704、RS485輸出1705及DP輸出1706之控制器及電源總成1700之一側的實例。圖17展示連接至主電力線1711之控制器及電源總成1710、窗控制器1712、IGU 1715、框架帽蓋1718 (有時被稱作「美容帽蓋」)、窗框1719、電路系統1716 (例如,包含用於顯示矩陣之升壓器及/或驅動器)、鉸鏈(例如,鉸鏈1717)、顯示構造1714、罩蓋1720及顯示構造之顯示構造框架(例如,邊緣邊框)1713之拆開(例如,分解)透視圖。顯示構造框架可為用於(多個)觸控螢幕組件之罩蓋。窗控制器可安置於窗之較接近或較遠離窗之一側。窗控制器可安置於窗框中(或上)、壁中(或上)、頂板中(或上)、地板中(或上)。鉸鏈可或可不被暫時鎖定(例如,使用插入件(例如,狹縫或裂縫)、突起及/或彈簧(例如,彈簧柱塞))。In some embodiments, the display construction assembly can accept one or more connector types for media signals and/or power. For example, at least one connector and/or socket to one or more drivers and/or receivers is used, for example, for serial communication systems (eg, RS485 (input and output)). Communication can be bidirectional. Connectors and/or sockets may include connectors to optical cable(s). Connector and/or socket types may include HDMI, Display Port (DP) input and/or output, or alternating current (AC) input and/or switch. 17 shows an example of one side of a controller and power supply assembly 1700 including HDMI input 1701, DP1 input 1702, RS485 input 1703, AC switch and AC input 1704, RS485 output 1705, and DP output 1706. 17 shows the controller and power assembly 1710 connected to the main power line 1711, the window controller 1712, the IGU 1715, the frame cap 1718 (sometimes referred to as the "beauty cap"), the window frame 1719, the circuitry 1716 ( For example, disassembly (eg, including boosters and/or drivers for the display matrix), hinges (eg, hinge 1717), display structure 1714, cover 1720, and display structure frame (eg, edge bezel) 1713 of the display structure For example, exploded) perspective. The display construction frame may be a cover for the touch screen assembly(s). The window controller may be positioned on a side of the window that is closer or farther away from the window. The window controls may be placed in (or on) the window frame, in (or on) the wall, in (or on) the ceiling, in (or on) the floor. The hinge may or may not be temporarily locked (eg, using inserts (eg, slits or slits), protrusions, and/or springs (eg, spring plungers)).

在一些實施例中,顯示構造與觀看窗(例如,本文中縮寫為「IGU」之整合玻璃單元)對齊。顯示構造可經組態以定位於(例如,可著色)窗之至少一部分上。舉例而言,顯示構造可經組態以與窗之至少一部分超定位在一起。顯示構造可經組態以促進自窗之一側(例如,內部環境)至其相對側(例如,外部環境)之同時觀看。顯示構造可位於使用者經由窗(或其任何部分)觀看之視線中。In some embodiments, the display configuration is aligned with a viewing window (eg, an integrated glass unit abbreviated herein as "IGU"). The display structure can be configured to be positioned on at least a portion of the (eg, tintable) window. For example, the display construct can be configured to be superpositioned with at least a portion of the window. The display configuration can be configured to facilitate simultaneous viewing from one side of the window (eg, the interior environment) to its opposite side (eg, the exterior environment). The display structure may be in the line of sight of the user looking through the window (or any portion thereof).

在一些實施例中,控制器與顯示構造以可操作方式耦接(例如,以通信方式耦接)。通信可為有線及/或無線的。控制器可至少部分自動地控制顯示構造。控制器可為例如本文中所揭示之時序控制器(例如,T-CON)。控制可包括電子及/或光學控制。控制器可包含微控制器。控制器可鄰近於玻璃(例如,IGU)及/或顯示構造安置。控制器可安置於窗框(例如,橫框或豎框)中。在一些實施例中,豎框(例如,圖1B,131)為窗框架之豎直走向,且橫框(例如,圖1B,130)為窗框架之水平走向。窗框可(例如,直接地或間接地)固持玻璃及/或顯示構造。玻璃可為可著色玻璃。可著色玻璃可經控制(例如,使用至少一個控制器)。舉例而言,可著色玻璃可受控制器之階層控制(例如,參見圖15)。控制器之階層可為靜態或動態的(例如,其中動態地更改控制器之階層式指定)。控制觀看(例如,可著色)窗之一或多個控制器可或可不控制顯示構造(在本文中亦被稱作「媒體顯示構造」)。In some embodiments, the controller is operably coupled (eg, communicatively coupled) with the display construct. Communication may be wired and/or wireless. The controller may control the display configuration at least partially automatically. The controller may be, for example, a timing controller (eg, T-CON) as disclosed herein. Controls may include electronic and/or optical controls. The controller may comprise a microcontroller. The controller may be positioned adjacent to the glass (eg, IGU) and/or display structure. The controller may be positioned in a window frame (eg, a sash or mullion). In some embodiments, the mullion (eg, FIG. 1B, 131) is the vertical orientation of the window frame, and the sash (eg, FIG. 1B, 130) is the horizontal orientation of the window frame. The window frame may (eg, directly or indirectly) hold the glass and/or display construction. The glass may be tintable glass. The tintable glass can be controlled (eg, using at least one controller). For example, tintable glass can be controlled by a hierarchy of controllers (see, eg, FIG. 15). The hierarchy of controllers can be static or dynamic (eg, where the hierarchy designation of controllers is changed dynamically). One or more controllers that control the viewing (eg, tintable) window may or may not control a display configuration (also referred to herein as a "media display configuration").

在一些實施例中,顯示構造包含玻璃。玻璃可呈一或多個玻璃窗格形式。舉例而言,顯示構造可包括安置於兩個玻璃窗格之間的顯示矩陣(例如,燈陣列)。燈陣列可包括有色燈陣列。舉例而言,紅色、綠色及藍色燈陣列。舉例而言,青色、紫紅色及黃色燈陣列。燈陣列可包括用於電子螢幕顯示器中之燈色彩。燈陣列可包含LED陣列(例如,OLED,例如TOLED)。矩陣顯示器(例如,燈陣列)可至少部分透明(例如,對於普通人眼)。透明OLED可促進普通人眼感測到之強度及/或波長之相當大部分(例如,大於約30%、40%、50%、60%、80%、90%或95%)的轉變。矩陣顯示器可對通過陣列查看之使用者形成最小干擾。燈陣列可對通過上面安置有陣列之窗查看之使用者形成最小干擾。顯示矩陣(例如,燈陣列)可最大限度地透明。顯示構造之至少一個玻璃窗格可具有常規玻璃厚度。常規玻璃可具有至少約1毫米(mm)、2 mm、3 mm、4 mm、5 mm或6 mm之厚度。常規玻璃可具有前述值中之任何者之間的值(例如,自1 mm至6 mm、自1 mm至3 mm、自3 mm至約4 mm或自4 mm至6 mm)之厚度。顯示構造之至少一個玻璃窗格可具有薄玻璃厚度。薄玻璃可具有至多約0.4毫米(mm)、0.5 mm、0.6 mm、0.7 mm、0.8 mm或0.9 mm厚之厚度。薄玻璃可具有前述值中之任何者之間的值(例如,自0.4 mm至0.9 mm、自0.4 mm至0.7 mm或自0.5 mm至0.9 mm)之厚度。顯示構造之玻璃可為至少透射的(例如,在可見光譜中)。舉例而言,玻璃可為至少約80%、85%、90%、95%或99%透射的。玻璃可具有在前述百分比中之任何者之間的透射率百分比值(例如,自約80%至約99%)。顯示構造可包含一或多個窗格(例如,玻璃窗格)。舉例而言,顯示構造可包含複數個(例如,兩個)窗格。玻璃窗格可具有(例如,實質上)相同厚度或不同厚度。面向前之窗格可比面向後之窗格厚。面向後之窗格可比面向前之窗格厚。前側可在預期觀看者之方向上(例如,在顯示構造101前方,看著顯示構造101)。背側可在(例如,可著色)窗(例如,102)之方向上。一個玻璃相對於另一玻璃可較厚。較厚玻璃可比較薄玻璃厚至少約1.25*、1.5*、2*、2.5*、3*、3.5*或4*。符號「*」指定數學運算「乘」。顯示構造(包括一或多個窗格及顯示矩陣(例如,燈陣列或LCD))之透射率可為至少約20%、30%、35%、40%、45%、50%、60%、70%、80%或90%。顯示構造可具有在前述百分比中之任何者之間的透射率百分比值(例如,自約20%至約90%、自約20%至約50%、自約20%至約40%、自約30%至約40%、自約40%至約80%或自約50%至約90%)。較高透射率百分比係指穿過材料(例如,玻璃)之較高強度及/或較寬光譜之光。透射率可係可見光的。透射率可量測為參考穿過材料的在光譜之可見光部分中的光量的可見光透射率(本文中縮寫為「Tvis」)。透射率可係相對於入射光之強度。顯示構造可透射穿過其中之光之可見光譜(例如,波長光譜)的至少約80%、85%、90%、95%或99%。顯示構造可透射在前述百分比中之任何者之間的百分比值(例如,自約80%至約99%)。在一些實施例中,利用液晶顯示器而非燈陣列。圖2展示在其層壓之前之顯示構造總成200之示意性實例,該顯示構造包括較厚支撐結構(例如,玻璃窗格)205、第一黏著劑層204、顯示矩陣203、第二黏著劑層202及較薄支撐結構(例如,玻璃窗格)201,該矩陣經由佈線211連接至控制顯示構造之至少一態樣之電路系統212,該顯示構造耦接至緊固件213。In some embodiments, the display construction includes glass. The glass may be in the form of one or more panes of glass. For example, a display configuration may include a display matrix (eg, an array of lights) disposed between two panes of glass. The lamp array may include an array of colored lamps. For example, an array of red, green and blue lights. For example, an array of cyan, magenta and yellow lamps. Lamp arrays may include lamp colors used in electronic screen displays. The lamp array may comprise an array of LEDs (eg, OLEDs, such as TOLEDs). A matrix display (eg, an array of lamps) can be at least partially transparent (eg, to the average human eye). Transparent OLEDs can facilitate a substantial (eg, greater than about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 80%, 90% or 95%) transition of the intensity and/or wavelength sensed by the average human eye. Matrix displays provide minimal disruption to users viewing through the array. The light array provides minimal disturbance to a user viewing through the window on which the array is placed. Display matrices (eg, lamp arrays) can be maximally transparent. The at least one glass pane of the display construction may be of conventional glass thickness. Conventional glass can have a thickness of at least about 1 millimeter (mm), 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, or 6 mm. Conventional glass can have a thickness between any of the foregoing values (eg, from 1 mm to 6 mm, from 1 mm to 3 mm, from 3 mm to about 4 mm, or from 4 mm to 6 mm). At least one glass pane of the display construction may have a thin glass thickness. Thin glass can have a thickness of up to about 0.4 millimeters (mm), 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, or 0.9 mm thick. The thin glass can have a thickness between any of the foregoing values (eg, from 0.4 mm to 0.9 mm, from 0.4 mm to 0.7 mm, or from 0.5 mm to 0.9 mm). The glass showing the structure can be at least transmissive (eg, in the visible spectrum). For example, the glass can be at least about 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% transmissive. The glass can have a percent transmittance value between any of the foregoing percentages (eg, from about 80% to about 99%). A display configuration may include one or more panes (eg, glass panes). For example, a display construct may include a plurality (eg, two) of panes. The glass panes may have (eg, substantially) the same thickness or different thicknesses. The front-facing pane may be thicker than the rear-facing pane. The rear-facing pane may be thicker than the front-facing pane. The front side may be in the direction of the intended viewer (eg, in front of display construction 101 looking at display construction 101). The backside can be in the direction of the (eg, tintable) window (eg, 102). One glass can be thicker relative to the other glass. Thicker glass may be at least about 1.25*, 1.5*, 2*, 2.5*, 3*, 3.5*, or 4* thicker than thinner glass. The symbol "*" specifies the mathematical operation "multiply". The transmittance of the display structure (including one or more panes and display matrix (eg, lamp array or LCD)) may be at least about 20%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80% or 90%. The display construction can have a transmittance percentage value between any of the foregoing percentages (eg, from about 20% to about 90%, from about 20% to about 50%, from about 20% to about 40%, from about 30% to about 40%, from about 40% to about 80%, or from about 50% to about 90%). A higher percent transmittance refers to a higher intensity and/or a broader spectrum of light that passes through a material (eg, glass). The transmittance may be for visible light. Transmittance can be measured as the transmittance of visible light (abbreviated herein as "Tvis") with reference to the amount of light in the visible portion of the spectrum that passes through the material. Transmittance can be relative to the intensity of incident light. The display construction can transmit at least about 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% of the visible spectrum (eg, wavelength spectrum) of light therethrough. A percentage value between any of the foregoing percentages (eg, from about 80% to about 99%) is displayed that the construction can transmit. In some embodiments, a liquid crystal display is utilized instead of an array of lamps. 2 shows a schematic example of a display construction assembly 200 including a thicker support structure (eg, glass pane) 205, a first adhesive layer 204, a display matrix 203, a second adhesive, prior to its lamination Agent layer 202 and thinner support structure (eg, glass pane) 201 , the matrix is connected via wiring 211 to circuitry 212 that controls at least one aspect of the display structure coupled to fasteners 213 .

顯示矩陣具有反射率及/或顏色性質。顯示矩陣可為有色、灰度或黑白的。顯示矩陣可具有色深。色深可為至少約2.5、5、10、1.25或15億種顏色。色深可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約2.5億種顏色至約15億種顏色,自約2.5億種顏色至約12.5億種顏色或自約10億種顏色至約15億種顏色)。顯示構造可具有至少約100000、120000、150000、170000或200000比一之對比率。顯示構造可具有上述參考值中之任何者之間的相對於一之對比率(例如,自約100000:1至約200000:1、自約100000:1至約150000:1或自約150000:1至200000:1)。顯示構造之反射率可為至多約2%、4%、8%、10%、14%或18%。顯示構造之反射率可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約2%至約18%或自約2%至約14%)。The display matrix has reflectivity and/or color properties. The display matrix can be colored, grayscale, or black and white. The display matrix can have color depth. The color depth can be at least about 2.5, 5, 10, 1.25, or 1.5 billion colors. The color depth can have any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 250 million colors to about 1.5 billion colors, from about 250 million colors to about 1.25 billion colors, or from about 1 billion colors to about 1.5 billion colors colors). The display construction may have a contrast ratio of at least about 100,000, 120,000, 150,000, 170,000, or 200,000 to one. The display construction can have a contrast ratio relative to one between any of the above-referenced values (eg, from about 100,000:1 to about 200,000:1, from about 100,000:1 to about 150,000:1, or from about 150,000:1 to 200000:1). The reflectivity of the display structure may be up to about 2%, 4%, 8%, 10%, 14%, or 18%. The reflectivity of the display structure can have any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 2% to about 18% or from about 2% to about 14%).

在一些實施例中,顯示構造及/或IGU中之至少一個玻璃窗格經強化。顯示構造及/或IGU之至少一個玻璃可為原生玻璃(例如,其並未經歷強化及/或回火程序)。玻璃可為強化玻璃。強化玻璃可經熱強化、熱回火或化學強化。化學強化玻璃可為化學回火玻璃。化學強化玻璃可包括Gorilla玻璃。玻璃可包含所使用之SentryGlass (R)。化學強化玻璃可包含一或多個離子(例如,陽離子)摻雜玻璃。陽離子可為鹼金屬(例如,鉀)或鹼土陽離子。玻璃可包含一或多種顏料。玻璃可允許UV光(例如,其波長及/或強度)通過其之轉變。玻璃可減少(例如,防止)UV光(例如,其波長及/或強度)之穿透。玻璃可吸收UV光(例如,其波長及/或強度)之至少部分。在一些實施例中,玻璃可包含表面處理(例如,砂磨)。 In some embodiments, at least one glass pane in the display construction and/or IGU is strengthened. At least one glass of the display construction and/or IGU may be a virgin glass (eg, that has not undergone a strengthening and/or tempering process). The glass may be tempered glass. Tempered glass can be thermally strengthened, thermally tempered, or chemically strengthened. The chemically strengthened glass may be chemically tempered glass. Chemically strengthened glass may include Gorilla glass. The glass may contain SentryGlass (R) used. Chemically strengthened glasses may include one or more ion (eg, cation) doped glasses. The cation can be an alkali metal (eg, potassium) or an alkaline earth cation. The glass may contain one or more pigments. Glass can allow transitions of UV light (eg, its wavelength and/or intensity) through it. Glass can reduce (eg, prevent) penetration of UV light (eg, its wavelength and/or intensity). Glass can absorb at least a portion of UV light (eg, its wavelength and/or intensity). In some embodiments, the glass may include a surface treatment (eg, sanding).

在一些實施例中,顯示構造可包括黏合劑(例如,層壓物及/或黏著劑)。在一些實施例中,顯示構造可包括黏合劑,其包括聚合物及/或樹脂。黏合劑可安置於玻璃窗格與顯示矩陣之間。黏合劑可經選擇以促進在最低限度地(例如,不會)損壞顯示矩陣之情況下形成該構造(例如,顯示矩陣與玻璃窗格之黏著)。黏合劑可藉由熱及/或UV處理固化。熱處理之溫度可使得最低限度地損壞顯示矩陣(例如,不會在可量測及/或相當大程度上損壞顯示矩陣)。不會在相當大程度上損壞陣列可指代不會在影響其預期目的(例如,根據其規格作為顯示器之效能)之程度上損壞陣列。黏合劑可包括至少一種有機聚合物。至少一種有機聚合物可包括聚乙烯醇縮丁醛(PVB)、乙烯-醋酸乙烯酯(EVA)、聚丙烯醯胺、SGP樹脂(例如,Dupont之SGP 5000)。黏合劑可包含例如3M之OCA(例如,3M 8211、3M 8212、3M 8213、3M 8214、3M 8215、3M 8171或3M 8172)。(多種)聚合物可允許UV光(例如,其波長及/或強度)通過其之轉變。聚合物可減少(例如,防止)UV光(例如,其波長及/或強度)之穿透。聚合物可吸收UV光(例如,其波長及/或強度)之至少部分。In some embodiments, the display construction may include an adhesive (eg, a laminate and/or an adhesive). In some embodiments, the display construction may include an adhesive, which includes polymers and/or resins. An adhesive may be placed between the glass pane and the display matrix. The adhesive can be selected to facilitate formation of the construction (eg, adhesion of the display matrix to the glass pane) with minimal (eg, without) damage to the display matrix. The adhesive can be cured by thermal and/or UV treatment. The temperature of the heat treatment is such that damage to the display matrix is minimal (eg, without measurable and/or substantial damage to the display matrix). Not damaging the array to a considerable extent can refer to not damaging the array to the extent that it affects its intended purpose (eg, its performance as a display according to its specifications). The binder can include at least one organic polymer. The at least one organic polymer may include polyvinyl butyral (PVB), ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA), polypropylene amide, SGP resin (eg, Dupont's SGP 5000). The adhesive can include, for example, 3M's OCA (eg, 3M 8211, 3M 8212, 3M 8213, 3M 8214, 3M 8215, 3M 8171, or 3M 8172). The polymer(s) may allow transitions of UV light (eg, its wavelength and/or intensity) therethrough. The polymer can reduce (eg, prevent) the penetration of UV light (eg, its wavelength and/or intensity). The polymer can absorb at least a portion of the UV light (eg, its wavelength and/or intensity).

在一些實施例中,顯示構造包含層壓。顯示構造可包含可著色裝置(例如,電致變色裝置)。可著色裝置可層壓至顯示構造上(以形成單一顯示構造單元)。舉例而言,顯示構造可包含經沈積之電致變色層構造(例如,沈積於媒體顯示器之背側(例如,LED之背側)上)。顯示構造可包含一或多個層(例如,沈積及/或層壓層)以保護媒體顯示器免於輻射(例如,UV及/或IR輻射)。所添加之分層可構成膜(例如,電致變色裝置、UV保護分層及/或IR保護分層)。膜可為顯示構造之部分。膜可促進顯示構造之較長可操作壽命。膜可促進所顯示媒體之較高對比度。顯示構造(例如,包括電致變色膜)可耦接至可著色(例如,電致變色)窗。膜可構成任何可著色窗能力(例如,液晶裝置、懸浮粒子裝置、微機電系統(MEMS)裝置(諸如微型快門),或經組態以控制通過窗之光透射率之任何技術)。液晶裝置可包含聚合物分散之液晶層。In some embodiments, the display construction includes lamination. The display construction may include tintable devices (eg, electrochromic devices). The tintable device can be laminated to the display construction (to form a single display construction unit). For example, a display construction may include a deposited electrochromic layer construction (eg, deposited on the backside of a media display (eg, the backside of an LED)). The display construction may include one or more layers (eg, deposition and/or lamination layers) to protect the media display from radiation (eg, UV and/or IR radiation). The added layers may constitute films (eg, electrochromic devices, UV protective layers, and/or IR protective layers). The film may be part of the display structure. The film can facilitate a longer operational life of the display construction. Films can promote higher contrast in the displayed media. A display construction (eg, including an electrochromic film) can be coupled to a tintable (eg, electrochromic) window. The films may constitute any tintable window capability (eg, liquid crystal devices, suspended particle devices, microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) devices such as micro-shutters, or any technology configured to control the transmittance of light through a window). The liquid crystal device may include a polymer dispersed liquid crystal layer.

在一些實施例中,顯示構造可包含呈至少一個層之形式之黏合劑。黏合劑可包括至少一個光學清透黏著劑層(本文中縮寫為「OCA」層)。舉例而言,顯示構造可包含兩個黏合劑層。黏合劑層可具有至少約0.2 mm、0.3 mm、0.4 mm、0.5 mm、0.6 mm、0.7 mm、0.8 mm、0.9 mm或1 mm之厚度。黏合劑層可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約0.2 mm至約1 mm、自約0.2 mm至約0.6 mm或自約0.7 mm至約1 mm)之厚度。黏合劑厚度可經選擇以使重量最小化,例如同時充分地黏合構造以形成可經機器切割之高容限構造(例如,具有高模切機器容限)。相比於不含黏合劑之顯示構造,黏合劑可增加顯示構造之耐用性及/或光學特性。黏合劑可(例如,實質上及/或完全)透明(例如,對於可見光)。黏合劑可為無色的。黏合劑可接觸顯示矩陣之(例如,最大)表面及窗格(例如,玻璃窗格)之(例如,最大)表面,因此將顯示矩陣黏合至窗格。黏合劑可最低限度地(例如,不會)促成藉由顯示器顯示之媒體之光學及/或視覺失真。In some embodiments, the display construction may include an adhesive in the form of at least one layer. The adhesive may include at least one layer of optically clear adhesive (abbreviated herein as an "OCA" layer). For example, the display construction may include two layers of adhesive. The adhesive layer may have a thickness of at least about 0.2 mm, 0.3 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.7 mm, 0.8 mm, 0.9 mm, or 1 mm. The adhesive layer can have a thickness of any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 0.2 mm to about 1 mm, from about 0.2 mm to about 0.6 mm, or from about 0.7 mm to about 1 mm). The adhesive thickness can be selected to minimize weight, eg, while sufficiently bonding the construction to form a high tolerance construction that can be machine cut (eg, with high die cutting machine tolerance). The adhesive may increase the durability and/or optical properties of the display construction compared to the display construction without the adhesive. The adhesive can be (eg, substantially and/or completely) transparent (eg, to visible light). The binder may be colorless. The adhesive can contact the (eg, largest) surface of the display matrix and the (eg, largest) surface of the panes (eg, glass panes), thereby adhering the display matrix to the panes. The adhesive may minimally (eg, not) contribute to optical and/or visual distortion of the media displayed by the display.

在一些實施例中,在部署之前固化(多個)窗格、黏合劑及顯示矩陣。固化可藉由UV光、水分及/或熱。固化方法可經選擇以保存顯示矩陣之功能性,且最小化任何光學失真(例如,最大化透射率、降低混濁度及/或氣體間隙,諸如氣隙)。黏合劑可增加顯示構造之耐用性。舉例而言,黏合劑可降低顯示構造之易破損性及/或降低其可燃性。黏合劑可促進窗格對環境空氣(例如,觀看者所處之位置)之折射率之調整,例如以(i)最小化由於任何菲涅耳反射之損失、(ii)經由顯示構造以最小失真傳輸所有顏色,及/或(iii)增強藉由顯示構造投影之影像。顏色之失真可由於顏色傳遞通過黏合劑、傳遞通過玻璃窗格且傳遞至環境空氣。顯示構造(例如,其中之黏合劑)可改良保存及/或改良顯示矩陣之操作溫度範圍。黏合劑可防止一或多種氣體及/或碎片(例如,灰塵或皮脂)到達顯示矩陣。顯示構造(例如,黏合劑、玻璃及/或任何塗層)可防止對顯示矩陣之物理干擾(例如,由於接觸)。接觸可為使用者之直接接觸。In some embodiments, the pane(s), adhesive, and display matrix are cured prior to deployment. Curing can be by UV light, moisture and/or heat. The curing method can be selected to preserve the functionality of the display matrix and minimize any optical distortion (eg, maximize transmittance, reduce haze, and/or air gaps, such as air gaps). Adhesives can increase the durability of the display construction. For example, adhesives can reduce the fragility and/or reduce the flammability of the display construction. The adhesive may facilitate adjustment of the refractive index of the pane to the ambient air (eg, where the viewer is located), eg, to (i) minimize losses due to any Fresnel reflections, (ii) to minimize distortion through display construction All colors are transmitted, and/or (iii) the image projected by the display structure is enhanced. Distortion of color can be due to color transfer through the adhesive, through the glass panes, and to the ambient air. The display construction (eg, the binder therein) can improve storage and/or improve the operating temperature range of the display matrix. The adhesive prevents one or more gases and/or debris (eg, dust or sebum) from reaching the display matrix. The display construction (eg, adhesive, glass, and/or any coatings) can prevent physical interference (eg, due to contact) to the display matrix. Contact may be direct contact by the user.

在一些實施例中,IGU及/或顯示構造可包含塗層(例如,抗反射塗層)。塗層可改良玻璃及/或顯示構造之光學效能。塗層可塗覆於玻璃窗格、黏合劑層、顯示矩陣及/或電致變色構造上。塗層可以抗反射、抗眩光、抗冷凝、抗刮擦、抗污跡處理及/或抗UV處理形式沈積。In some embodiments, the IGU and/or display construction may include a coating (eg, an anti-reflective coating). Coatings can improve the optical performance of glass and/or display structures. Coatings can be applied to glass panes, adhesive layers, display matrices, and/or electrochromic structures. Coatings may be deposited as anti-reflection, anti-glare, anti-condensation, anti-scratch, anti-smudge treatments and/or anti-UV treatments.

在一些實施例中,顯示構造可包含密封件。密封件可安置於顯示構造之兩塊玻璃之間,其間安置有顯示矩陣。密封件可包含聚合物/樹脂(例如,本文中所揭示之任何聚合物/樹脂)。密封件可包含碳基(例如,有機)聚合物或矽基聚合物。密封件可保護顯示構造免於光(例如,UV)、濕氣、氧氣、實體接觸(例如,實體損壞)、碎片及/或其他環境組件影響。In some embodiments, the display construction may include a seal. The seal may be placed between two panes of the display structure with the display matrix placed therebetween. The seal may comprise a polymer/resin (eg, any of the polymers/resins disclosed herein). The seal may comprise a carbon-based (eg, organic) polymer or a silicon-based polymer. The seal can protect the display construction from light (eg, UV), moisture, oxygen, physical contact (eg, physical damage), debris, and/or other environmental components.

在一些實施例中,顯示構造歷經延長壽命為耐用的。預期壽命可為至少約2 y、5 y、10 y、15 y、25 y、50 y、75 y或100(y)年。預期壽命可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約5 y至約100 y、自約2 y至約25 y、自約25 y至約50 y或自約50 y至約100 y)。延長壽命可為至少20 Kh、30 Kh、50 Kh、100 Kh、500 Kh或1000 Kh(千小時)。顯示構造之延長壽命可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約20 Kh至約1000 Kh、自約20 Kh至約100 Kh或自約100 Kh至約1000 Kh)。小時數可指代例如出於其預期目的操作顯示構造之小時數。顯示構造之壽命可取決於其操作小時數及/或任何環境條件(例如,其部署地點處之UV光、濕度及/或溫度。In some embodiments, the display construction is durable over extended life. The life expectancy can be at least about 2 y, 5 y, 10 y, 15 y, 25 y, 50 y, 75 y, or 100(y) years. The expected lifetime can be any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 5 y to about 100 y, from about 2 y to about 25 y, from about 25 y to about 50 y, or from about 50 y to about 100 y) . The extended lifetime may be at least 20 Kh, 30 Kh, 50 Kh, 100 Kh, 500 Kh or 1000 Kh (thousand hours). The extended lifetime of the display construction can have any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 20 Kh to about 1000 Kh, from about 20 Kh to about 100 Kh, or from about 100 Kh to about 1000 Kh). Hours may refer to, for example, the number of hours the display construct is operated for its intended purpose. The lifetime of a display construct may depend on its operating hours and/or any environmental conditions (eg, UV light, humidity, and/or temperature at the location where it is deployed).

在一些實施例中,顯示構造例如藉由緊固機構(在本文中亦被稱作「緊固件」)緊固至固定件(例如,窗框或壁),其固持(例如,可著色)窗。緊固件可包含一或多個組件。舉例而言,緊固件可包含托架、鉸鏈、罩蓋。緊固件可為永久性或非永久性的。非永久性的緊固件可藉由人工及/或自動移除。舉例而言,緊固件可包含將其緊固至窗框之一或多個螺釘。緊固件可包含鉸鏈及/或托架。鉸鏈可為可撓性的。托架及/或罩蓋(或其任何部分)可為剛性或非撓性的。緊固件(例如,包括鉸鏈及/或托架)可為非透明的。緊固件(例如,其組件中之任一者)可包含元素金屬、金屬合金、元素碳之同素異形體、聚合物或複合材料。緊固件之至少兩個組件可由(例如,實質上)相同類型製成。緊固件之至少兩個組件可由不同材料類型製成。元素金屬可包含鋁。金屬合金可包含鋼。緊固件可包含非腐蝕性材料。緊固件之至少一部分(例如,托架及/或罩蓋)可經組態以承載顯示構造之重量,例如而不會在其預期壽命內造成(例如,相當大的)變形(例如,如本文中所揭示)。顯示構造之重量可為至少約5 Kg、10 Kg、15 Kg、20 Kg、25 Kg、30 Kg、35 Kg、40 Kg或50公斤(Kg)。顯示構造之重量可為前述重量之間的任何重量(例如,自5 Kg至50 Kg、自5 Kg至25 Kg或自25 Kg至50 Kg)。圖3展示總成300(所示之局部視圖)之豎直橫截面之實例,其中顯示矩陣311作為顯示構造之部分安置於第一窗格312與第二窗格313之間,且L形托架302安置於兩個玻璃窗格312與313之間且耦接至顯示構造,該L形托架耦接至鉸鏈303。In some embodiments, the display construct is fastened to a fixture (eg, a window frame or wall), such as by a fastening mechanism (also referred to herein as a "fastener"), which holds the (eg, tintable) window . A fastener may contain one or more components. For example, fasteners may include brackets, hinges, covers. Fasteners can be permanent or non-permanent. Non-permanent fasteners can be removed manually and/or automatically. For example, a fastener may include one or more screws that fasten it to the window frame. Fasteners may include hinges and/or brackets. The hinge may be flexible. The bracket and/or cover (or any portion thereof) may be rigid or non-flexible. Fasteners (eg, including hinges and/or brackets) may be opaque. The fastener (eg, any of its components) may comprise elemental metals, metal alloys, allotropes of elemental carbon, polymers, or composites. At least two components of the fastener can be made of (eg, substantially) the same type. At least two components of the fastener can be made of different material types. The elemental metal may include aluminum. Metal alloys may include steel. Fasteners may contain non-corrosive materials. At least a portion of the fastener (eg, bracket and/or cover) can be configured to carry the weight of the display construction, eg, without causing (eg, substantial) deformation over its expected life (eg, as described herein revealed in). The weight of the shown construction may be at least about 5 Kg, 10 Kg, 15 Kg, 20 Kg, 25 Kg, 30 Kg, 35 Kg, 40 Kg, or 50 kilograms (Kg). The weight of the shown construction can be any weight between the foregoing weights (eg, from 5 Kg to 50 Kg, from 5 Kg to 25 Kg, or from 25 Kg to 50 Kg). 3 shows an example of a vertical cross-section of assembly 300 (partial view shown) with display matrix 311 disposed between first pane 312 and second pane 313 as part of the display configuration, with L-shaped brackets The shelf 302 is positioned between the two glass panes 312 and 313 and is coupled to the display configuration, the L-shaped bracket is coupled to the hinge 303 .

在一些實施例中,托架之外表面之至少一部分為光滑的。在一些實施例中,托架之外表面之至少一部分具有有光澤或無光澤的紋理。光滑可指代具有至多60微米(μm)、40μm或20μm之Ra值的外表面。In some embodiments, at least a portion of the outer surface of the carrier is smooth. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the outer surface of the carrier has a glossy or matte texture. Smooth can refer to an outer surface having an Ra value of up to 60 micrometers (μm), 40 μm, or 20 μm.

緊固件可經組態以易於安設及/或自支撐結構(例如,窗框及/或壁)移除顯示構造。移除可用於顯示構造及/或結構(或任何相關聯裝置)之任何部分之維護、更換及/或升級。舉例而言,緊固件可允許顯示構造之(例如,容易)移除及/或插入。舉例而言,緊固件可允許與緊固件附接之框架部分之(例如,容易)移除及/或插入。舉例而言,緊固件可允許藉由與緊固件附接之框架支撐的可著色窗之(例如,容易)移除及/或插入。容易可指代低勞動成本、低勞動等級(例如,低勞動檢核)及/或短勞動時間。緊固件可經組態以滑動及/或鎖定以用於安設至支撐結構(例如,固定件)上。Fasteners can be configured for ease of installation and/or removal of the display configuration from supporting structures (eg, window frames and/or walls). Removal may be used for maintenance, replacement and/or upgrade of any part of the display structure and/or structure (or any associated device). For example, fasteners may allow for (eg, easy) removal and/or insertion of a display configuration. For example, the fasteners may allow for (eg, easy) removal and/or insertion of the portion of the frame to which the fasteners are attached. For example, the fasteners may allow for (eg, easy) removal and/or insertion of a tintable window supported by a frame to which the fasteners are attached. Easy may refer to low labor costs, low labor levels (eg, low labor inspections), and/or short labor hours. Fasteners can be configured to slide and/or lock for installation to support structures (eg, fasteners).

在一些實施例中,連接材料安置於顯示構造與緊固件(例如,及托架及/或罩蓋)之間。連接材料可包含聚合物(例如,如本文中所揭示)。連接材料可包含密封墊片。連接材料可為可固化的(例如,藉由熱、濕度及/或UV)。連接材料可具有低電阻。連接材料可包含至少一種聚合物及/或至少一種樹脂。連接材料可具有低電阻使得其適合於用作電子行業中之包裝材料(例如,用於智慧型電話、包裝、液晶顯示器及個人電腦。連接材料可包含聚對苯二甲酸伸乙酯(PET)、極高結合性(VHB)材料(例如,3M VHB 4926)或SR或SRS-40P。連接材料可包含丙烯酸材料。連接材料可在環境溫度下保持其性質及形狀。連接材料之拉伸強度可為至少約0.60 MPa、0.63 MPa、0.66 MPa、0.68 MPa或0.70兆帕斯卡(MPa)。連接材料之剪切強度可為至少約0.54 MPa、0.60 MPa、0.620 MPa、0.64 MPa或0.68 MPa。剪切強度可小於拉伸強度。剪切強度及/或拉伸強度可使得其將能夠促進藉由緊固件固持顯示構造(或藉由連接材料(例如,黏著劑)與顯示構造連接之緊固件之任何部分),例如出於顯示構造之預計壽命及/或使用時間。連接材料可為硬及/或可撓性的。連接材料可為黏著劑。連接材料在其固化之前可較軟,且在其固化之後可較硬。連接材料可經選擇以例如在恆定及/或不同條件期間至少承載顯示構造之負載(例如,重量)(例如,根據其預期目的)。托架可包括豎直部分、彎曲部分及/或轉角。托架可不含轉角。托架可為豎直或彎曲的。托架可包含形成(例如,約)一角度之兩個豎直部分(例如,兩個臂)。角度可為直角或鈍角。托架可為「L」形。托架及/或罩蓋之臂可安置於兩個窗格之間、接觸顯示矩陣,及/或接觸黏合劑。In some embodiments, connecting material is disposed between the display structure and the fasteners (eg, and brackets and/or covers). The connecting material may comprise a polymer (eg, as disclosed herein). The connection material may include gaskets. The connecting material may be curable (eg, by heat, humidity, and/or UV). The connecting material can have low resistance. The connecting material may comprise at least one polymer and/or at least one resin. The connecting material may have low resistance making it suitable for use as a packaging material in the electronics industry (eg, for smart phones, packaging, liquid crystal displays, and personal computers. The connecting material may include polyethylene terephthalate (PET) , Very High Bond (VHB) material (eg, 3M VHB 4926) or SR or SRS-40P. The joining material may comprise acrylic material. The joining material may retain its properties and shape at ambient temperature. The tensile strength of the joining material may be is at least about 0.60 MPa, 0.63 MPa, 0.66 MPa, 0.68 MPa, or 0.70 megapascals (MPa). The shear strength of the joining material may be at least about 0.54 MPa, 0.60 MPa, 0.620 MPa, 0.64 MPa, or 0.68 MPa. Shear strength May be less than the tensile strength. Shear strength and/or tensile strength may be such that it will facilitate holding the display construct by the fastener (or any portion of the fastener connected to the display construct by a connecting material (eg, adhesive) ), for example, to show the expected life and/or time of use of the structure. The connecting material may be hard and/or flexible. The connecting material may be an adhesive. The connecting material may be soft before it cures, and may be soft before it cures Can be stiffer afterwards. The attachment material can be selected to carry at least the load (eg, weight) of the display construction (eg, depending on its intended purpose), eg, during constant and/or different conditions. The bracket may include a vertical portion, a curved portion and/or corners. The bracket may have no corners. The bracket may be vertical or curved. The bracket may include two vertical portions (eg, two arms) that form (eg, about) an angle. The angle may be Right angle or obtuse angle. The bracket can be "L" shaped. The arms of the bracket and/or cover can be placed between two panes, contact the display matrix, and/or contact adhesive.

在一些實施例中,電線被緊固件(例如,或其任何組件)自使用者之視野隱藏。舉例而言,托架及/或罩蓋可例如自使用者隱藏連接至顯示矩陣之一或多根(例如,電氣)電線。電線可連接至托架及/或罩蓋。托架及/或罩蓋可包含經組態以容納(多根)電線之凹入部分。在一些實施例中,罩蓋及托架為相同組件(例如,531)。凹入部分可自使用者之視野隱藏(例如,可安置於托架及/或罩蓋之後部部分中)。(多根)電線可連接至顯示矩陣(例如,燈陣列或LCD)。(多根)電線可連接至控制器。控制器可包含時序控制器及/或微控制器。連接材料(例如,連接器)可沿顯示構造之寬度(例如,沿著緊固件結構104)安置。連接材料可沿顯示構造寬度之至少約50%、80%或90%安置。緊固件可包含彎曲部分。緊固件可包含非彎曲部分。In some embodiments, the wires are hidden from the view of the user by the fastener (eg, or any component thereof). For example, the bracket and/or cover may connect to one or more (eg, electrical) wires of the display matrix, eg, hidden from the user. Wires can be attached to the bracket and/or cover. The bracket and/or cover may include a recessed portion configured to accommodate the wire(s). In some embodiments, the cover and bracket are the same component (eg, 531). The recessed portion may be hidden from the user's view (eg, may be positioned in the rear portion of the bracket and/or cover). The wire(s) can be connected to a display matrix (eg, a light array or LCD). Wire(s) can be connected to the controller. The controller may include a timing controller and/or a microcontroller. Attachment material (eg, a connector) may be disposed along the width of the display construction (eg, along the fastener structure 104). The connecting material may be disposed along at least about 50%, 80%, or 90% of the width of the display construction. Fasteners may contain curved portions. Fasteners may contain non-curved portions.

在一些實施例中,緊固件包含鉸鏈。在一些實施例中,鉸鏈包括藉由接合部連接之兩個葉片,該接合部形成葉片經組態以圍繞其移動之軸線。鉸鏈之第一葉片可以可操作方式耦接(例如,連接)至托架及/或罩蓋。鉸鏈之第二葉片可以可操作方式耦接(例如,連接)至固定件。固定件可為壁或窗框。鉸鏈可促進顯示構造圍繞鉸鏈軸線之移動。接合部可促進鉸鏈打開至銳角、直角、鈍角、平角(例如,180°),或完全旋轉(例如,約360°)。將鉸鏈緊固至固定件及顯示構造(例如,經由托架及/或罩蓋)促進顯示構造圍繞鉸鏈接合部之軸線之移動。此類移動可促進維護顯示構造而不會干擾窗(例如,IGU)及/或固定件。維護可包括清潔、修復及/或更換例如顯示構造及其任何部分或組件。In some embodiments, the fastener includes a hinge. In some embodiments, the hinge includes two blades connected by a joint that forms an axis about which the blades are configured to move. The first blade of the hinge may be operably coupled (eg, connected) to the bracket and/or the cover. The second blade of the hinge may be operably coupled (eg, connected) to the fixture. The fixture can be a wall or a window frame. The hinge may facilitate movement of the display structure about the hinge axis. The joint may facilitate opening of the hinge to an acute angle, a right angle, an obtuse angle, a flat angle (eg, 180°), or a full rotation (eg, about 360°). Fastening the hinge to the fixture and display structure (eg, via a bracket and/or cover) facilitates movement of the display structure about the axis of the hinge joint. Such movement may facilitate maintenance of the display configuration without interfering with the window (eg, IGU) and/or fixtures. Maintenance may include cleaning, repairing and/or replacing, for example, the display structure and any part or component thereof.

在一些實施例中,緊固件可包含複數個組件。該複數個組件可包含托架、罩蓋、鉸鏈及/或板。顯示構造可耦接(例如,連接)至托架及/或罩蓋。托架及/或罩蓋可耦接至鉸鏈之一個葉片。鉸鏈之另一葉片可藉由將另一鉸鏈葉片直接耦接至直接連接至固定件之板而間接耦接至固定件。板可包括本文中所揭示之緊固件材料中之任一者(例如,元素金屬及/或金屬合金)。緊固件可包括相同類型之複數個組件。舉例而言,緊固件可包括複數個鉸鏈、複數個托架、複數個罩蓋及/或複數個板。該複數個緊固件組件可為至少2、3、4、5、8或10個組件(例如,屬於相同類型或不同類型)。鉸鏈可包含鉸鏈組件集(例如,轉向節及樞軸)。緊固件可包含複數個鉸鏈組件集。鉸鏈組件集可經對準以具有單一鉸鏈軸線。緊固件可由圍繞鉸鏈補充集之軸線之兩個迴轉葉片形成。葉片中之至少一者(例如,每一者)可包含併有該複數個鉸鏈組件(例如,轉向節)之一半的單一板,使得當兩個葉片整合時,產生複數個功能性鉸鏈組件集(例如,如圖37之實例中所示)。在一些實施例中,具有各別鉸鏈組件以形成複數個操作性鉸鏈組件之兩個葉片形成緊固件,其中兩個葉片中之每一者由單一材料板形成,該緊固件相比於將顯示構造耦接至各自具有單一鉸鏈集之複數個單獨緊固件較堅固及/或較耐用。在一些實施例中,具有各別鉸鏈組件以形成複數個操作性鉸鏈組件之兩個葉片形成緊固件,其中兩個葉片中之每一者由單一材料板形成,該緊固件相比於將顯示構造耦接至各自具有單一鉸鏈集之複數個單獨緊固件較易於安設、維護及/或更換。在一些實施例中,具有各別鉸鏈組件以形成複數個操作性鉸鏈組件之兩個葉片相比於將顯示構造耦接至各自具有單一鉸鏈集之複數個單獨緊固件而促進顯示構造之較準確對準,其中兩個葉片中之每一者由單一板形成。此單一緊固件提供額外優點,諸如併有熱交換器(例如,風扇)、指導熱交換(例如,在緊固件內及/或沿著顯示構造),及/或將一或多個電路板耦接至緊固件。In some embodiments, a fastener may comprise a plurality of components. The plurality of components may include brackets, covers, hinges and/or plates. The display structure may be coupled (eg, connected) to the bracket and/or cover. The bracket and/or cover may be coupled to one of the blades of the hinge. The other blade of the hinge can be indirectly coupled to the fixture by directly coupling the other hinge blade to a plate that is directly connected to the fixture. The plate can include any of the fastener materials disclosed herein (eg, elemental metals and/or metal alloys). Fasteners can include multiple components of the same type. For example, fasteners may include hinges, brackets, covers, and/or plates. The plurality of fastener components may be at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, or 10 components (eg, of the same type or different types). A hinge may include a set of hinge components (eg, knuckles and pivots). Fasteners can contain multiple sets of hinge assemblies. The set of hinge assemblies can be aligned to have a single hinge axis. The fastener may be formed by two rotating blades around the axis of the hinge complement. At least one (eg, each) of the blades may include a single plate incorporating one half of the plurality of hinge assemblies (eg, knuckles) such that when the two blades are integrated, a plurality of sets of functional hinge assemblies are created (eg, as shown in the example of Figure 37). In some embodiments, two blades having respective hinge assemblies to form a plurality of operative hinge assemblies form fasteners, wherein each of the two blades is formed from a single sheet of material, the fasteners compared to will be shown Configurations coupled to individual fasteners each having a single set of hinges are stronger and/or more durable. In some embodiments, two blades having respective hinge assemblies to form a plurality of operative hinge assemblies form fasteners, wherein each of the two blades is formed from a single sheet of material, the fasteners compared to will be shown Constructing coupled to a plurality of individual fasteners each having a single set of hinges is easier to install, maintain and/or replace. In some embodiments, having two blades with respective hinge assemblies to form a plurality of operative hinge assemblies facilitates a more accurate display configuration than coupling the display configuration to a plurality of separate fasteners each having a single hinge set Aligned with each of the two blades formed from a single plate. This single fastener provides additional advantages such as incorporating a heat exchanger (eg, a fan), directing heat exchange (eg, within the fastener and/or along the display configuration), and/or coupling one or more circuit boards to the fasteners.

在一些實施例中,鉸鏈之至少一個葉片包含一或多個孔。一或多個孔中之至少一個孔經組態以允許螺釘穿過且將鉸鏈(例如,可逆地)連接至固定件(例如,窗框)及/或托架。將緊固件(或其任何組件)連接至顯示構造及/或固定件(例如,窗框)可為(I)不可逆的(例如,使用連接材料)或(II)可逆的(例如,使用一或多個螺釘)。固定件及/或板可使用自身與顯示構造之間的不可逆及可逆連接兩者。舉例而言,鉸鏈可以可逆地連接至窗框及不可逆地連接至托架。舉例而言,鉸鏈可以可逆地連接至托架及不可逆地連接至窗框。舉例而言,鉸鏈可以可逆地連接至窗框及可逆地連接至托架,其將不可逆地連接(例如,膠合)至顯示構造。舉例而言,鉸鏈可以可逆地連接至壁及可逆地連接至罩蓋,其將不可逆地連接(例如,膠合)至顯示構造。舉例而言,鉸鏈可以可逆地連接至板及可逆地連接至罩蓋,其將不可逆地連接(例如,膠合)至顯示構造。板可以可逆地耦接(例如,經由(多個)螺釘)或不可逆地耦接(例如,經由黏合劑(例如,膠))至固定件。圖4展示鉸鏈400之示意性實例,該鉸鏈具有具有允許螺釘在一個方向上之移動之複數個孔(例如,411)的第一葉片401;及具有允許螺釘在第二方向上之移動之複數個孔的第二葉片402,該第一方向可垂直於第二方向。圖4中所展示之鉸鏈具有促進該第一葉片相對於該第二葉片之旋轉的接合部420。在一些實施例中,該第一葉片具有在第一方向上具有長軸之(多個)孔,且該第二葉片具有在第二方向上具有長軸之(多個)孔,第一方向與第二方向形成非零角度(例如,第一方向可垂直於第二方向)。可在鉸鏈閉合,且兩個葉片中一個葉片位於另一葉片頂部上時量測長軸之相對方向。在一些實施例中,托架可為鉸鏈之葉片之延伸部。在一些實施例中,托架可耦接(例如,緊固)至鉸鏈之葉片,例如可逆地(例如,經由(多個)螺釘)或不可逆地(例如,經由黏著劑)。在一些實施例中,罩蓋可為鉸鏈之葉片之延伸部。在一些實施例中,罩蓋可耦接(例如,緊固)至鉸鏈之葉片,例如可逆地(例如,經由(多個)螺釘)或不可逆地(例如,經由黏著劑)。In some embodiments, at least one blade of the hinge includes one or more holes. At least one of the one or more holes is configured to allow a screw to pass through and connect the hinge (eg, reversibly) to a fixture (eg, a window frame) and/or a bracket. Attaching the fastener (or any component thereof) to the display construction and/or fixture (eg, window frame) can be (I) irreversible (eg, using a joining material) or (II) reversible (eg, using an or multiple screws). The fixture and/or plate can use both irreversible and reversible connections between itself and the display construct. For example, the hinge may be reversibly connected to the window frame and irreversibly connected to the bracket. For example, the hinge may be reversibly connected to the bracket and irreversibly connected to the window frame. For example, the hinges can be reversibly attached to the window frame and reversibly attached to the brackets, which will be irreversibly attached (eg, glued) to the display construction. For example, the hinges can be reversibly attached to the wall and reversibly attached to the cover, which will be irreversibly attached (eg, glued) to the display construction. For example, the hinges may be reversibly attached to the plate and reversibly attached to the cover, which would be irreversibly attached (eg, glued) to the display construction. The plate may be reversibly coupled (eg, via screw(s)) or irreversibly (eg, via an adhesive (eg, glue)) to the fixture. 4 shows a schematic example of a hinge 400 having a first blade 401 with a plurality of holes (eg, 411 ) that allow movement of the screw in one direction; and a plurality of holes that allow movement of the screw in a second direction For the second vane 402 of each hole, the first direction may be perpendicular to the second direction. The hinge shown in Figure 4 has a joint 420 that facilitates rotation of the first blade relative to the second blade. In some embodiments, the first vane has hole(s) with a long axis in a first direction, and the second vane has hole(s) with a long axis in a second direction, the first direction Forms a non-zero angle with the second direction (eg, the first direction may be perpendicular to the second direction). The relative direction of the major axis can be measured when the hinge is closed and one of the two leaves is on top of the other. In some embodiments, the brackets may be extensions of the blades of the hinge. In some embodiments, the bracket may be coupled (eg, fastened) to the blades of the hinge, eg, reversibly (eg, via screw(s)) or irreversibly (eg, via an adhesive). In some embodiments, the cover may be an extension of the blades of the hinge. In some embodiments, the cover may be coupled (eg, fastened) to the blades of the hinge, eg, reversibly (eg, via screw(s)) or irreversibly (eg, via adhesive).

在一些實施例中,電氣電路系統以通信方式耦接至顯示構造。電氣電路系統可(i)增強傳輸至顯示矩陣之信號,及/或(ii)傳輸自電源到達顯示矩陣之功率。在一些實施例中,電路系統可包含觸控螢幕電路系統。在一些實施例中,觸控螢幕電路系統可為單獨的(例如,且安置於觸控螢幕感測器罩蓋中)。在一些實施例中,電路系統可將(多個)觸控螢幕感測器連接至電源。在一些實施例中,觸控螢幕電路系統可具有至電源之單獨連接器。In some embodiments, the electrical circuitry is communicatively coupled to the display construction. The electrical circuitry may (i) enhance the signal delivered to the display matrix, and/or (ii) deliver power from the power source to the display matrix. In some embodiments, the circuitry may include touch screen circuitry. In some embodiments, the touchscreen circuitry may be separate (eg, and housed in the touchscreen sensor cover). In some embodiments, the circuitry may connect the touch screen sensor(s) to a power source. In some embodiments, the touchscreen circuitry may have a separate connector to the power source.

圖5展示總成520之實例,其中顯示構造500(所示之局部視圖)連接至緊固件,該顯示構造包括為第一罩蓋部分501之L形托架、熱墊505、諸如506(MXC)連接器之可撓性電連接器、電路系統502 (例如,升壓板)、可撓性絕緣體503及第二罩蓋部分504;且510展示具有螺釘及連接性之電路系統板之示意性仰視圖,該電路系統板附接至罩蓋。在530中自不同視角展示總成520,指示顯示構造536、可撓性佈線(例如,MXC)535、為托架之罩蓋531之第一部分(所示之局部視圖)、墊片(例如,可撓性絕緣體)533(所示之局部視圖)、電路系統532(所示之局部視圖)及罩蓋534之第二部分(所示之局部視圖)。可撓性絕緣體可為泡沫墊片(例如,poron)。可撓性絕緣體可具有至少25%壓縮。托架可具有安置於其上之一或多個熱墊。參考圖5,在一個實施例中,可見L形托架501延伸跨越透明顯示器之線性尺寸(且附連至防護玻璃罩500),該L形托架501為第一罩蓋。在一個實施例中,托架501之長度可至多約10呎。電路系統(例如,信號升壓器)可藉由一或多個可撓性佈線(例如,MXC)連接至顯示矩陣。有時,複數個電路系統板(例如,至少2、3或4個板)可安置於緊固件中(例如,第一罩蓋與第二罩蓋之間)。圖5展示兩個電路板502及507之實例。一或多個(例如,可撓性)連接器可將電路系統板連接至可撓性顯示矩陣。可撓性連接器(例如,MXC)之數目可為至少2、5、6、8或10。圖5展示可撓性連接器516、535及506之實例。一或多個(微型)電纜束及/或(例如,微型)同軸電纜可將(i)安置於緊固件中之電路系統(例如,升壓器)與(ii)控制器(例如,時序控制器)耦接。一或多個(微型)電纜束及/或(例如,微型)同軸電纜可藉由連接器連接至電路板(例如,升壓板)。電路板與控制器之間的電連接器(例如,連接器630 (所示之局部視圖),例如IPLEX連接器)之數目可為至少1、2、3、4或5。圖5展示連接板(例如,驅動器板)與控制器(例如,時序控制器)之電纜513之實例。一或多個精細佈線束可將控制器(例如,T-CON)連接至升壓板,其連接至可撓性連接器(例如,MXC電纜)以連接至顯示矩陣(例如,TOLED)。緊固件可經組態以緊固、容納及/或隱藏電纜及/或佈線以免被顯示構造之觀看者看到。Figure 5 shows an example of an assembly 520 showing a configuration 500 (partial view shown) attached to a fastener, the shown configuration including an L-shaped bracket being the first cover portion 501, a thermal pad 505, such as 506 (MXC ) connector's flexible electrical connector, circuit system 502 (eg, a booster board), flexible insulator 503, and second cover portion 504; and 510 shows a schematic representation of a circuit system board with screws and connectivity Bottom view, the circuit system board is attached to the cover. Assembly 520 is shown from a different perspective in 530, indicating display construction 536, flexible wiring (eg, MXC) 535, first portion of cover 531 that is a bracket (partial view shown), gasket (eg, Flexible insulator) 533 (partial view shown), circuitry 532 (partial view shown), and a second portion of cover 534 (partial view shown). The flexible insulator may be a foam gasket (eg, poron). The flexible insulator can have at least 25% compression. The carrier may have one or more thermal pads disposed thereon. Referring to Figure 5, in one embodiment, an L-shaped bracket 501 can be seen extending across the linear dimension of the transparent display (and attached to the cover glass 500), the L-shaped bracket 501 being the first cover. In one embodiment, the length of the bracket 501 can be up to about 10 feet. Circuitry (eg, signal boosters) may be connected to the display matrix by one or more flexible wiring (eg, MXC). Sometimes, multiple circuit system boards (eg, at least 2, 3, or 4 boards) may be seated in the fasteners (eg, between the first cover and the second cover). FIG. 5 shows an example of two circuit boards 502 and 507 . One or more (eg, flexible) connectors may connect the circuit system board to the flexible display matrix. The number of flexible connectors (eg, MXCs) may be at least 2, 5, 6, 8, or 10. FIG. 5 shows examples of flexible connectors 516 , 535 and 506 . One or more (micro) cable bundles and/or (eg, micro) coaxial cables may house (i) circuitry (eg, boosters) and (ii) a controller (eg, timing control) placed in the fastener device) coupled. One or more (micro) cable bundles and/or (eg, micro) coaxial cables may be connected to a circuit board (eg, a booster board) by means of connectors. The number of electrical connectors (eg, connector 630 (partial view shown), such as IPLEX connectors) between the circuit board and the controller may be at least 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. 5 shows an example of a cable 513 connecting a board (eg, a driver board) to a controller (eg, a timing controller). One or more fine wiring bundles may connect the controller (eg, T-CON) to the booster board, which connects to flexible connectors (eg, MXC cables) to connect to the display matrix (eg, TOLED). The fasteners can be configured to fasten, accommodate and/or conceal cables and/or wiring from view by a viewer of the displayed construction.

電氣電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)可至少部分地被緊固件(或其任何組件,例如鉸鏈及/或板)自使用者之視野遮蔽。電氣電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)可至少部分地受到保護以免被使用者接觸。托架、罩蓋、板及/或鉸鏈可具有可打開部分。可打開部分可圍繞軸線迴轉(例如,可打開部分可圍繞輔助鉸鏈迴轉以促進其迴轉)。緊固件可具有其組件類型中之一或多者(例如,一或多個托架、一或多個罩蓋、一或多個板、一或多個主鉸鏈及/或一或多個輔助鉸鏈)。緊固件之一或多個組件可橫跨顯示構造及/或觀看窗之FLS,或其部分。可打開及/或可移除部分可促進維護電氣電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜),例如而無需將緊固件與其耦接至之支撐結構及/或與顯示構造拆開。開口(與輔助鉸鏈耦接或不具有任何輔助鉸鏈)之使用可促進(i)電子盒及/或電源盒與(ii)附接至顯示構造之電路系統(例如,顯示構造及/或觸控螢幕相關電路系統)之間連接佈纜之(例如,可逆)脫離。此類(例如,可逆)佈纜附接及脫離可允許更換及/或維護電子盒及/或電源,而無需將緊固件與支撐結構及/或顯示構造拆開。此類(例如,可逆)佈纜附接及脫離可允許更換及/或維護顯示構造及/或緊固件,而無需拆開電子盒及/或電源單元。此類(例如,可逆)佈纜附接及脫離可允許(I)顯示構造-緊固件總成與(II)電子盒及/或電源單元之間的分離(例如,斷開連接)。顯示構造-緊固件總成可視情況包含觸控螢幕促進器(例如,感測器及發射器面板)。舉例而言,可打開及/或可移除部分(例如,輔助鉸鏈)可促進維護升壓板或任何電纜及/或與其連接之連接器。維護可包括移除、修復、更換及/或清潔。舉例而言,板可具有促進曝露控制器及/或佈線之至少一部分的輔助開口。圖10展示包括部分1017及1021作為緊固系統之部分的輔助開口之實例。緩衝墊可安置於可打開及/或可移除部分與電氣電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)之間。緩衝墊可保護電氣電路系統(例如,及其任何連接電纜)及/或防止其移動。保護可來自光、溫度(例如,熱或冷)、接觸、濕度及/或氧氣。緩衝墊可包含聚合物泡沫(例如,聚胺基甲酸酯)。緩衝墊可包含泡沫墊片。此緩衝墊可輔助維持(多根)電線上之(例如,合理的)彎曲半徑。佈線可包含(多根)微彎完整(MXC)電纜,例如以將電路系統連接至控制器(例如,時序控制器)及/或電源。佈線可經由一或多個連接器(例如,IPEX或微型連接器)耦接至電路系統。微型連接器可將電路系統(例如,安置於緊固件中)連接至顯示矩陣。電路系統可包含升壓板。微型連接器可具有例如結合於包絡中之複數根電線。佈線可包含(多根)同軸電纜。The electrical circuitry (eg, and any connecting cables thereof) may be at least partially obscured from the view of the user by the fasteners (or any components thereof, such as hinges and/or plates). The electrical circuitry (eg, and any connecting cables thereof) may be at least partially protected from access by a user. The brackets, covers, plates and/or hinges may have openable portions. The openable portion can pivot about an axis (eg, the openable portion can pivot about an auxiliary hinge to facilitate its pivoting). A fastener may have one or more of its component types (eg, one or more brackets, one or more covers, one or more plates, one or more primary hinges, and/or one or more auxiliary Hinge). One or more components of the fastener may span the FLS of the display configuration and/or viewing window, or portions thereof. The openable and/or removable portion may facilitate maintenance of the electrical circuitry (eg, and any connecting cables thereof), eg, without requiring fasteners to be coupled to the support structure and/or detached from the display structure. The use of openings (with or without any auxiliary hinges) may facilitate (i) the electronics box and/or the power box and (ii) the circuitry attached to the display structure (eg, display structure and/or touch control) (eg, reversible) disconnection of connecting cabling between screen-related circuitry). Such (eg, reversible) cabling attachment and detachment may allow for replacement and/or maintenance of the electronics box and/or power supply without detaching the fasteners from the support structure and/or display structure. Such (eg, reversible) cabling attachment and detachment may allow for replacement and/or maintenance of display structures and/or fasteners without disassembly of the electronics box and/or power supply unit. Such (eg, reversible) cabling attachment and detachment may allow for (I) separation (eg, disconnection) between the display configuration-fastener assembly and (II) the electronics box and/or power supply unit. The display construction-fastener assembly may optionally include touch screen facilitators (eg, sensor and emitter panels). For example, an openable and/or removable portion (eg, an auxiliary hinge) may facilitate maintenance of the booster plate or any cables and/or connectors connected thereto. Maintenance may include removal, repair, replacement and/or cleaning. For example, the board may have auxiliary openings that facilitate exposure of at least a portion of the controls and/or wiring. Figure 10 shows an example of an auxiliary opening that includes portions 1017 and 1021 as part of a fastening system. A cushion may be positioned between the openable and/or removable portion and the electrical circuitry (eg, and any connecting cables thereof). The bumper protects and/or prevents movement of the electrical circuitry (eg, and any connecting cables thereof). Protection can be from light, temperature (eg, heat or cold), contact, humidity, and/or oxygen. The cushion may comprise polymeric foam (eg, polyurethane). Cushioning pads may include foam pads. This cushion can help maintain a (eg, reasonable) bend radius on the wire(s). The wiring may include micro-bend complete (MXC) cable(s), eg, to connect circuitry to a controller (eg, a timing controller) and/or a power source. The wiring may be coupled to the circuitry via one or more connectors (eg, IPEX or micro connectors). Microconnectors can connect circuitry (eg, housed in fasteners) to the display matrix. The circuitry may include a booster board. The microconnector may have, for example, a plurality of wires incorporated in an envelope. The wiring may contain coaxial cable(s).

在一些實施例中,緊固件可包含形成開口之回縮。回縮可為輔助開口。回縮可以緊固件之中間長度為中心。回縮可或可不被覆蓋。回縮之覆蓋可或可不可逆。舉例而言,覆蓋物可為輔助鉸鏈葉片。覆蓋物可使用(多個)螺釘及/或夾具栓接至緊固件。緊固件可包含兩個鉸鏈葉片,其與轉向節及樞軸機構耦接以形成鉸鏈。當緊固件處於其閉合鉸鏈位置時,可覆蓋回縮。當(多個)(主)緊固件鉸鏈處於其閉合位置時,可(可逆地)覆蓋回縮。當(多個)(主)緊固件鉸鏈處於其打開位置時,可(可逆地)打開回縮。圖10展示覆蓋緊固件1021中之開口之罩蓋17017。回縮之寬度(例如,參見圖41,虛線箭頭W opening)可延伸至鉸鏈葉片寬度(例如,參見圖41,虛線箭頭W total)之至多約95%、90%、80%、70%、60%、50%、40%或30%。回縮可自鉸鏈葉片之邊緣朝向其內部部分。回縮可為鉸鏈葉片內之開口(例如,鉸鏈葉片內之窗),例如具有上述參考延伸部作為其寬度。開口之長度(例如,回縮例如參見圖41,虛線箭頭L opening)可延伸至鉸鏈葉片之全長(例如,參見圖41,虛線箭頭L total)之至多約60%、50%、40%、30%、20%或10%。回縮可延伸至寬度及/或長度,使得可促進使將電路板耦接至顯示構造及/或觸控螢幕相關設備(例如,感測器及發射器面板)之任何連接器連接及/或斷開連接。開口(例如,回縮)可或可不以緊固件(或其任何鉸鏈葉片)之長度及/或寬度為中心。 In some embodiments, the fasteners may include retractions that form openings. The retraction can be an auxiliary opening. Retraction can be centered on the mid-length of the fastener. The retraction may or may not be covered. Retractable coverage may or may not be reversible. For example, the cover may be an auxiliary hinge blade. The covering may be bolted to the fastener using screw(s) and/or clamps. The fastener may include two hinge blades coupled with the knuckle and pivot mechanism to form a hinge. The cover can be retracted when the fastener is in its closed hinge position. The (reversible) cover retracts when the (primary) fastener hinge(s) are in their closed position. The (reversible) open retraction is possible when the (primary) fastener hinge(s) are in their open position. FIG. 10 shows a cover 17017 covering the opening in the fastener 1021. The width of the retraction (eg, see FIG. 41 , dashed arrow Wopening ) can extend up to about 95%, 90%, 80%, 70%, 60% of the hinge vane width (eg, see FIG. 41 , dashed arrow Wtotal ) %, 50%, 40% or 30%. Retraction can be from the edge of the hinge blade towards its inner portion. The retraction may be an opening in the hinge blade (eg, a window in the hinge blade), eg having the above-referenced extension as its width. The length of the opening (eg, retracted eg, see FIG. 41 , dashed arrow Lopening ) can extend up to about 60%, 50%, 40%, 30% of the full length of the hinge blade (eg, see FIG. 41 , dashed arrow Ltotal ) %, 20% or 10%. The retraction can be extended to width and/or length so as to facilitate connection of any connectors that couple the circuit board to the display structure and/or touch screen related equipment (eg, sensor and transmitter panels) and/or Disconnect. The opening (eg, retraction) may or may not be centered on the length and/or width of the fastener (or any of its hinge blades).

在一些實施例中,控制器可包含時序控制器(本文中縮寫為「T-CON」)。時序控制器可控制顯示矩陣之各種組件之操作時序(例如,當在顯示矩陣中點亮LED時)。時序控制器可在顯示矩陣所需的視訊信號與列及行驅動器信令之間轉變。可經由通信介面,諸如低電壓差分信令(LVDS)、嵌入式顯示埠(eDP)、行動行業處理器介面(MIPI®)、顯示器串列介面(DSI)或VX1將媒體信號傳輸至T-CON板。電路系統(例如,其中之晶片及/或控制器)可包含60 Hz至120 Hz訊框率轉換器。時序控制器可再新電荷以最小化對電荷作出回應之(多個)LCD化學物質之光學回應衰減,例如以保持信號均勻、避免衰減及/或適當更新之速率。控制器(例如,T-CON)可安置在距包括顯示構造及緊固系統(例如,緊固件)之顯示構造總成一定距離處。In some embodiments, the controller may include a timing controller (abbreviated herein as "T-CON"). The timing controller may control the timing of operation of the various components of the display matrix (eg, when lighting LEDs in the display matrix). The timing controller can switch between the video signals required to display the matrix and the column and row driver signaling. Media signals can be transmitted to T-CON via communication interfaces such as Low Voltage Differential Signaling (LVDS), Embedded Display Port (eDP), Mobile Industry Processor Interface (MIPI®), Display Serial Interface (DSI) or VX1 plate. The circuitry (eg, chip and/or controller therein) may include a 60 Hz to 120 Hz frame rate converter. The timing controller can recharge to minimize optical response degradation of the LCD chemistry(s) responding to the charge, eg, to keep the signal uniform, avoid degradation, and/or update rates appropriately. A controller (eg, T-CON) may be positioned at a distance from the display construction assembly including the display construction and fastening systems (eg, fasteners).

在一些實施例中,顯示構造以可操作方式耦接(例如,藉由佈線連接)至電源。電路系統以可操作方式耦接(例如,藉由佈線連接)至電源。連接可為直接或間接的。間接連接可經由電路系統(例如,升壓器)。電源可為輔助電源。電源可耦接至市政電源(例如,發電廠)及/或建築物電源(例如,發電機、(多個)太陽能電池及/或風力渦輪機)。電源可為可再生及/或非可再生的。電源可耦接至BMS。電源可耦接至網路基礎設施(例如,如本文中所揭示)。電源可以約240 V或120 V(例如,住宅電流)AC供電。輔助電源可包含減小電壓(例如,至至多約24 V、48 V或54伏特(V))之轉換器。圖6展示總成600之透視圖之實例,該總成包括耦接至緊固件之顯示構造及其中緊固件602 (所示之局部視圖)耦接至顯示構造601 (所示之局部視圖)之電路系統,該顯示構造經由佈線603 (所示之局部視圖)連接至安置於緊固件中之電路系統(未展示),該佈線藉由諸如卡鉤604之卡鉤緊固。卡鉤可為連結安裝件。圖6展示與佈線633連接之鉸鏈葉片634之透視圖,該佈線連接至電路系統632,該鉸鏈葉片634與鉸鏈葉片部分635 (所示之局部視圖)及藉由螺釘637連接至固定件(未展示)之鉸鏈葉片部分636接合。鉸鏈葉片部分635及636為相同鉸鏈葉片之部分。圖6展示包括使用例如661之螺釘耦接至固定件(未展示)之緊固件662的總成620之側視圖實例,該固定件具有自其本體伸出且緊固至卡鉤666之懸垂佈線667。佈線667連接至(i)安置於緊固件本體662中之電路系統(未展示)及(ii)包括安置於較厚玻璃665與較薄玻璃663之間的顯示矩陣664的顯示構造(所示之局部視圖)。圖6展示安置於窗框610之豎直橫截面中的總成612 (類似於620)之側視圖實例。圖6展示可用於顯示構造總成中之電氣佈線630之實例。緊固件可包含驅動器及/或升壓板。電路系統可促進資料(例如,網路通信)及/或功率傳輸。In some embodiments, the display structure is operably coupled (eg, connected by wiring) to a power source. The circuitry is operably coupled (eg, connected by wiring) to a power source. Connections can be direct or indirect. Indirect connections may be via circuitry (eg, a booster). The power source may be an auxiliary power source. The power source may be coupled to municipal power sources (eg, power plants) and/or building power sources (eg, generators, solar cell(s), and/or wind turbines). The power source may be renewable and/or non-renewable. A power supply can be coupled to the BMS. The power supply can be coupled to the network infrastructure (eg, as disclosed herein). The power supply can be supplied AC about 240 V or 120 V (eg, residential current). Auxiliary power sources may include converters that reduce voltage (eg, up to about 24 V, 48 V, or 54 volts (V)). FIG. 6 shows an example of a perspective view of an assembly 600 including a display formation coupled to fasteners and in which fastener 602 (partial view shown) is coupled to display formation 601 (partial view shown) The circuitry shown is connected to circuitry (not shown) housed in fasteners via wiring 603 (partial view shown) that is fastened by hooks such as hooks 604 . The hook can be a link mount. Figure 6 shows a perspective view of hinge blade 634 connected to wiring 633 connected to circuitry 632, hinge blade 634 and hinge blade portion 635 (partial view shown) and by screws 637 to fasteners (not shown) shown) hinged blade portion 636 engages. Hinge blade portions 635 and 636 are parts of the same hinge blade. 6 shows an example of a side view of an assembly 620 including a fastener 662 coupled using a screw such as 661 to a fastener (not shown) with depending wiring extending from its body and fastened to a hook 666 667. Wire 667 is connected to (i) circuitry (not shown) disposed in fastener body 662 and (ii) a display structure including display matrix 664 disposed between thicker glass 665 and thinner glass 663 (shown). partial view). FIG. 6 shows an example of a side view of assembly 612 (similar to 620 ) disposed in a vertical cross-section of window frame 610 . FIG. 6 shows an example of electrical wiring 630 that may be used in the display construction assembly. Fasteners may include drivers and/or booster plates. The circuitry may facilitate data (eg, network communications) and/or power transfer.

輔助電源可供應直流電(DC)電壓。輔助電源可鄰近於顯示構造及/或IGU安置。輔助電源可安置於窗框、壁、地板或頂板中。顯示構造之控制器可與其電源分開安置。自(i)顯示構造、升壓板、驅動器板及/或時序控制器(例如,T-CON)至(ii)電源之最短距離可為至少約0.25 m、0.5 m、1 m、1.5 m、2 m、2.5 m、3 m、3.5 m、4 m、4.5 m、5 m、5.5 m、6 m、6.5 m、7 m、8 m、10 m或20公尺(m)。自(i)顯示構造、升壓板、驅動器板及/或時序控制器至(ii)電源之最短距離可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約0.25 m至約20 m、自約0.25 m至約5 m、自約5 m至約7 m或自約7 m至約20 m)。舉例而言,自(i)驅動器及/或升壓板至(ii)電源及/或T-CON之最短距離可為至少約1.5 m、2 m、2.5 m、3 m、3.5 m、4 m、4.5 m、5 m、5.5 m、6 m、6.5 m、7 m、8 m或10 m。自(i)驅動器及/或升壓板至(ii)電源及/或T-CON之最短距離可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約1.5 m至約10 m、自約1.5 m至約5 m或自約5 m至約10 m)。自(i)顯示構造及/或升壓板至(ii)電源及/或T-CON之最短距離可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約5’至約30’、自約10’至約25’或自約15’至約20’)。舉例而言,自(i)驅動器板及/或顯示構造至(ii)電源及/或T-CON之最短距離可為至少約5’、10’、15’、20’、25’、25’、30’、50’、100’、200’或300’(呎)。自(i)顯示構造及/或升壓板至(ii)電源及/或時序控制器之最短距離可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約5’至約300’、自約10’至約25’、自約15’至約20’、自約20’至約50’、自約50’至約200’或自約100’至約300’)。The auxiliary power supply may supply direct current (DC) voltage. Auxiliary power sources may be positioned adjacent to the display structure and/or the IGU. Auxiliary power can be placed in the window frame, wall, floor or ceiling. The controller of the display structure can be located separately from its power source. The shortest distance from (i) the display fabric, booster board, driver board, and/or timing controller (eg, T-CON) to (ii) the power supply can be at least about 0.25 m, 0.5 m, 1 m, 1.5 m, 2 m, 2.5 m, 3 m, 3.5 m, 4 m, 4.5 m, 5 m, 5.5 m, 6 m, 6.5 m, 7 m, 8 m, 10 m, or 20 meters (m). The shortest distance from (i) the display fabric, booster board, driver board, and/or timing controller to (ii) the power supply can have any value between the aforementioned values (eg, from about 0.25 m to about 20 m, from approx. 0.25 m to about 5 m, from about 5 m to about 7 m, or from about 7 m to about 20 m). For example, the shortest distance from (i) driver and/or booster board to (ii) power supply and/or T-CON may be at least about 1.5 m, 2 m, 2.5 m, 3 m, 3.5 m, 4 m , 4.5 m, 5 m, 5.5 m, 6 m, 6.5 m, 7 m, 8 m or 10 m. The shortest distance from (i) the driver and/or booster board to (ii) the power supply and/or T-CON can have any value between the aforementioned values (eg, from about 1.5 m to about 10 m, from about 1.5 m to about 5 m or from about 5 m to about 10 m). The shortest distance from (i) the display fabric and/or booster board to (ii) the power supply and/or T-CON can have any value between the aforementioned values (eg, from about 5' to about 30', from about 10 ' to about 25' or from about 15' to about 20'). For example, the shortest distance from (i) the driver board and/or display structure to (ii) the power supply and/or T-CON may be at least about 5', 10', 15', 20', 25', 25' , 30', 50', 100', 200' or 300' (ft). The shortest distance from (i) the display fabric and/or booster board to (ii) the power supply and/or the timing controller can have any value between the aforementioned values (eg, from about 5' to about 300', from about 10 ' to about 25', from about 15' to about 20', from about 20' to about 50', from about 50' to about 200', or from about 100' to about 300').

在一些實施例中,本端控制器可控制觀看(例如,可著色)窗(例如,作為IGU之部分)及/或顯示構造。本端控制器可為控制網路之部分。控制網路可為階層式控制網路(例如,如本文中所揭示)。控制網路中控制器之階層可為靜態或動態的。本端控制器可鄰近於顯示構造及/或IGU安置。本端控制器可安置於窗框、壁、地板或頂板中。在一些實施例中,一個本端控制器控制觀看(例如,可著色)窗及顯示構造(例如,藉由顯示構造顯示之媒體)。在一些實施例中,單獨控制器控制觀看(例如,可著色)窗及顯示構造(例如,藉由顯示構造顯示之媒體)。本端控制器與網路介面之其他組件之間的通信可為有線及/或無線的。有線通信可包括同軸電纜、雙絞線、NM電纜、地下饋線(UF)電纜、熱塑性高耐熱耐綸塗佈(THHN)電線、熱塑性耐熱防水耐綸塗佈(THWN)電線、標準電話線,或類別3(Cat 3)電纜及/或類別5(Cat 5)電纜。控制系統(例如,本端控制器)可藉由有線及/或無線通信以通信方式耦接至顯示構造(例如,經由時序控制器(T-CON))。舉例而言,顯示構造可經由一或多根電線及/或以無線方式連接至本端控制器。舉例而言,T-CON可經由一或多根電線連接至本端控制器。自(i)顯示構造及/或T-CON至(ii)本端控制器之最短距離可為至少約0.25 m、0.5 m、1 m、1.5 m、2 m、2.5 m、3 m、3.5 m、4 m、4.5 m、5 m、5.5 m、6 m、6.5 m、7 m、8 m、10公尺(m)。自(i)顯示構造及/或T-CON至(ii)本端控制器之最短距離可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約0.25 m至約10 m、自約0.25 m至約5 m、自約5 m至約7 m或自約7 m至約10 m)。距離可對應於電線長度之最小量度(例如,當顯示構造至少部分地經由佈線以通信方式耦接至本端控制器時)。(I)顯示構造與本端控制器之間及(II)本端控制器與電源之間的最短距離可(例如,實質上)相等。(I)顯示構造與本端控制器之間及(II)本端控制器與電源之間的最短距離可(例如,實質上)不相等。(I)時序控制器與本端控制器之間及(II)本端控制器與電源之間的最短距離可(例如,實質上)相等。舉例而言,(I)時序控制器與本端控制器之間的最短距離可小於(II)本端控制器與電源之間的最短距離。舉例而言,(I)時序控制器與本端控制器之間的最短距離可長於(II)本端控制器與電源之間的最短距離。(I)時序控制器與本端控制器之間及(II)本端控制器與電源之間的最短距離可(例如,實質上)不相等。舉例而言,(I)時序控制器與本端控制器之間的最短距離可小於(II)本端控制器與電源之間的最短距離。舉例而言,(I)時序控制器與本端控制器之間的最短距離可大於(II)本端控制器與電源之間的最短距離。In some embodiments, the home controller may control the viewing (eg, tintable) window (eg, as part of the IGU) and/or display configuration. The local controller may be part of the control network. The control network may be a hierarchical control network (eg, as disclosed herein). The hierarchy of controllers in the control network can be static or dynamic. The local controller may be positioned adjacent to the display structure and/or the IGU. The local controller can be placed in the window frame, wall, floor or ceiling. In some embodiments, a local controller controls viewing (eg, tintable) windows and display structures (eg, media displayed by the display structures). In some embodiments, separate controllers control the viewing (eg, tintable) window and the display construct (eg, the media displayed by the display construct). Communication between the local controller and other components of the network interface may be wired and/or wireless. Wired communications may include coaxial cable, twisted pair, NM cable, underground feeder (UF) cable, thermoplastic high heat resistant nylon (THHN) wire, thermoplastic heat and water resistant nylon (THWN) wire, standard telephone wire, or Category 3 (Cat 3) cable and/or Category 5 (Cat 5) cable. A control system (eg, a local controller) may be communicatively coupled to the display fabric (eg, via a timing controller (T-CON)) by wired and/or wireless communication. For example, the display construct may be connected to the local controller via one or more wires and/or wirelessly. For example, the T-CON can be connected to the local controller via one or more wires. The shortest distance from (i) the display configuration and/or T-CON to (ii) the local controller may be at least about 0.25 m, 0.5 m, 1 m, 1.5 m, 2 m, 2.5 m, 3 m, 3.5 m , 4 m, 4.5 m, 5 m, 5.5 m, 6 m, 6.5 m, 7 m, 8 m, 10 meters (m). The shortest distance from (i) the display configuration and/or T-CON to (ii) the local controller can have any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 0.25 m to about 10 m, from about 0.25 m to about 5 m, from about 5 m to about 7 m or from about 7 m to about 10 m). The distance may correspond to the smallest measure of wire length (eg, when the display construct is communicatively coupled to the local controller at least in part via wiring). The shortest distances between (I) the display fabric and the local controller and (II) the local controller and the power source may be (eg, substantially) equal. The shortest distances between (I) the display fabric and the local controller and (II) the local controller and the power source may be (eg, substantially) unequal. The shortest distances between (I) the timing controller and the local controller and (II) the local controller and the power supply may be (eg, substantially) equal. For example, (I) the shortest distance between the timing controller and the local controller may be smaller than (II) the shortest distance between the local controller and the power source. For example, (I) the shortest distance between the timing controller and the local controller may be longer than (II) the shortest distance between the local controller and the power source. The shortest distances between (I) the timing controller and the local controller and (II) the local controller and the power supply may be (eg, substantially) unequal. For example, (I) the shortest distance between the timing controller and the local controller may be smaller than (II) the shortest distance between the local controller and the power source. For example, (I) the shortest distance between the timing controller and the local controller may be greater than (II) the shortest distance between the local controller and the power source.

圖7展示耦接至電路系統及緊固件之顯示構造部分之豎直橫截面之實例,其包括:以橫截面描繪之L形托架701、電路系統702 (例如,升壓板)、(多根)電纜703、泡沫墊片704、螺釘705、膠帶706、第一玻璃窗格707、黏著劑(例如,OCA)708、顯示矩陣709、第二玻璃窗格710、罩蓋714、緩衝器712、黏著劑713及觀看窗711(所示之局部視圖)。顯示構造可包含可撓性緩衝器(例如,聚合物或樹脂),其將顯示構造與窗(例如,711)分離。緩衝器可防止顯示構造與窗(例如,可著色窗)之間的玻璃至玻璃接觸,這可導致顯示構造及/或窗之損壞(例如,防止裂紋及/或破損)。緩衝器可增加顯示構造例如圍繞鉸鏈軸線迴轉之安全操作。在呈橫截面之一個實施例中,L形托架由一或多個直角界定,但角度可並非90度。在所描繪實施例中,L形托架經由黏著劑元件附連至防護玻璃罩(例如,707)。在實施例中,黏著劑元件為黏著劑膠帶。在一個實施例中,黏著劑膠帶包含VHB類型膠帶。在一個實施例中,黏著劑元件為將L形托架結合至防護玻璃罩之液體或凝膠黏著劑。防護玻璃罩(例如,707)可為塑膠、玻璃或另一透明材料。在一個實例中,防護玻璃罩之厚度可為約4 mm,但其可比4 mm厚或薄。防護玻璃罩可為顯示構造(例如,透明顯示器)之部分及/或顯示構造(例如,透明顯示器)元件可經層壓至防護玻璃罩。在圖7中所展示之實例中,第二防護玻璃罩710經層壓至透明顯示元件709,其為包夾於防護玻璃罩707與第二防護玻璃罩710之間的透明顯示元件709(例如,T-OLED)。所形成之層壓結構可緊靠著觀看窗(例如,711)或平行於但與觀看窗間隔開。包含第一玻璃窗格707、顯示矩陣709及第二玻璃窗格710(例如,第二玻璃罩蓋)之層壓結構可被視為透明顯示總成(本文中亦被稱為「顯示構造」)。7 shows an example of a vertical cross-section of a portion of a display configuration coupled to circuitry and fasteners, including: L-shaped bracket 701 depicted in cross-section, circuitry 702 (eg, a booster plate), (multiple cable 703, foam spacer 704, screws 705, tape 706, first glass pane 707, adhesive (eg, OCA) 708, display matrix 709, second glass pane 710, cover 714, bumper 712 , adhesive 713 and viewing window 711 (partial view shown). The display construction may include a flexible bumper (eg, polymer or resin) that separates the display construction from the window (eg, 711). The bumper can prevent glass-to-glass contact between the display construction and the window (eg, a tintable window), which can result in damage to the display construction and/or the window (eg, prevent cracking and/or breakage). The bumper can increase the safe operation of the display structure such as pivoting about the hinge axis. In one embodiment in cross section, the L-shaped bracket is defined by one or more right angles, although the angle may not be 90 degrees. In the depicted embodiment, the L-shaped bracket is attached to the cover glass via an adhesive element (eg, 707). In an embodiment, the adhesive element is an adhesive tape. In one embodiment, the adhesive tape comprises VHB type tape. In one embodiment, the adhesive element is a liquid or gel adhesive that bonds the L-shaped bracket to the cover glass. The protective glass cover (eg, 707) can be plastic, glass, or another transparent material. In one example, the thickness of the cover glass may be about 4 mm, although it may be thicker or thinner than 4 mm. The cover glass may be part of a display construction (eg, a transparent display) and/or elements of the display construction (eg, a transparent display) may be laminated to the cover glass. In the example shown in FIG. 7, the second cover glass 710 is laminated to the transparent display element 709, which is the transparent display element 709 sandwiched between the cover glass 707 and the second cover glass 710 (eg , T-OLED). The resulting laminate can be adjacent to the viewing window (eg, 711) or parallel to but spaced from the viewing window. The laminate structure including the first glass pane 707, the display matrix 709, and the second glass pane 710 (eg, a second cover glass) may be considered a transparent display assembly (also referred to herein as a "display construction") ).

在一個實施例中,黏著劑元件具有支撐透明顯示總成之重量的足夠強度。如所描繪,L形托架(例如,701)之一個面用作黏著劑元件之表面且至少這麼多的表面積經由防護玻璃罩(例如,707)附接至透明顯示總成。In one embodiment, the adhesive element has sufficient strength to support the weight of the transparent display assembly. As depicted, one face of the L-shaped bracket (eg, 701 ) serves as the surface of the adhesive element and at least this much surface area is attached to the transparent display assembly via a cover glass (eg, 707 ).

如圖7中所示實例中所描繪,罩蓋714附接至L形托架701。在此實例中,L形托架701包括豎直支腿上之懸垂部分。與罩蓋714一起形成腔室,腔室內容納有用於顯示矩陣之電路系統702。電路系統702可呈電路板(例如,驅動器及/或升壓板)形式。在一個實施例中,罩蓋經由一或多個墊片密封電子件免於環境影響。在一個實施例中,L形托架701經組態以提供窗框與顯示構造之間的移動及/或實體連接性(例如,參見圖1A)。在一個實施例中,電路系統702經由一或多個導體,例如帶狀電纜、撓性電路及/或其他有線連接175耦接至顯示矩陣。在某些實施例中,有線連接175 (參考圖2B)可為微型同軸電纜(例如,參見802,圖8)。在實施例中,有線連接802可終止在具有多銷連接器(參見圖8,803)之L形托架處。As depicted in the example shown in FIG. 7 , cover 714 is attached to L-shaped bracket 701 . In this example, the L-shaped bracket 701 includes overhangs on the vertical legs. Together with the cover 714, a cavity is formed in which the circuitry 702 for the display matrix is housed. The circuitry 702 may be in the form of a circuit board (eg, a driver and/or a booster board). In one embodiment, the cover seals the electronics from the environment via one or more gaskets. In one embodiment, the L-shaped bracket 701 is configured to provide movement and/or physical connectivity between the window frame and the display construction (eg, see FIG. 1A ). In one embodiment, the circuitry 702 is coupled to the display matrix via one or more conductors, such as ribbon cables, flex circuits, and/or other wired connections 175. In some embodiments, wired connection 175 (see FIG. 2B ) may be a micro coaxial cable (eg, see 802 , FIG. 8 ). In an embodiment, the wired connection 802 may terminate at an L-shaped bracket with a multi-pin connector (see Figure 8, 803).

在一些實施例中,顯示構造包含觸控螢幕。顯示構造在其邊緣處可包含一或多個光學感測器以促進(多個)使用者對觸控螢幕之功能性。觸控螢幕可自(多個)使用者接收接觸(例如,觸摸)輸入且遞送輸出回應。回應可為功能性的,回應可包括視覺、資料或聲音之改變。觸控螢幕可利用顯示矩陣。顯示構造可以可操作方式耦接至資訊處理系統(例如,包含一或多個處理器及/或網路介面)。(多個)使用者可藉由觸摸面向(多個)使用者之顯示構造窗格經由簡單(例如,單一)或多點觸摸手勢來使用資訊處理系統。觸摸可使用專用裝置(例如,觸控筆或電子筆)或其身體之一個或任何部分(例如,更多手指)。專用裝置可適於顯示構造。觸控螢幕可為電阻式觸控螢幕、表面聲波觸控螢幕(例如,使用超音波)、電容式觸控螢幕、紅外線柵格觸控螢幕(例如,使用光偵測器)、光學成像(例如,使用CMOS感測器)、紅外線丙烯酸投影(例如,包含紅外線LED)、色散信號觸控螢幕,或聲波脈衝辨識觸控螢幕。根據觸控螢幕技術之要求增強顯示構造。舉例而言,當觸控螢幕需要感測器(例如,COMS)及/或投影儀(例如,LED)時,例如藉由將彼等裝置置於環繞顯示構造之至少一部分之框架內部而將其添加至顯示構造。In some embodiments, the display structure includes a touch screen. The display structure may include one or more optical sensors at its edges to facilitate the functionality of the touch screen by the user(s). The touchscreen can receive contact (eg, touch) input from the user(s) and deliver output responses. Responses can be functional, and responses can include changes in sight, data, or sound. Touchscreens can take advantage of the display matrix. The display structure may be operably coupled to an information processing system (eg, including one or more processors and/or a network interface). User(s) can use the information processing system via simple (eg, single) or multi-touch gestures by touching a display configuration pane facing the user(s). Touching may use a dedicated device (eg, a stylus or electronic pen) or one or any part of its body (eg, more fingers). A dedicated device may be adapted to display the configuration. The touch screen can be a resistive touch screen, a surface acoustic wave touch screen (eg, using ultrasound), a capacitive touch screen, an infrared grid touch screen (eg, using a photodetector), an optical imaging (eg, using a photodetector) , using a CMOS sensor), infrared acrylic projection (eg, including infrared LEDs), dispersive signal touchscreens, or sonic pulse recognition touchscreens. Enhanced display structure as required by touch screen technology. For example, when sensors (eg, CMOS) and/or projectors (eg, LEDs) are required for a touchscreen, such devices are placed inside a frame surrounding at least a portion of the display structure, for example, by placing them inside a frame. Added to display construction.

在一些實施例中,顯示構造可充當觸控螢幕。框架可包含安置於框架上或中之一或多個感測器。框架可包括電路系統、一或多個連接器(例如,至電源及/或網路系統),及任何光學組件(例如,反射器、鏡面、稜柱、光束分光器及/或透鏡)。感測器可經組態以偵測使用者之手指、觸控筆、標記、智慧型筆及/或其他標記及/或指示裝置在由框架形狀限定之區域(例如,透明顯示總成之表面橫跨之區域)內之存在及位置。感測器可沿一或多個框架部分之長度安置及/或安置於一或多個框架部分之長度內(例如,由一或多個框架部分界定之通道內)。一或多個框架部分可包含感測器、電路及/或連接。一或多個框架部分可包括至少1、2、3或4個框架部分(例如,1012、1019及1020)。框架部分可為邊框。框架部分可包含凹槽。框架部分可經組態以固持顯示構造。框架部分凹槽之寬度可經組態以適應顯示構造之寬度。在一些實施例中,顯示構造之所有邊緣(例如,側部)可包含觸控螢幕框架。電路可處理來自感測器之信號且輸出表示標記或指示裝置在由框架限定之區域內之位置的信號。框架可包含與其他電路,包括安置於透明顯示總成上或耦接至透明顯示總成之電路(例如,L形托架上之電路)的連接。電路可包含但不限於以下各項中之一或多者:處理器、記憶體、顯示器、類比及/或數位電路。In some embodiments, the display structure can function as a touch screen. The frame may include one or more sensors disposed on or in the frame. The frame may include circuitry, one or more connectors (eg, to power and/or networking), and any optical components (eg, reflectors, mirrors, prisms, beam splitters, and/or lenses). The sensor can be configured to detect the user's finger, stylus, marker, smart pen, and/or other marker and/or pointing device in the area defined by the frame shape (eg, the surface of the transparent display assembly) the presence and location within the spanned area). Sensors may be positioned along and/or within the length of one or more frame portions (eg, within a channel defined by one or more frame portions). One or more frame portions may include sensors, circuits, and/or connections. The one or more frame portions may include at least 1, 2, 3, or 4 frame portions (eg, 1012, 1019, and 1020). The frame portion may be a border. The frame portion may contain grooves. The frame portion can be configured to hold the display construction. The width of the frame portion recesses can be configured to accommodate the width of the display structure. In some embodiments, all edges (eg, sides) of the display structure may include the touch screen frame. The circuit can process the signal from the sensor and output a signal representing the position of the marker or indicating device within the area defined by the frame. The frame may include connections to other circuits, including circuits disposed on or coupled to the transparent display assembly (eg, circuits on an L-shaped bracket). Circuits may include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: processors, memory, displays, analog and/or digital circuits.

框架可提供具有交互式顯示器功能性(例如,白板功能性)之透明顯示總成。使用者之手指或指示裝置相對於透明顯示器之固定或移動位置可藉由框架限定之區域內框架之感測器所感測,且表示位置之信號可藉由框架之電路產生。表示由框架限定之區域內之位置的信號可包含與顯示器之顯示器技術相容之信號。在一些實施例中,表示由框架限定之區域內之位置的信號包含但不限於通用串列匯流排(USB)及/或高清晰度多媒體介面(HDMI)信號。表示使用者之手指或指示裝置在框架之區域內之固定或移動位置的信號可由與框架及/或透明框架總成相關聯之軟體及/或電路處理。經處理信號可顯示於透明顯示總成上,例如呈固定或移動位置之表示形式(例如,如書寫、印刷、形狀)。與框架及/或透明顯示器相關聯之軟體可經組態以提供其他功能性,包括但不限於(i)使用者之手指或其他指示裝置之所感測位置在另一顯示器或裝置上之顯示、(ii)多於一個使用者與透明顯示器及框架之交互、(iii)所顯示之內容之導出、(iv)顯示內容之導入、(v)所顯示之內容之擦除,及/或(vi)顯示顏色之選擇。在一個實施例中,框架可包含一或多個可商購觸控螢幕(例如,來自美國FlatFrog公司,加利福尼亞州聖何塞市西聖卡洛斯街333號95110)。The frame may provide a transparent display assembly with interactive display functionality (eg, whiteboard functionality). The fixed or moving position of the user's finger or pointing device relative to the transparent display can be sensed by sensors in the frame within the area defined by the frame, and a signal representing the position can be generated by the circuit of the frame. The signal representing the position within the area defined by the frame may comprise a signal compatible with the display technology of the display. In some embodiments, signals representing locations within the area defined by the frame include, but are not limited to, Universal Serial Bus (USB) and/or High Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) signals. Signals representing the fixed or moving position of the user's finger or pointing device within the area of the frame may be processed by software and/or circuitry associated with the frame and/or the transparent frame assembly. The processed signal may be displayed on a transparent display assembly, eg, in a representation of a fixed or moving position (eg, such as writing, printing, shapes). The software associated with the frame and/or the transparent display may be configured to provide other functionality including, but not limited to (i) display on another display or device of the sensed position of the user's finger or other pointing device, (ii) more than one user interaction with the transparent display and frame, (iii) export of displayed content, (iv) import of displayed content, (v) erasure of displayed content, and/or (vi) ) display color selection. In one embodiment, the frame may include one or more commercially available touch screens (eg, from FlatFrog Corporation, USA, 333 West San Carlos Street, San Jose, CA 95110).

圖10展示顯示構造1010、包括葉片1021之緊固件之組件、允許顯示構造圍繞其軸線之迴轉之主鉸鏈1018及1015、促進電路系統1016之一部分(例如,升壓板及/或驅動器板)之曝露的輔助鉸鏈(包括部分1017)的實例。葉片1021具有開口,其促進經由由鉸鏈葉片1017覆蓋之開口接取電路系統1016。顯示構造1010藉由觸控螢幕感測器陣列1013及以保護框架覆蓋感測器陣列之保護罩蓋1012及1019成框。顯示構造1050展示使用顯示構造1050覆蓋及組裝之觸控螢幕感測器陣列1052,以及經組裝緊固件1056。在一些實例中,輔助鉸鏈(例如,1017)不存在(例如,如在實例3504中)。在一些實施例中,緊固件(包括主鉸鏈)具有開口,電路系統(例如,PCB)之至少一部分可經由該開口觀看及/或接取。舉例而言,電路系統中連接器中之至少一些可經由開口觀看及/或接取。舉例而言,電路系統與顯示構造之間連接器中之至少一些可經由開口觀看及/或接取(例如,參見圖35,允許觀看附接至電路系統3530(例如,包含升壓板及/或驅動器板)之連接器3509之開口3504)。Figure 10 shows the display construction 1010, the assembly including the fasteners of the vanes 1021, the main hinges 1018 and 1015 that allow the rotation of the display construction about its axis, a portion of the facilitation circuitry 1016 (eg, the booster plate and/or the driver plate) Example of an exposed secondary hinge (including portion 1017). Blades 1021 have openings that facilitate access to circuitry 1016 through the openings covered by hinge blades 1017 . The display structure 1010 is framed by a touch screen sensor array 1013 and protective covers 1012 and 1019 covering the sensor array with a protective frame. Display construction 1050 shows touch screen sensor array 1052 covered and assembled using display construction 1050 , and assembled fasteners 1056 . In some instances, auxiliary hinges (eg, 1017) are absent (eg, as in instance 3504). In some embodiments, the fasteners (including the primary hinges) have openings through which at least a portion of the circuitry (eg, PCB) can be viewed and/or accessed. For example, at least some of the connectors in the circuitry can be viewed and/or accessed through openings. For example, at least some of the connectors between the circuitry and the display configuration can be viewed and/or accessed through openings (see, eg, FIG. 35 , allowing viewing of attachments to circuitry 3530 (eg, including a booster board and/or or the opening 3504) of the connector 3509 of the driver board).

在一個實施例中,緊固件包含經組態以提供透明顯示器至窗(例如,鉸鏈)之實體連接性的一或多個部分。在一個實施例中,緊固件之一或多個部分經組態以提供透明顯示器與窗之窗片之間的移動(例如,使用緊固件之鉸鏈)。In one embodiment, the fastener includes one or more portions configured to provide physical connectivity of the transparent display to the window (eg, hinge). In one embodiment, one or more portions of the fastener are configured to provide movement between the transparent display and the window pane (eg, using a hinge of the fastener).

參考圖4,在一個實施例中,L形托架包含一或多個鉸鏈,例如鉸鏈400。在一個實施例中,鉸鏈包含複數個細長孔或槽。在一個實施例中,該複數個孔中之至少一者之伸長軸線正交於該複數個孔中之至少一個其他者之伸長軸線。此允許將透明顯示總成至窗框之安設之方法。舉例而言,一或多個鉸鏈(例如,400)經由孔安裝至窗框,該等孔提供透明顯示總成將與窗(例如,711)相距之距離。在安裝之前,預安裝至透明顯示總成之L形托架(例如,701)可附連至一或多個鉸鏈(例如,400)之另一支腿,這經由正交於鉸鏈之另一支腿上之孔的其他複數個孔使L形托架/透明顯示元件在框架元件之間居中於窗之可觀看區域內。Referring to FIG. 4 , in one embodiment, the L-shaped bracket includes one or more hinges, such as hinge 400 . In one embodiment, the hinge includes a plurality of elongated holes or slots. In one embodiment, the axis of elongation of at least one of the plurality of holes is orthogonal to the axis of elongation of at least one other of the plurality of holes. This method allows the installation of the transparent display assembly to the window frame. For example, one or more hinges (eg, 400) are mounted to the window frame through holes that provide the distance that the transparent display assembly will be from the window (eg, 711). Prior to installation, an L-shaped bracket (eg, 701 ) pre-mounted to the transparent display assembly can be attached to the other leg of one or more hinges (eg, 400 ) via orthogonal to the other of the hinges The other holes of the holes on the legs center the L-shaped bracket/transparent display element within the viewable area of the window between the frame elements.

參考圖7,在一個實施例中,一或多個鉸鏈具有連接閉合位置791中展示之第一鉸鏈葉片752與第二鉸鏈葉片753的接合部750。打開位置展示於720,其中點線箭頭790指示第一鉸鏈葉片與第二鉸鏈葉片之相對移動,第一鉸鏈葉片在本文中可被稱為「第一支腿」,第二鉸鏈葉片在本文中可被稱為「第二支腿」。第一支腿可耦接至或包含托架。包含鉸鏈葉片752及753之緊固件耦接至顯示構造754 (所示之局部視圖)及窗751 (所示之局部視圖)。第二支腿可耦接至窗框755。在一個實施例中,一或多個鉸鏈經組態以啟用透明顯示總成遠離或朝向觀看窗之移動。在一個實施例中,該移動為圍繞縱向軸線旋轉,亦即樞轉。在一個實施例中,在透明顯示器相對於觀看窗之移動期間,透明顯示總成相對於電路系統757 (例如,升壓板及/或驅動器板),諸如帶狀電纜之導體758及/或用於將透明顯示器耦接至電路系統之其他佈線元件未發生移動。圖7展示耦接至第一鉸鏈葉片782之顯示構造784 (所示之局部視圖)之實例。鉸鏈葉片782藉由接合部780接合至耦接至罩蓋785之第二鉸鏈葉片783,該罩蓋耦接至窗781(所示之局部視圖)之窗框。Referring to FIG. 7 , in one embodiment, one or more hinges have a joint 750 connecting the first hinge blade 752 and the second hinge blade 753 shown in the closed position 791 . The open position is shown at 720, where a dotted arrow 790 indicates the relative movement of the first hinge blade, which may be referred to herein as the "first leg," and the second hinge blade, which may be referred to herein as the "first leg", and the second hinge blade herein Can be called the "second leg". The first leg may be coupled to or include the bracket. Fasteners including hinge blades 752 and 753 are coupled to display formation 754 (partial view shown) and window 751 (partial view shown). The second leg may be coupled to the window frame 755 . In one embodiment, one or more hinges are configured to enable movement of the transparent display assembly away from or toward the viewing window. In one embodiment, the movement is a rotation, ie a pivot, about a longitudinal axis. In one embodiment, during movement of the transparent display relative to the viewing window, the transparent display assembly is relative to circuitry 757 (eg, a booster board and/or a driver board), such as conductors 758 of a ribbon cable and/or with There is no movement of other wiring elements that couple the transparent display to the circuitry. FIG. 7 shows an example of a display configuration 784 (partial view shown) coupled to the first hinge blade 782 . Hinge blade 782 is joined by joint 780 to a second hinge blade 783 coupled to a cover 785 which is coupled to the sash of window 781 (partial view shown).

此組態為顯示器與控制器(例如,T-CON)之間的電連接提供較長壽命,因為連接並不受與透明顯示器及緊固件(例如,托架)總成之移動相關聯之移動及摩擦的影響。This configuration provides longer life for the electrical connection between the display and the controller (eg, T-CON) because the connection is not subject to movement associated with movement of the transparent display and fastener (eg, bracket) assembly and the effect of friction.

參考圖8,在一個實施例中,沿著透明顯示總成之至少3個邊緣,例如沿著如本文中所描述之層壓總成之邊緣提供密封件。在實施例中,密封件呈矽酮或其他透明塑膠、樹脂或其他聚合物帽蓋(或緩衝器)形式,其配合在層壓透明總成邊緣上方,從而密封單元。密封件可在第二防護玻璃罩(例如,圖7,710)與窗(例如,圖7,711)之間提供緩衝器功能。圖8展示顯示構造850及根據箭頭811、812及813例如藉由使用施用器(例如,注射槍)810沿著顯示構造850之三個側部施加之密封件的透視圖之實例。顯示構造850耦接至緊固件530,電線802將顯示構造中之顯示矩陣連接至緊固件上,其中電路系統安置於緊固件中(目前所示)。顯示構造850在圖8之實例中亦展示為包括較厚支撐結構(例如,玻璃窗格)804、較薄支撐結構(例如,玻璃窗格)805、黏著層806及808、顯示矩陣807及密封件809的顯示構造之一部分之豎直橫截面830。密封件可自支撐結構(例如,玻璃窗格)突出及/或充當緩衝器。密封件之突出可為隨機或定向的。舉例而言,突起可朝向顯示構造之一側(例如,其預定要觸碰窗)。密封件之突出可為(例如,實質上)均勻或不均勻的(例如,朝向顯示構造之一側)。Referring to Figure 8, in one embodiment, seals are provided along at least 3 edges of the transparent display assembly, such as along the edges of a laminate assembly as described herein. In an embodiment, the seal is in the form of a silicone or other clear plastic, resin or other polymer cap (or bumper) that fits over the edge of the laminated clear assembly to seal the unit. The seal may provide a buffer function between the second cover glass (eg, Figure 7, 710) and the window (eg, Figure 7, 711). 8 shows an example of a perspective view of the display configuration 850 and a seal applied along three sides of the display configuration 850 according to arrows 811 , 812 and 813 , such as by using an applicator (eg, injection gun) 810 . Display construction 850 is coupled to fasteners 530, and wires 802 connect the display matrix in the display construction to the fasteners, wherein the circuitry is housed in the fasteners (presently shown). Display construction 850 is also shown in the example of FIG. 8 as including a thicker support structure (eg, glass pane) 804, a thinner support structure (eg, glass pane) 805, adhesive layers 806 and 808, display matrix 807, and sealing Vertical cross-section 830 of a portion of the shown configuration of member 809. The seal may protrude from the supporting structure (eg, glass pane) and/or act as a bumper. The protrusions of the seal can be random or directional. For example, the protrusion may be towards a side of the display structure (eg, it is intended to touch the window). The protrusion of the seal may be (eg, substantially) uniform or non-uniform (eg, toward one side of the display structure).

圖9展示可用於自視野隱藏L形托架904的罩蓋903(以橫截面展示)之實例。罩蓋903可以可移除方式附接至窗框905。功率及通信可經由在此實例中容納於窗框905內之電線906遞送至透明顯示總成。L形托架可允許透明顯示器之維護或更換,及/或任何電路系統(例如,安置於托架為其一部分之緊固件中)之維護或更換。圖9展示具有顯示構造之透明顯示總成之實例,該顯示構造包括(例如,玻璃)窗格907、顯示矩陣908及(例如,玻璃)窗格902,該顯示構造耦接至或包含框架905。框架可包含彼此耦接或經組態以彼此耦接之部分。框架可包含至少三(3)個部分。框架可包含與顯示構造(例如,透明顯示總成)之周邊之至少一部分之形狀匹配(例如,近似)的形狀。框架可耦接或附接至顯示構造(例如,透明顯示總成)之側部(或邊緣)。在一個實施例中,框架部分例如在框架部分已經耦接至顯示構造(例如,透明顯示總成)之後彼此耦接以形成框架形狀。在一個實施例中,例如在框架部分耦接至顯示構造(例如,透明顯示總成)之前,框架部分可彼此耦接以形成框架形狀。顯示構造(例如,透明顯示總成)可定位在由框架形狀限定之區域內。框架部分可包含經組態以在其中接納及/或保持透明顯示總成之側部的通道(例如,U形通道)。9 shows an example of a cover 903 (shown in cross-section) that can be used to hide the L-shaped bracket 904 from view. The cover 903 can be removably attached to the window frame 905 . Power and communication can be delivered to the transparent display assembly via wires 906 housed within the window frame 905 in this example. The L-shaped bracket may allow maintenance or replacement of the transparent display, and/or maintenance or replacement of any circuitry (eg, housed in fasteners of which the bracket is a part). FIG. 9 shows an example of a transparent display assembly having a display configuration including a (eg, glass) pane 907 , a display matrix 908 , and a (eg, glass) pane 902 coupled to or including a frame 905 . The frame may include portions coupled to each other or configured to be coupled to each other. The frame may contain at least three (3) parts. The frame may include a shape that matches (eg, approximates) the shape of at least a portion of the perimeter of the display construction (eg, the transparent display assembly). The frame may be coupled or attached to the side (or edge) of a display construction (eg, a transparent display assembly). In one embodiment, the frame portions are coupled to each other to form the frame shape, eg, after the frame portions have been coupled to the display construction (eg, a transparent display assembly). In one embodiment, the frame portions may be coupled to each other to form a frame shape, eg, before the frame portions are coupled to a display construction (eg, a transparent display assembly). A display construction (eg, a transparent display assembly) can be positioned within an area defined by the shape of the frame. The frame portion may include channels (eg, U-shaped channels) configured to receive and/or retain the sides of the transparent display assembly therein.

圖9展示與緊固件953(該緊固件包括鉸鏈/鎖952)附接之窗框(例如,豎框)部分951之實例。緊固件953耦接至顯示構造954(所示之局部視圖)及整合玻璃單元961(IGU)(所示之局部視圖),其包括:第一窗格955、封閉環境957、第二窗格956及安置於窗格956上之電致變色構造958。IGU中之封閉環境可為絕緣、(例如,密閉)密封及/或惰性環境。圖9展示共同地指定為數字959、安置於框架部分951中之電源單元及/或控制器(例如,時序控制器);及自窗框951外部之環境行進至顯示構造954之電氣佈線及/或通信路徑960的實例。電氣佈線及/或通信路徑可行進通過窗框至IGU。電氣佈線及/或通信路徑可行進通過控制器及/或電源總成至IGU。窗格可具有透明硬材料(例如,玻璃或聚合物,諸如塑膠)。透明可為至少在波長上對普通人觀看者敏感。9 shows an example of a sash (eg, mullion) portion 951 attached to fasteners 953 including hinges/locks 952. Fastener 953 is coupled to display construction 954 (partial view shown) and integrated glass unit 961 (IGU) (partial view shown) comprising: first pane 955 , enclosed environment 957 , second pane 956 And electrochromic structure 958 disposed on pane 956. The enclosed environment in the IGU can be an insulating, (eg, hermetically) sealed and/or inert environment. 9 shows a power supply unit and/or controller (eg, a timing controller), collectively designated numeral 959, disposed in frame portion 951; or an instance of communication path 960. Electrical wiring and/or communication paths may travel through the sash to the IGU. Electrical wiring and/or communication paths may travel through the controller and/or power supply assembly to the IGU. The pane may be of a transparent hard material (eg, glass or a polymer such as plastic). Transparent may be sensitive to the average human viewer, at least in wavelength.

本發明不應受上文揭示之實施例、態樣及優點限制,因為其他實施例、態樣及優點在本發明之範疇內,包括以下之彼等者中之一或多者。在一個實施例中,本發明包含結構(例如,緊固件),其中該結構(例如,緊固件)包含第一部分及第二部分,第一及第二部分經組態以相對於彼此移動。在一個實施例中,該結構包含一或多個托架。在一個實施例中,該結構包含一或多個鉸鏈。在一個實施例中,該結構包含一或多個電連接器。在一個實施例中,電連接器包含微型同軸電纜。在一個實施例中,電連接器包含一或多根帶狀電纜。在一個實施例中,該結構經組態以安裝至顯示構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)。在一個實施例中,透明顯示器為T.OLED顯示器。在一個實施例中,顯示構造(例如,包括透明顯示器)包含一或多個光學清透玻璃、硬化聚合物(例如,塑膠)或硬化樹脂。在一個實施例中,該結構包含經組態以與顯示矩陣(例如,透明顯示矩陣)通信之一或多個電子電路。在一個實施例中,該結構經組態以安裝至框架。在一個實施例中,框架包含窗框。在一個實施例中,該結構經組態以安裝至透明顯示器之FLS(例如,長度)。在一個實施例中,該結構包含長度,其中長度為自約0.1呎至約10呎。在一個實施例中,緊固件之第一部分包含至少一個托架且緊固件之第二部分包含一或多個鉸鏈。在一個實施例中,該結構包含顯示矩陣及黏著劑元件,其中顯示矩陣例如經由黏著劑元件安裝至第一部分及/或第二部分。在一個實施例中,黏著劑元件包含黏著劑膠帶。在一個實施例中,黏著劑膠帶包含VHB膠帶。在一個實施例中,緊固件之第一部分及/或緊固件之第二部分經組態以安裝至觀看窗(例如,可著色窗)。在一個實施例中,緊固件之第一部分經組態以安裝至顯示構造且第二部分經組態以安裝至窗(其中該第二部分包含鉸鏈)。在一個實施例中,鉸鏈包含複數個細長孔,其中該複數個孔中之至少一者之伸長軸線正交於該複數個孔中之至少一個其他者之伸長軸線。The present invention should not be limited by the above-disclosed embodiments, aspects, and advantages, as other embodiments, aspects, and advantages are within the scope of the present invention, including one or more of the following. In one embodiment, the present invention includes a structure (eg, a fastener), wherein the structure (eg, a fastener) includes a first portion and a second portion that are configured to move relative to each other. In one embodiment, the structure includes one or more brackets. In one embodiment, the structure includes one or more hinges. In one embodiment, the structure includes one or more electrical connectors. In one embodiment, the electrical connector comprises a micro coaxial cable. In one embodiment, the electrical connector includes one or more ribbon cables. In one embodiment, the structure is configured to mount to a display configuration (eg, including a transparent display). In one embodiment, the transparent display is a T.OLED display. In one embodiment, the display construction (eg, including a transparent display) includes one or more of optically clear glass, hardened polymer (eg, plastic), or hardened resin. In one embodiment, the structure includes one or more electronic circuits configured to communicate with a display matrix (eg, a transparent display matrix). In one embodiment, the structure is configured to mount to the frame. In one embodiment, the frame includes a window frame. In one embodiment, the structure is configured to mount to the FLS (eg, length) of the transparent display. In one embodiment, the structure includes a length, wherein the length is from about 0.1 feet to about 10 feet. In one embodiment, the first portion of the fastener includes at least one bracket and the second portion of the fastener includes one or more hinges. In one embodiment, the structure includes a display matrix and an adhesive element, wherein the display matrix is mounted to the first part and/or the second part, eg, via an adhesive element. In one embodiment, the adhesive element comprises an adhesive tape. In one embodiment, the adhesive tape comprises VHB tape. In one embodiment, the first portion of the fastener and/or the second portion of the fastener are configured to mount to a viewing window (eg, a tintable window). In one embodiment, a first portion of the fastener is configured to mount to a display configuration and a second portion is configured to mount to a window (wherein the second portion includes a hinge). In one embodiment, the hinge includes a plurality of elongated holes, wherein the axis of elongation of at least one of the plurality of holes is orthogonal to the axis of elongation of at least one other of the plurality of holes.

在一個實施例中,本發明包含框架。框架可包含透明顯示器及緊固件(包含托架),其經組態以提供框架與顯示構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)之間的移動及實體連接性。在一個實施例中,框架包含窗框。在一個實施例中,托架包含L形托架,其中L形托架耦接至框架及顯示構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)。在一個實施例中,托架經由黏著劑結構耦接至透明顯示器。在一個實施例中,黏著劑結構包含黏著劑膠帶。在一個實施例中,托架包含一或多個鉸鏈。在一個實施例中,鉸鏈經組態以提供顯示構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)相對於固定件(例如,窗框)之移動。在一個實施例中,該移動包含旋轉移動。在一個實施例中,該移動圍繞水平軸線。在一個實施例中,該移動圍繞豎直軸線。在一個實施例中,框架包含窗片(例如,窗格)。在一個實施例中,托架經組態以使透明顯示器之一面接近或抵靠著窗片之一面移動。在一個實施例中,框架界定內部區域(例如,其為框架中窗之表面),其中透明顯示器包含界定配合在內部區域內之區域的高度及寬度。在一個實施例中,顯示構造(例如,包含透明顯示器)之區域(例如,實質上)配合在所有內部區域內。在一個實施例中,透明顯示器之區域配合在內部區域之一半或小於一半內。在一個實施例中,該結構包含一或多個導體、帶狀電纜及/或連接器,且一或多個導體、帶狀電纜及/或連接器提供控件與透明顯示器之間的電連接性。In one embodiment, the present invention includes a frame. The frame may include a transparent display and fasteners (including brackets) that are configured to provide movement and physical connectivity between the frame and the display construction (eg, including the transparent display). In one embodiment, the frame includes a window frame. In one embodiment, the bracket includes an L-shaped bracket, wherein the L-shaped bracket is coupled to the frame and the display structure (eg, including a transparent display). In one embodiment, the bracket is coupled to the transparent display via an adhesive structure. In one embodiment, the adhesive structure comprises an adhesive tape. In one embodiment, the bracket includes one or more hinges. In one embodiment, the hinge is configured to provide movement of a display structure (eg, including a transparent display) relative to a fixture (eg, a window frame). In one embodiment, the movement comprises rotational movement. In one embodiment, the movement is about a horizontal axis. In one embodiment, the movement is about a vertical axis. In one embodiment, the frame contains windows (eg, panes). In one embodiment, the carriage is configured to move a face of the transparent display close to or against a face of the window. In one embodiment, the frame defines an interior area (eg, which is the surface of a window in the frame), wherein the transparent display includes a height and width that define an area that fits within the interior area. In one embodiment, the area of the display structure (eg, including the transparent display) fits (eg, substantially) within all of the interior area. In one embodiment, the area of the transparent display fits within one half or less of the inner area. In one embodiment, the structure includes one or more conductors, ribbon cables, and/or connectors, and the one or more conductors, ribbon cables, and/or connectors provide electrical connectivity between the controls and the transparent display .

在一些實施例中,形成具有顯示構造及緊固件之總成。顯示構造可黏著至緊固件之至少一組件,例如托架。圖11展示建構顯示構造及緊固件之總成的階段之實例。在1110中,顯示構造1112具有指定用於黏著劑塗覆之區域1112。在1120中,根據箭頭,例如1121將黏著劑塗覆於黏著劑指定區域上。在1130中,緊固件1131(例如,L形托架)置於黏著劑指定區域上,將所塗覆黏著劑置於該黏著劑指定區域上。項目1121、1131及1112展示顯示構造之部分。緊固件及顯示構造可安置於相同平面或不同平面中。緊固件之至少一部分可相對於顯示構造安置於相同平面或不同平面中。顯示構造可以一角度耦接至緊固件(例如,如圖12中所示,1210)。顯示構造及緊固件可形成一個平面(例如,如1220中所示)。圖12展示與緊固件1218形成角度之顯示構造1211及與緊固件1228形成平坦平面之顯示構造1221的實例。顯示構造可包含在一個方向上比在另一方向上輻照更多(例如,在前向方向上比在後向方向上輻照更多)的輻照實體(例如,LED)。藉由顯示矩陣顯示之影像自顯示矩陣之一側比自其相對側清楚地可見。顯示構造可包含背靠背安置之輻照實體之兩個顯示矩陣(例如,LED矩陣)。兩個顯示矩陣中之至少一者(例如,每一者)可安置成使其輻照較多側背對後部(且朝向觀看者),且使其輻照較少側面向後部(且遠離觀看者)。顯示構造中顯示矩陣之背靠背配置可促進自顯示構造之兩側觀看清晰影像。具有背靠背顯示矩陣之顯示構造可利用平坦緊固件(例如,1228)。在一些實施例中,兩個顯示構造可以背靠背組態彼此鄰近安置,例如使得顯示構造中之至少一者(例如,每一者)可使其照明較多側背對後部(且朝向觀看者),且使其輻照較少側面向後部(且遠離觀看者)。兩個背靠背顯示構造可利用平坦緊固件(例如,1228)以將兩個顯示構造緊固至結構(例如,固定件)。In some embodiments, an assembly is formed with the display structure and fasteners. The structure is shown to be adhered to at least one component of the fastener, such as a bracket. Figure 11 shows an example of the stages of constructing an assembly showing structures and fasteners. At 1110, construction 1112 is shown having an area 1112 designated for adhesive application. In 1120, according to the arrow, eg, 1121, the adhesive is applied to the designated areas of the adhesive. At 1130, fasteners 1131 (eg, L-shaped brackets) are placed on the adhesive designated areas on which the applied adhesive is placed. Items 1121, 1131 and 1112 show parts of the display construction. The fasteners and display structures can be placed in the same plane or in different planes. At least a portion of the fasteners may be disposed in the same plane or in a different plane relative to the display configuration. The display configuration may be coupled to the fastener at an angle (eg, as shown in FIG. 12, 1210). The structure and fasteners are shown to form a plane (eg, as shown in 1220). 12 shows an example of a display configuration 1211 forming an angle with fastener 1218 and a display configuration 1221 forming a flat plane with fastener 1228. The display configuration may include irradiating entities (eg, LEDs) that irradiate more in one direction than the other (eg, irradiate more in the forward direction than in the rearward direction). The image displayed by the display matrix is more clearly visible from one side of the display matrix than from the opposite side. The display configuration may include two display matrices (eg, LED matrices) of irradiating entities placed back-to-back. At least one (eg, each) of the two display matrices can be positioned with its more irradiated side facing away from the back (and toward the viewer), and its less irradiated side toward the back (and away from viewing). By). The back-to-back configuration of the display matrix in the display configuration facilitates viewing of clear images from both sides of the display configuration. Display configurations with back-to-back display matrices may utilize flat fasteners (eg, 1228). In some embodiments, two display constructions may be positioned adjacent to each other in a back-to-back configuration, eg, such that at least one (eg, each) of the display constructions may have its more illuminated side away from the rear (and toward the viewer) , and make it irradiate less laterally to the rear (and away from the viewer). The two back-to-back display constructions may utilize flat fasteners (eg, 1228) to fasten the two display constructions to the structure (eg, fasteners).

在一些實施例中,窗安置於封閉體中。在一些實施例中,封閉體包含由至少一個結構界定之區域。至少一個結構可包含至少一個壁。封閉體可包含及/或封閉一或多個子封閉體。至少一個壁可包含金屬(例如,鋼)、黏土、石頭、塑膠、玻璃、灰泥(例如,石膏)、聚合物(例如,聚胺基甲酸酯、苯乙烯或乙烯基)、石棉、纖維玻璃、混凝土(例如,鋼筋混凝土)、木材、紙張或陶瓷。至少一個壁可包含電線、磚、塊(例如,煤渣塊)、瓷磚、乾壁或框架(例如,鋼架)。In some embodiments, the window is disposed in the enclosure. In some embodiments, the enclosure includes an area bounded by at least one structure. At least one structure may include at least one wall. An enclosure may contain and/or enclose one or more sub-enclosures. At least one wall may comprise metal (eg, steel), clay, stone, plastic, glass, stucco (eg, gypsum), polymer (eg, polyurethane, styrene, or vinyl), asbestos, fibers Glass, concrete (eg reinforced concrete), wood, paper or ceramic. At least one wall may contain wires, bricks, blocks (eg, cinder blocks), tiles, drywall, or framing (eg, steel frames).

在一些實施例中,封閉體包含一或多個開口。一或多個開口可為可逆地封閉的。一或多個開口可永久敞開。一或多個開口之基本長度尺度相對於界定封閉體之(多個)壁的基本長度尺度可較小。基本長度尺度可包含定界圓形之直徑、長度、寬度或高度。一或多個開口之表面相對於界定封閉體之(多個)壁的表面可較小。開口表面可為(多個)壁之總表面的百分比。舉例而言,開口表面可占(多個)壁之至多約30%、20%、10%、5%或1%。(多個)壁可包含地板、頂板或側壁。可閉合開口可由至少一個窗或門閉合。封閉體可為設施之至少一部分。設施可包含建築物。封閉體可包含建築物之至少一部分。建築物可為私人建築物及/或商用建築物。建築物可包含一或多個樓層。建築物(例如,其樓層)可包括以下中之至少一者:房間、大廳、門廳、閣樓、地下室、陽台(例如,內陽台或外陽台)、樓梯井、走廊、電梯井、立面、夾層、頂樓、車庫、門廊(例如,封閉門廊)、露台(例如,封閉露台)、自助餐廳及/或管道。在一些實施例中,封閉體可為靜止的及/或可移動的(例如,火車、飛機、輪船、車輛或火箭)。In some embodiments, the closure includes one or more openings. The one or more openings may be reversibly closed. One or more openings may be permanently open. The basic length dimension of the opening or openings may be small relative to the basic length dimension of the wall(s) defining the closure. The basic length dimension may include the diameter, length, width or height of the bounding circle. The surface of the opening or openings may be relatively small relative to the surface of the wall(s) defining the closure. The open surface may be a percentage of the total surface of the wall(s). For example, the open surface may occupy up to about 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or 1% of the wall(s). The wall(s) may comprise floors, ceilings or side walls. The closable opening can be closed by at least one window or door. The enclosure may be at least a portion of the facility. Facilities may contain buildings. The enclosure may contain at least a portion of the building. The buildings can be private buildings and/or commercial buildings. A building can contain one or more floors. A building (eg, its floors) may include at least one of the following: rooms, halls, foyers, attics, basements, balconies (eg, interior or exterior balconies), stairwells, hallways, elevator shafts, facades, mezzanine levels , attic, garage, porch (eg, enclosed porch), patio (eg, enclosed patio), cafeteria, and/or plumbing. In some embodiments, the enclosure may be stationary and/or movable (eg, a train, plane, ship, vehicle, or rocket).

在一些實施例中,封閉體封閉大氣。大氣可包含一或多種氣體。氣體可包括惰性氣體(例如,包含氬氣或氮氣)及/或非惰性氣體(例如,包含氧氣或二氧化碳)。封閉體大氣可在至少一個外部大氣特性上類似於封閉體外部之大氣(例如,環境大氣),該至少一個外部大氣特性包括:溫度、相對氣體含量、氣體類型(例如,濕度及/或氧氣含量)、碎屑(例如,灰塵及/或花粉)及/或氣體速度。封閉體大氣可在至少一個外部大氣特性上不同於封閉體外部之大氣,該至少一個外部大氣特性包括:溫度、相對氣體含量、氣體類型(例如,濕度及/或氧氣含量)、碎屑(例如,灰塵及/或花粉)及/或氣體速度。舉例而言,封閉體大氣相較於外部(例如,環境)大氣可較不潮濕(例如,較乾燥)。舉例而言,封閉體大氣與封閉體外部之大氣可含有相同(例如,或實質上類似)的氧氣與氮氣的比率。封閉體中氣體之速度貫穿封閉體可(例如,實質上)類似。封閉體中氣體之速度在封閉體之不同部分中可不同(例如,藉由使氣體流動穿過至與封閉體耦接之通風口)。In some embodiments, the enclosure encloses the atmosphere. The atmosphere may contain one or more gases. Gases may include inert gases (eg, including argon or nitrogen) and/or non-inert gases (eg, including oxygen or carbon dioxide). The enclosure atmosphere can be similar to the atmosphere outside the enclosure (eg, ambient atmosphere) in at least one external atmospheric characteristic including: temperature, relative gas content, gas type (eg, humidity and/or oxygen content) ), debris (eg, dust and/or pollen), and/or gas velocity. The enclosure atmosphere may differ from the atmosphere outside the enclosure in at least one external atmospheric characteristic including: temperature, relative gas content, gas type (eg, humidity and/or oxygen content), debris (eg, , dust and/or pollen) and/or gas velocity. For example, the enclosure atmosphere may be less humid (eg, drier) than the outside (eg, ambient) atmosphere. For example, the enclosure atmosphere and the atmosphere outside the enclosure may contain the same (eg, or substantially similar) ratio of oxygen to nitrogen. The velocity of the gas in the enclosure may be (eg, substantially) similar throughout the enclosure. The velocity of the gas in the enclosure can be different in different parts of the enclosure (eg, by flowing the gas through to a vent coupled to the enclosure).

某些所揭示實施例在封閉體(例如,諸如建築物的設施)中提供了網路基礎設施。網路基礎設施可用於各種目的,諸如用於提供通信及/或功率服務。通信服務可包含高頻寬(例如無線及/或有線)通信服務。通信服務可針對設施之居住者及/或設施(例如建築物)外部之使用者。網路基礎設施可與一或多個蜂巢運營商之基礎設施協同工作或作為其部分更換。網路基礎設施可設置於包括電可切換窗之設施中。網路基礎設施之組件的實例包括高速回程。網路基礎設施可包括至少一根電纜、交換器、實體天線、收發器、感測器、傳輸器、接收器、無線電、處理器及/或控制器(其可包含處理器)。網路基礎設施可以可操作方式耦接至及/或包括無線網路。網路基礎設施可包含佈線。作為安設網路之部分及/或在安設網路之後,可將一或多個感測器部署(例如,安設)於環境中。網路基礎設施可經組態以促進至少第三代(3G)、第四代(4G)或第五代(5G)蜂巢式通信。網路可經組態以促進媒體傳輸(例如,演示、靜止圖像或視訊(例如,電影及/或廣告)傳輸)。網路可經組態以用於同時資料及功率通信(例如,在諸如同軸電纜之相同電纜上)。網路可為區域網路。網路可包含經組態以在單一電纜中傳輸功率及通信之電纜。該通信可為一或多種類型之通信。該通信可包含遵守至少第二代(2G)、第三代(3G)、第四代(4G)或第五代(5G)蜂巢式通信協定之蜂巢式通信。通信可包含促進靜止圖像、音樂或動畫串流(例如,電影或視訊)之媒體通信。通信可包含資料通信(例如感測器資料)。通信可包含控制通信,例如以控制以可操作方式耦接至網路之一或多個節點。網路可包含安設於設施中之第一(例如,佈纜)網路。網路可包含(例如,佈纜)網路,其安設於設施之包絡中(例如,諸如在設施之封閉體的包絡中。舉例而言,包括於設施中之建築物的包絡中)。Certain disclosed embodiments provide network infrastructure in an enclosure (eg, a facility such as a building). The network infrastructure may be used for various purposes, such as for providing communication and/or power services. Communication services may include high bandwidth (eg, wireless and/or wireline) communication services. Communication services may be directed to occupants of the facility and/or users outside the facility (eg, a building). The network infrastructure may work in conjunction with or be replaced as part of the infrastructure of one or more cellular operators. The network infrastructure may be provided in a facility that includes electrically switchable windows. Examples of components of network infrastructure include high-speed backhaul. The network infrastructure may include at least one cable, switches, physical antennas, transceivers, sensors, transmitters, receivers, radios, processors and/or controllers (which may include processors). The network infrastructure may be operably coupled to and/or include a wireless network. Network infrastructure can include cabling. As part of and/or after installing the network, one or more sensors can be deployed (eg, installed) in the environment. The network infrastructure can be configured to facilitate at least third generation (3G), fourth generation (4G) or fifth generation (5G) cellular communications. A network may be configured to facilitate media delivery (eg, presentation, still image, or video (eg, movie and/or advertisement) delivery). The network can be configured for simultaneous data and power communication (eg, on the same cable such as coaxial cable). The network may be a local area network. A network may include cables configured to transmit power and communication in a single cable. The communication may be one or more types of communication. The communication may include cellular communication that complies with at least second generation (2G), third generation (3G), fourth generation (4G) or fifth generation (5G) cellular communication protocols. Communications may include media communications that facilitate streaming of still images, music, or animation (eg, movies or video). Communication may include data communication (eg, sensor data). Communication may include control communication, eg, to control one or more nodes operatively coupled to a network. The network may include the first (eg, cabling) network installed in the facility. A network may include (eg, cabling) a network installed in the envelope of the facility (eg, such as in the envelope of the enclosure of the facility. For example, included in the envelope of the buildings in the facility).

在一些實施例中,本發明提供經組態以用於傳輸促進本文中所揭示之該等操作中之任一者之任何通信(例如,信號)及/或(例如,電)功率的網路。通信可包含控制通信、蜂巢式通信、媒體通信及/或資料通信。資料通信可包含感測器資料通信及/或經處理資料通信。網路可經組態以遵守有助於此通信之一或多個協定。舉例而言,由網路(例如具有BMS)使用之通信協定可包含建築物自動化及控制網路協定(BACnet)。網路可經組態以用於(例如包括有助於以下之硬體)包含以下各者之通信協定:BACnet(例如BACnet/SC)、LonWorks、Modbus、KNX、歐洲家電系統協定(European Home Systems Protocol;EHS)、BatiBUS、歐洲安設匯流排(European Installation Bus;EIB或Instabus)、紫蜂(zigbee)、Z-Wave、Insteon、X10、藍牙或WiFi。網路可經組態以傳輸控制相關協定。通信協定可有助於遵守至少第2代、第3代、第4代或第5代蜂巢式通信協定之蜂巢式通信。(例如佈纜)網路可包含樹狀、線性或星形拓樸結構。網路可包含用於建築物自動化之各種任務的交互工作及/或分散式應用模型。控制系統可提供用於對網路上之資源進行組態及/或管理之方案。網路可准許分散式應用之部分在以可操作方式耦接至網路之不同節點中黏合。網路可提供具有訊息協定之通信系統及用於在每一節點(能夠代管分散式應用(例如具有共同核函數))中進行通信堆疊之模型。控制系統可包含(多個)可程式化邏輯控制器(PLC)。In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a network configured for transmitting any communication (eg, signals) and/or (eg, electrical) power that facilitates any of the operations disclosed herein . Communications may include control communications, cellular communications, media communications, and/or data communications. Data communications may include sensor data communications and/or processed data communications. The network can be configured to adhere to one or more protocols that facilitate this communication. For example, a communication protocol used by a network (eg, with a BMS) may include the Building Automation and Control Network Protocol (BACnet). The network can be configured for (eg, including hardware that facilitates) communication protocols including: BACnet (eg, BACnet/SC), LonWorks, Modbus, KNX, European Home Systems Protocol; EHS), BatiBUS, European Installation Bus (EIB or Instabus), Zigbee, Z-Wave, Insteon, X10, Bluetooth or WiFi. The network can be configured to transmit control related protocols. The communication protocol may facilitate cellular communications that comply with at least a 2nd, 3rd, 4th, or 5th generation cellular communication protocol. A network (eg, cabling) can include tree, linear, or star topologies. The network may include interworking and/or decentralized application models for various tasks of building automation. The control system may provide solutions for configuring and/or managing resources on the network. The network may allow parts of the decentralized application to be glued together in different nodes operatively coupled to the network. A network can provide a communication system with a message protocol and a model for communication stacking in each node capable of hosting distributed applications (eg, with a common kernel). The control system may include Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)(s).

在一些實施例中,封閉體包括一或多個感測器。感測器可促進控制封閉體之環境,使得封閉體之居民可具有較舒適、合意、美麗、健康、富有成效(例如,就居民表現而言)、較易於生活(例如,工作)或其任何組合的環境。(多個)感測器可經組態為低或高解析度感測器。感測器可提供特定環境事件之發生及/或存在的開/關指示(例如,一個像素感測器)。In some embodiments, the enclosure includes one or more sensors. Sensors can facilitate controlling the environment of the enclosure so that the occupants of the enclosure can be more comfortable, desirable, beautiful, healthy, productive (eg, in terms of resident performance), easier to live (eg, work), or any combined environment. The sensor(s) can be configured as low or high resolution sensors. A sensor can provide an on/off indication of the occurrence and/or presence of a particular environmental event (eg, a pixel sensor).

在各種實施例中,網路基礎設施支援用於諸如電致變色(例如,可著色)窗之一或多個觀看窗的控制系統。控制系統可包含以可操作方式耦接(例如,直接地或間接地)至一或多個窗之一或多個控制器。在一些實施例中,電致變色窗為光學可切換窗、可著色窗及/或智慧型窗之實例。本文中所揭示之概念可適用於其他類型之可切換光學裝置,包括例如液晶裝置或懸浮粒子裝置。舉例而言,液晶裝置及/或懸浮粒子裝置可作為電致變色裝置之替代或補充實施。In various embodiments, the network infrastructure supports a control system for one or more viewing windows such as electrochromic (eg, tintable) windows. The control system may include one or more controllers operably coupled (eg, directly or indirectly) to the one or more windows. In some embodiments, electrochromic windows are examples of optically switchable windows, tintable windows, and/or smart windows. The concepts disclosed herein may be applicable to other types of switchable optical devices including, for example, liquid crystal devices or suspended particle devices. For example, liquid crystal devices and/or suspended particle devices may be implemented as an alternative or in addition to electrochromic devices.

在一些實施例中,可著色窗呈現窗之至少一個光學性質的(例如,可控制及/或可逆)改變,例如在施加刺激時。刺激可包括光學、電氣及/或磁性刺激。舉例而言,刺激可包括施加電壓。一或多個可著色窗可用以例如藉由調節傳播通過其的太陽能之傳輸來控制照明及/或眩光條件。一或多個可著色窗可用以例如藉由調節傳播通過其的太陽能之傳輸來控制建築物內的溫度。太陽能之控制可控制強加於設施(例如,建築物)之內部上的熱負荷。控制可為手動及/或自動的。控制可用於維持一或多個所請求(例如,環境)條件,例如居住者舒適性。控制可包括減小加熱、通風、空氣調節及/或照明系統之能耗。加熱、通風及空氣調節中之至少兩者可由單獨系統誘發。加熱、通風及空氣調節中之至少兩者可藉由一個系統誘發。加熱、通風及空氣調節可由單一系統(本文中縮寫為「HVAC」)誘發。在一些情況下,可著色窗可回應於(例如,且以通信方式耦接至)一或多個環境感測器及/或使用者控件。可著色窗可包含(例如可為)電致變色窗。窗可位於自結構(例如,設施,例如建築物)之內部至外部的範圍中。然而,不必如此。可著色窗可使用液晶裝置、懸浮粒子裝置、微機電系統(MEMS)裝置(諸如微型快門)或經組態以控制通過窗之光透射率之任何技術操作。窗(例如,具有用於著色之MEMS裝置)描述於2015年5月15日申請之標題為「MULTI-PANE WINDOWS INCLUDING ELECTROCHROMIC DEVICES AND ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS DEVICES」之美國專利申請案第14/443,353號中,該申請案以全文引用之方式併入本文中。在一些情況下,一或多個觀看(例如,可著色)窗可位於建築物之內部,例如位於會議室與走廊之間。在一些情況下,一或多個觀看(例如,可著色)窗可用於汽車、火車、飛機及其他車輛中,例如代替被動及/或非著色窗。In some embodiments, a tintable window exhibits a (eg, controllable and/or reversible) change in at least one optical property of the window, eg, upon application of a stimulus. Stimulation may include optical, electrical and/or magnetic stimulation. For example, stimulation can include applying a voltage. One or more tintable windows may be used to control lighting and/or glare conditions, eg, by adjusting the transmission of solar energy propagating therethrough. One or more tintable windows can be used to control the temperature within a building, for example, by regulating the transmission of solar energy propagating therethrough. Control of solar energy can control the thermal load imposed on the interior of a facility (eg, a building). Control can be manual and/or automatic. Controls may be used to maintain one or more requested (eg, environmental) conditions, such as occupant comfort. Controls may include reducing the energy consumption of heating, ventilation, air conditioning and/or lighting systems. At least two of heating, ventilation and air conditioning can be induced by separate systems. At least two of heating, ventilation and air conditioning can be induced by a system. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning can be induced by a single system (abbreviated herein as "HVAC"). In some cases, the tintable window may be responsive to (eg, and communicatively coupled to) one or more environmental sensors and/or user controls. Tintable windows may include, for example, may be, electrochromic windows. Windows may be located in a range from the interior to the exterior of a structure (eg, a facility such as a building). However, this need not be the case. Tintable windows may operate using liquid crystal devices, suspended particle devices, microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) devices (such as micro-shutters), or any technology configured to control the transmittance of light through the window. Windows (eg, with MEMS devices for coloring) are described in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 14/443,353, filed May 15, 2015, entitled "MULTI-PANE WINDOWS INCLUDING ELECTROCHROMIC DEVICES AND ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS DEVICES," which The application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some cases, one or more viewing (eg, tintable) windows may be located inside the building, such as between a conference room and a hallway. In some cases, one or more viewing (eg, tintable) windows may be used in automobiles, trains, airplanes, and other vehicles, eg, in place of passive and/or non-tinted windows.

在一些實施例中,可著色窗包含電致變色裝置(在本文中被稱作「EC裝置」(本文中縮寫為ECD)或「EC」)。EC裝置可包含包括至少一個層之至少一個塗層。至少一個層可包含電致變色材料。在一些實施例中,電致變色材料呈現自一個光學狀態至另一光學狀態之改變,例如當跨越EC裝置施加電位時。電致變色層自一個光學狀態至另一光學狀態之轉變可例如由至電致變色材料中之可逆、半可逆或不可逆離子插入(例如,藉助於嵌入)及電荷平衡電子之對應注入引起。舉例而言,電致變色層自一個光學狀態至另一光學狀態之轉變可例如由至電致變色材料中之可逆離子插入(例如,藉助於嵌入)及電荷平衡電子之對應注入引起。可逆可係針對ECD之預期壽命。半可逆指代窗之色調之可逆性在一或多個著色循環內之可量測(例如,明顯)劣化。在一些情況下,負責光學轉變之離子的一部分不可逆地結合於電致變色材料中(例如,且因此窗之誘發(更改)的色調狀態對於其原始著色狀態不可逆)。在各種EC裝置中,不可逆地結合之離子中之至少一些(例如,全部)可用於補償材料(例如,ECD)中之「盲目電荷」。In some embodiments, the tintable window comprises an electrochromic device (referred to herein as an "EC device" (abbreviated herein as ECD) or "EC"). The EC device may comprise at least one coating comprising at least one layer. At least one layer may contain an electrochromic material. In some embodiments, the electrochromic material exhibits a change from one optical state to another, such as when a potential is applied across the EC device. The transition of an electrochromic layer from one optical state to another can be caused, for example, by reversible, semi-reversible or irreversible ion insertion into the electrochromic material (eg, by means of intercalation) and corresponding injection of charge balancing electrons. For example, the transition of an electrochromic layer from one optical state to another can be caused, for example, by reversible ion insertion into the electrochromic material (eg, by means of intercalation) and corresponding injection of charge balancing electrons. Reversible may be for the life expectancy of the ECD. Semi-reversible refers to a measurable (eg, significant) degradation in the reversibility of the window's hue over one or more tinting cycles. In some cases, a portion of the ions responsible for the optical transition is irreversibly incorporated into the electrochromic material (eg, and thus the induced (altered) hue state of the window is irreversible to its original colored state). In various EC devices, at least some (eg, all) of the irreversibly bound ions can be used to compensate for "blind charges" in the material (eg, ECD).

在一些實施中,合適的離子包括陽離子。陽離子可包括鋰離子(Li+)及/或氫離子(H+)(亦即,質子)。在一些實施中,其他離子可為合適的。陽離子可嵌入至(例如,金屬)氧化物中。離子(例如,陽離子)至氧化物中之嵌入狀態之改變可誘發氧化物之色調(例如,顏色)之可見改變。舉例而言,氧化物可自無色狀態轉變至有色狀態。舉例而言,鋰離子至氧化鎢中之嵌入(WO3-y(0 < y ≤約0.3))可使得氧化鎢自透明狀態改變至有色(例如,藍色)狀態。如本文中所描述之EC裝置塗層位於可著色窗之可觀看部分內,使得EC裝置塗層之著色可用以控制可著色窗之光學狀態。In some implementations, suitable ions include cations. Cations can include lithium ions (Li+) and/or hydrogen ions (H+) (ie, protons). In some implementations, other ions may be suitable. Cations can be intercalated into (eg, metal) oxides. Changes in the intercalation state of ions (eg, cations) into the oxide can induce visible changes in the oxide's hue (eg, color). For example, oxides can transition from a colorless state to a colored state. For example, intercalation of lithium ions into tungsten oxide (WO3-y (0 < y <about 0.3)) can cause tungsten oxide to change from a transparent state to a colored (eg, blue) state. The EC device coating as described herein is located within the viewable portion of the tintable window so that the coloration of the EC device coating can be used to control the optical state of the tintable window.

圖13展示根據一些實施例的電致變色構造1300之示意性橫截面之實例。EC裝置塗層附接至基板1302、透明導電層(TCL)1304、電致變色層(EC)1306(有時亦被稱作陰極染色層或陰極著色層)、離子導電層或區域(IC)1308、相對電極層(CE)1310(有時亦被稱作陽極染色層或陽極著色層),及第二TCL 1314。元件1304、1306、1308、1310及1314統稱為電致變色堆疊120。可操作以在電致變色堆疊1320上施加電位之電壓源1316實現電致變色塗層自例如清透狀態至經著色狀態之轉變。在其他實施例中,相對於基板反轉層之次序。亦即,層呈以下次序:基板、TCL、相對電極層、離子導電層、電致變色材料層、TCL。13 shows an example of a schematic cross-section of an electrochromic construction 1300 in accordance with some embodiments. The EC device coating is attached to the substrate 1302, transparent conductive layer (TCL) 1304, electrochromic layer (EC) 1306 (also sometimes referred to as cathodically colored layer or cathodically colored layer), ionically conductive layer or area (IC) 1308. Counter Electrode Layer (CE) 1310 (also sometimes referred to as anodically colored layer or anodically colored layer), and second TCL 1314. Elements 1304 , 1306 , 1308 , 1310 and 1314 are collectively referred to as electrochromic stack 120 . A voltage source 1316, operable to apply a potential across the electrochromic stack 1320, effectuates the transition of the electrochromic coating from, for example, a clear state to a colored state. In other embodiments, the order of the layers is reversed with respect to the substrate. That is, the layers are in the following order: substrate, TCL, opposing electrode layer, ionically conductive layer, electrochromic material layer, TCL.

在各種實施例中,離子導體區域(例如,1308)可自EC層(例如,1306)之一部分及/或自CE層(例如,1310)之一部分形成。在此類實施例中,電致變色堆疊(例如,1320)可經沈積以包括與陽極染色相對電極材料(CE層)直接實體接觸之陰極染色電致變色材料(EC層)。離子導體區域(有時被稱作界面區域或離子導電的實質上電子絕緣層或區域)可例如經由加熱及/或其他處理步驟形成於EC層與CE層會合之處。電致變色裝置(例如,包括在未沈積相異離子導體材料之情況下製造之彼等電致變色裝置)之實例可發現於2012年5月2日申請之標題為「ELECTROCHROMIC DEVICES」之美國專利申請案第13/462,725號中,該美國專利申請案以全文引用之方式併入本文中。在一些實施例中,EC裝置塗層可包括諸如一或多個被動層之一或多個額外層。被動層可用於改良某些光學性質,以提供水分及/或提供抗刮擦性。此等及/或其他被動層可用以氣密密封EC堆疊120。包括透明導電層(諸如1304及1314)之各種層可用抗反射及/或保護層(例如,氧化物及/或氮化物層)處理。In various embodiments, the ion conductor region (eg, 1308) may be formed from a portion of the EC layer (eg, 1306) and/or from a portion of the CE layer (eg, 1310). In such embodiments, the electrochromic stack (eg, 1320) may be deposited to include a cathodically dyed electrochromic material (EC layer) in direct physical contact with an anodically dyed counter electrode material (CE layer). Ionic conductor regions (sometimes referred to as interfacial regions or ionically conductive substantially electronically insulating layers or regions) can be formed where the EC and CE layers meet, eg, via heating and/or other processing steps. Examples of electrochromic devices (eg, including those fabricated without deposition of phase dissimilar ionic conductor materials) can be found in US Patent, filed May 2, 2012, entitled "ELECTROCHROMIC DEVICES" In application Ser. No. 13/462,725, this US patent application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the EC device coating may include one or more additional layers such as one or more passive layers. Passive layers can be used to modify certain optical properties to provide moisture and/or to provide scratch resistance. These and/or other passive layers can be used to hermetically seal the EC stack 120 . Various layers including transparent conductive layers (such as 1304 and 1314) may be treated with anti-reflective and/or protective layers (eg, oxide and/or nitride layers).

在某些實施例中,電致變色裝置經組態以(例如,實質上)在清透狀態與經著色狀態之間可逆地循環。可逆可在ECD之預期壽命內。預期壽命可為至少約2 y、5 y、10 y、15 y、25 y、50 y、75 y或100(y)年。預期壽命可為前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約5 y至約100 y、自約2 y至約25 y、自約25 y至約50 y或自約50 y至約100 y)。可將電位施加至電致變色堆疊(例如,1320)使得堆疊中可導致電致變色材料(例如,1306)處於經著色狀態下之可用離子在窗處於第一色調狀態(例如,清透)下時主要駐存於相對電極(例如,1310)中。當施加至電致變色堆疊之電位反轉時,離子可跨越離子導電層(例如,1308)輸送至電致變色材料並使得材料進入第二色調狀態(例如,經著色狀態)。In certain embodiments, the electrochromic device is configured to cycle (eg, substantially) reversibly between a clear state and a colored state. Reversible can be within the expected lifetime of the ECD. The life expectancy can be at least about 2 y, 5 y, 10 y, 15 y, 25 y, 50 y, 75 y, or 100(y) years. The expected lifetime can be any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 5 y to about 100 y, from about 2 y to about 25 y, from about 25 y to about 50 y, or from about 50 y to about 100 y) . A potential can be applied to the electrochromic stack (eg, 1320 ) such that available ions in the stack that can cause the electrochromic material (eg, 1306 ) to be in a colored state have the window in a first hue state (eg, clear) It resides primarily in the opposite electrode (eg, 1310). When the potential applied to the electrochromic stack is reversed, ions can be transported across the ion conducting layer (eg, 1308) to the electrochromic material and cause the material to enter a second hue state (eg, a colored state).

應理解,對清透狀態與經著色狀態之間的轉變之參考係非限制性的且建議可實施之電致變色轉變的許多實例當中之僅一個實例。除非另外指定,否則在本文中,每當參考清透至經著色轉變時,對應裝置或程序涵蓋其他光學狀態轉變,諸如非反射至反射及/或透明至不透明的轉變。在一些實施例中,術語「清透」及「漂白」指代光學中性狀態,例如未經著色、透明及/或半透明的。在一些實施例中,電致變色轉變之「顏色」或「色調」不限於任何波長或波長範圍。適合的電致變色材料及相對電極材料之選擇可控管相關光學轉變(例如,自經著色狀態至未經著色狀態)。It should be understood that the reference to the transition between the clear state and the colored state is non-limiting and suggests only one example of many examples of electrochromic transitions that may be implemented. Unless otherwise specified, herein, whenever a clear to colored transition is referenced, the corresponding device or procedure encompasses other optical state transitions, such as non-reflective to reflective and/or transparent to opaque transitions. In some embodiments, the terms "clear" and "bleached" refer to an optically neutral state, such as unpigmented, transparent, and/or translucent. In some embodiments, the "color" or "hue" of an electrochromic transition is not limited to any wavelength or range of wavelengths. Selection of suitable electrochromic materials and opposing electrode materials can control the relative optical transition (eg, from a colored state to an uncolored state).

在某些實施例中,構成電致變色堆疊之材料之至少一部分(例如,所有)為無機的、固體的(例如,呈固態),或為無機且固體的。因為各種有機材料隨著時間推移而傾向於降解,尤其當經著色建築物窗曝露於熱及UV光時,無機材料提供可起作用歷時延長時間段的可靠之電致變色堆疊的優點。在一些實施例中,呈固態之材料可提供被最低限度地污染及最小化洩漏問題之優點,因為呈液態之材料有時確實發生。堆疊中之層中之一或多者可含有一定量之有機材料(例如,可量測)。ECD或其任何部分(例如,層中之一或多者)可含有極少或不含可量測有機物質。ECD或其任何部分(例如,層中之一或多者)可含有可以極少量存在之一或多種液體。極少可為ECD之至多約100 ppm、10 ppm或1 ppm。固態材料可使用一或多種採用液態組分之程序(諸如,採用溶膠-凝膠之某些程序、物理氣相沈積及/或化學氣相沈積)來沈積(或以其他方式形成)。In certain embodiments, at least a portion (eg, all) of the materials that make up the electrochromic stack are inorganic, solid (eg, in a solid state), or both inorganic and solid. Because various organic materials tend to degrade over time, especially when tinted building windows are exposed to heat and UV light, inorganic materials offer the advantage of reliable electrochromic stacks that can function for extended periods of time. In some embodiments, materials in a solid state may provide the advantage of minimal contamination and minimize leakage problems, as materials in a liquid state do sometimes. One or more of the layers in the stack may contain an amount of organic material (eg, measurable). The ECD or any portion thereof (eg, one or more of the layers) may contain little or no measurable organic matter. The ECD or any portion thereof (eg, one or more of the layers) may contain one or more liquids, which may be present in very small amounts. Few can be at most about 100 ppm, 10 ppm or 1 ppm of ECD. Solid state materials may be deposited (or otherwise formed) using one or more procedures employing liquid components, such as certain procedures employing sol-gel, physical vapor deposition, and/or chemical vapor deposition.

圖14展示根據一些實施的體現於絕緣玻璃單元(「IGU」) 1400中的可著色窗之橫截面圖的實例。當IGU被提供以用於安設於建築物中時,可能需要使IGU充當用於保持電致變色窗格之基本構造(在本文中亦被稱作「窗片」且呈單一「窗片」)。IGU窗片可為單基板或多基板構造。窗片可包含例如兩個基板之層壓物。IGU(例如,具有雙窗格或三窗格組態)可提供相較於單窗格組態之多個優點。舉例而言,多窗格組態可提供增強熱絕緣、雜訊絕緣、環境保護及/或耐用性,當相較於單窗格組態時。多窗格組態可為ECD提供增強之保護。舉例而言,電致變色膜(例如,以及相關聯層及導電互連件)可形成於多窗格IGU之內表面上且受IGU之內部體積(例如,1408)中之惰性氣體填充物保護。惰性氣體填充物可為IGU提供至少一定(熱)絕緣功能。電致變色IGU可例如藉助於吸收(及/或反射)熱及光之可著色塗層而具有熱阻擋能力。14 shows an example of a cross-sectional view of a tintable window embodied in an insulating glass unit (“IGU”) 1400, according to some implementations. When an IGU is provided for installation in a building, it may be desirable for the IGU to serve as the basic construct for holding the electrochromic pane (also referred to herein as a "window" and in the form of a single "window" ). IGU windows can be of single-substrate or multi-substrate construction. The window may comprise, for example, a laminate of two substrates. An IGU (eg, having a two-pane or three-pane configuration) can provide several advantages over a single-pane configuration. For example, a multi-pane configuration may provide enhanced thermal isolation, noise isolation, environmental protection, and/or durability when compared to a single-pane configuration. A multi-pane configuration provides enhanced protection for ECDs. For example, an electrochromic film (eg, and associated layers and conductive interconnects) can be formed on the inner surface of a multi-pane IGU and protected by an inert gas fill in the interior volume of the IGU (eg, 1408 ) . The inert gas filling can provide at least some (thermal) insulating function to the IGU. Electrochromic IGUs can have thermal barrier capabilities, for example, by means of colorable coatings that absorb (and/or reflect) heat and light.

在一些實施例中,「IGU」包括兩個(或更多個)實質上透明基板。舉例而言,IGU可包括兩個玻璃窗格。IGU之至少一個基板可包括安置於其上之電致變色裝置。IGU之一或多個窗格可具有安置於其間之分離器。IGU可為氣密密封式構造,例如具有與周圍環境隔離之內部區域。「窗總成」可包括IGU。「窗總成」可包括(例如,獨立)層壓物。「窗總成」可包括一或多根電導線,例如用於連接IGU及/或層壓物。電導線可將一或多個電致變色裝置以可操作方式耦接(例如,連接)至電壓源、開關及其類似者,且可包括支撐IGU或層壓物之框架。窗總成可包括窗控制器,及/或窗控制器之組件(例如,對接件)。In some embodiments, an "IGU" includes two (or more) substantially transparent substrates. For example, an IGU may include two panes of glass. At least one substrate of the IGU can include electrochromic devices disposed thereon. One or more panes of the IGU may have a separator disposed therebetween. The IGU may be of hermetically sealed construction, eg, having an interior region isolated from the surrounding environment. A "window assembly" may include an IGU. A "window assembly" may include (eg, stand alone) laminates. A "window assembly" may include one or more electrical leads, eg, for connecting to an IGU and/or laminate. The electrical leads can operably couple (eg, connect) one or more electrochromic devices to voltage sources, switches, and the like, and can include a frame that supports the IGU or laminate. The window assembly may include a window control, and/or components of the window control (eg, a docking piece).

圖14展示IGU 1400之實例實施,該IGU包括具有第一表面S1及第二表面S2之第一窗格1404。在一些實施中,第一窗格1404之第一表面S1面向外部環境,諸如戶外或外部環境。IGU 200亦包括具有第一表面S3及第二表面S4之第二窗格1406。在一些實施中,第二窗格(例如,1406)之第二表面(例如,S4)面向內部環境,諸如房屋、建築物、車輛或其隔室(例如,其中之封閉體,諸如房間)之內部環境。14 shows an example implementation of an IGU 1400 that includes a first pane 1404 having a first surface S1 and a second surface S2. In some implementations, the first surface S1 of the first pane 1404 faces an external environment, such as an outdoor or external environment. The IGU 200 also includes a second pane 1406 having a first surface S3 and a second surface S4. In some implementations, the second surface (eg, S4 ) of the second pane (eg, 1406 ) faces the interior environment, such as a house, building, vehicle, or its compartment (eg, an enclosure therein, such as a room) internal environment.

在一些實施中,第一及第二窗格(例如1404及1406)為透明的或半透明的,例如至少對於可見光譜中之光為透明的或半透明的。舉例而言,窗格(例如1404及1406)中之每一者可以由玻璃材料形成。玻璃材料可包括架構玻璃及/或防碎玻璃。玻璃可包含氧化矽(SO x)。玻璃可包含鈉鈣玻璃或浮法玻璃。玻璃可包含至少約75%之二氧化矽(SiO 2)。玻璃可包含氧化物,諸如Na 2O或CaO。玻璃可包含鹼金屬或鹼土氧化物。玻璃可包含一或多種添加劑。第一及/或第二窗格可包括具有合適的光學、電氣、熱及/或機械性質之任何材料。可包括於第一及/或第二窗格中之其他材料(例如,基板)為塑性、半塑性及/或熱塑性材料,例如聚(甲基丙烯酸甲酯)、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、烯丙基二乙二醇碳酸酯、苯乙烯丙烯腈共聚物(SAN)、聚(4-甲基-1-戊烯)、聚酯及/或聚醯胺。第一及/或第二窗格可包括鏡面材料(例如,銀)。在一些實施中,第一及/或第二窗格可經強化。強化可包括回火、加熱及/或化學強化。 In some implementations, the first and second panes (eg, 1404 and 1406) are transparent or translucent, eg, transparent or translucent at least for light in the visible spectrum. For example, each of the panes (eg, 1404 and 1406) may be formed from a glass material. Glass materials may include architectural glass and/or shatterproof glass. The glass may contain silicon oxide (SO x ). The glass may comprise soda lime glass or float glass. The glass may contain at least about 75% silicon dioxide (SiO 2 ). The glass may contain oxides such as Na2O or CaO. The glass may contain alkali metal or alkaline earth oxides. The glass may contain one or more additives. The first and/or second panes may comprise any material having suitable optical, electrical, thermal and/or mechanical properties. Other materials (eg, substrates) that may be included in the first and/or second panes are plastic, semi-plastic and/or thermoplastic materials such as poly(methyl methacrylate), polystyrene, polycarbonate, Allyl diethylene glycol carbonate, styrene acrylonitrile copolymer (SAN), poly(4-methyl-1-pentene), polyester and/or polyamide. The first and/or second panes may include a specular material (eg, silver). In some implementations, the first and/or second panes can be enhanced. Strengthening may include tempering, heating and/or chemical strengthening.

在一些實施例中,(多個)感測器以可操作方式耦接至至少一個控制器及/或處理器。感測器讀數可由一或多個處理器及/或控制器獲得。控制器可包含處理單元(例如,CPU或GPU)。控制器可接收輸入(例如,來自至少一個感測器)。控制器可包含電路系統、電氣佈線、光學佈線、插槽及/或插座。控制器可遞送輸出。控制器可包含多個(例如,子)控制器。控制器可為控制系統之一部分。控制系統可包含主控制器、樓層(例如,包含網路控制器)控制器、本端控制器。本端控制器可為窗控制器(例如,控制光學可切換窗)、封閉體控制器或組件控制器。舉例而言,控制器可為階層控制系統(例如,包含主控制器,該主控制器指導一或多個控制器,例如樓層控制器、本端控制器(例如,窗控制器)、封閉體控制器及/或組件控制器)之一部分。階層控制系統中之控制器類型的實體位置可發生改變。舉例而言:在第一時間:第一處理器可承擔主控制器之角色,第二處理器可承擔樓層控制器之角色,且第三處理器可承擔本端控制器之角色。在第二時間:第二處理器可承擔主控制器之角色,第一處理器可承擔樓層控制器之角色,且第三處理器可保持本端控制器之角色。在第三時間:第三處理器可承擔主控制器之角色,第二處理器可承擔樓層控制器之角色,且第一處理器可承擔本端控制器之角色。控制器可控制一或多個裝置(例如,直接耦接至裝置)。控制器可接近其正控制之一或多個裝置而安置。舉例而言,控制器可控制光學可切換裝置(例如,IGU)、天線、感測器及/或輸出裝置(例如,光源、聲源、氣味源、氣體源、HVAC插座或加熱器)。在一個實施例中,樓層控制器可指導一或多個窗控制器、一或多個封閉體控制器、一或多個組件控制器或其任何組合。樓層控制器可包含樓層控制器。舉例而言,樓層(例如,包含網路)控制器可控制複數個本端(例如,包含窗)控制器。複數個本端控制器可安置於設施之一部分中(例如,建築物之一部分中)。設施之部分可為設施之樓層。舉例而言,可將樓層控制器指派給樓層。在一些實施例中,樓層可包含複數個樓層控制器,例如取決於樓層大小及/或耦接至樓層控制器之本端控制器的數目。舉例而言,可將樓層控制器指派給樓層之一部分。舉例而言,可將樓層控制器指派給安置於設施中之本端控制器的一部分。舉例而言,可將樓層控制器指派給設施之樓層的一部分。主控制器可耦接至一或多個樓層控制器。樓層控制器可安置於設施中。主控制器可安置於設施中或設施外部。主控制器可安置於雲端中。控制器可為建築物管理系統之一部分或以可操作方式耦接至建築物管理系統。控制器可接收一或多個輸入。控制器可產生一或多個輸出。控制器可為單輸入單輸出控制器(SISO)或多輸入多輸出控制器(MIMO)。控制器可解譯所接收之輸入信號。控制器可自一或多個組件(例如,感測器)獲取資料。獲取可包含接收或提取。資料可包含量測、估計、判定、產生或其任何組合。控制器可包含回饋控制。控制器可包含前饋控制。控制可包含開關控制、比例控制、比例-積分(PI)控制或比例-積分-導數(PID)控制。控制可包含開放迴路控制或閉合迴路控制。控制器可包含閉合迴路控制。控制器可包含開放迴路控制。控制器可包含使用者介面。使用者介面可包含(或以可操作方式耦接至)鍵盤、小鍵盤、滑鼠、觸控螢幕、麥克風、語音辨識封裝、相機、成像系統或其任何組合。輸出可包括顯示器(例如,螢幕)、揚聲器或印表機。圖15展示控制系統架構1500之實例,該控制系統架構包含控制樓層控制器1506之主控制器1508,該樓層控制器繼而控制本端控制器1504。在一些實施例中,本端控制器控制一或多個IGU、一或多個感測器、一或多個輸出裝置(例如,一或多個發射器)或其任何組合。圖15展示主控制器以可操作方式耦接(例如,無線及/或有線)至建築物管理系統(BMS)1524及資料庫1520之組態的實例。圖15中之箭頭表示通信路徑。控制器可以可操作方式耦接(例如,直接/間接及/或有線及/無線地)至外部源1510。外部源可包含網路。外部源可包含一或多個感測器或輸出裝置。外部源可包含基於雲端之應用程式及/或資料庫。通信可為有線及/或無線的。外部源可安置於設施外部。舉例而言,外部源可包含安置於例如壁上或設施之頂板上的一或多個感測器及/或天線。通信可為單向或雙向的。在圖15中所示之實例中,所有通信箭頭之通信均意欲為雙向的。圖15展示封閉體1501 (例如,建築物)之透視圖之實例。In some embodiments, the sensor(s) are operably coupled to at least one controller and/or processor. Sensor readings may be obtained by one or more processors and/or controllers. A controller may include a processing unit (eg, a CPU or GPU). The controller can receive input (eg, from at least one sensor). The controller may include circuitry, electrical wiring, optical wiring, sockets, and/or sockets. The controller can deliver output. A controller may contain multiple (eg, sub) controllers. The controller may be part of a control system. The control system may include a main controller, a floor (eg, including a network controller) controller, and a local controller. The local controller may be a window controller (eg, controlling an optically switchable window), an enclosure controller, or a component controller. For example, the controller may be a hierarchical control system (eg, including a master controller that directs one or more controllers, such as floor controllers, local controllers (eg, window controllers), enclosures controller and/or component controller). The physical location of controller types in a hierarchical control system can change. For example: at the first time: the first processor can assume the role of the main controller, the second processor can assume the role of the floor controller, and the third processor can assume the role of the local controller. At the second time: the second processor can assume the role of the main controller, the first processor can assume the role of the floor controller, and the third processor can maintain the role of the local controller. At the third time: the third processor can assume the role of the main controller, the second processor can assume the role of the floor controller, and the first processor can assume the role of the local controller. The controller may control one or more devices (eg, directly coupled to the devices). A controller may be positioned proximate to one or more devices it is controlling. For example, the controller may control optically switchable devices (eg, IGUs), antennas, sensors, and/or output devices (eg, light sources, sound sources, odor sources, gas sources, HVAC outlets, or heaters). In one embodiment, a floor controller may direct one or more window controllers, one or more enclosure controllers, one or more component controllers, or any combination thereof. Floor controllers may include floor controllers. For example, a floor (eg, including a network) controller can control a plurality of local (eg, including a window) controller. A plurality of local controllers may be located in a portion of a facility (eg, in a portion of a building). Part of the facility may be the floor of the facility. For example, floor controllers can be assigned to floors. In some embodiments, a floor may include a plurality of floor controllers, eg, depending on the floor size and/or the number of local controllers coupled to the floor controllers. For example, a floor controller can be assigned to a portion of a floor. For example, a floor controller can be assigned to a portion of the local controllers located in the facility. For example, a floor controller can be assigned to a portion of a floor of a facility. The main controller can be coupled to one or more floor controllers. Floor controllers can be placed in the facility. The main controller can be located in the facility or outside the facility. The main controller can be located in the cloud. The controller may be part of or operably coupled to the building management system. The controller can receive one or more inputs. The controller can generate one or more outputs. The controller may be a single-input single-output controller (SISO) or a multiple-input multiple-output controller (MIMO). The controller can interpret the received input signal. The controller may obtain data from one or more components (eg, sensors). Acquiring can include receiving or extracting. Data may include measurements, estimates, determinations, generation, or any combination thereof. The controller may contain feedback control. The controller may include feedforward control. Control may include on-off control, proportional control, proportional-integral (PI) control, or proportional-integral-derivative (PID) control. Control may include open loop control or closed loop control. The controller may include closed loop control. The controller may contain open loop control. The controller may include a user interface. The user interface may include (or be operably coupled to) a keyboard, keypad, mouse, touch screen, microphone, speech recognition package, camera, imaging system, or any combination thereof. The output may include a display (eg, a screen), speakers, or a printer. FIG. 15 shows an example of a control system architecture 1500 that includes a master controller 1508 that controls a floor controller 1506 , which in turn controls a home controller 1504 . In some embodiments, the local controller controls one or more IGUs, one or more sensors, one or more output devices (eg, one or more transmitters), or any combination thereof. 15 shows an example of a configuration in which a master controller is operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a building management system (BMS) 1524 and database 1520. Arrows in FIG. 15 indicate communication paths. The controller may be operably coupled (eg, directly/indirectly and/or wired and/wirelessly) to the external source 1510 . External sources can include networks. The external source may include one or more sensors or output devices. External sources may include cloud-based applications and/or databases. Communication may be wired and/or wireless. External sources may be located outside the facility. For example, the external source may include one or more sensors and/or antennas disposed on, for example, a wall or ceiling of a facility. Communication can be one-way or two-way. In the example shown in Figure 15, the communication of all communication arrows is intended to be bidirectional. 15 shows an example of a perspective view of an enclosure 1501 (eg, a building).

控制器可監測及/或指導本文中所描述之設備、軟體及/或方法之操作條件的(例如,實體)更改。控制可包含調節、操控、限制、指導、監測、調整、調變、改變、更改、約束、檢查、導引或管理。控制(例如,由控制器進行)可包括衰減、調變、改變、管理、抑制、規訓、調節、約束、監督、操控及/或導引。控制可包含控制控制變數(例如,溫度、功率、電壓及/或剖面)。控制可包含即時或離線控制。控制器利用之計算可以即時及/或離線進行。控制器可為手動或非手動控制器。控制器可為自動控制器。控制器可在請求時操作。控制器可為可程式化控制器。控制器可經程式化。控制器可包含處理單元(例如,CPU或GPU)。控制器可接收輸入(例如,來自至少一個感測器)。控制器可遞送輸出。控制器可包含多個(例如,子)控制器。控制器可為控制系統之一部分。控制系統可包含主控制器、樓層控制器、本端控制器(例如,封閉體控制器或窗控制器)。控制器可接收一或多個輸入。控制器可產生一或多個輸出。控制器可為單輸入單輸出控制器(SISO)或多輸入多輸出控制器(MIMO)。控制器可解譯所接收之輸入信號。控制器可自一或多個感測器獲取資料。獲取可包含接收或提取。資料可包含量測、估計、判定、產生或其任何組合。控制器可包含回饋控制。控制器可包含前饋控制。控制可包含開關控制、比例控制、比例-積分(PI)控制或比例-積分-導數(PID)控制。控制可包含開放迴路控制或閉合迴路控制。控制器可包含閉合迴路控制。控制器可包含開放迴路控制。控制器可包含使用者介面。使用者介面可包含(或以可操作方式耦接至)鍵盤、小鍵盤、滑鼠、觸控螢幕、麥克風、語音辨識封裝、相機、成像系統或其任何組合。輸出可包括顯示器(例如,螢幕)、揚聲器或印表機。本文中所描述之方法、系統及/或設備可包含控制系統。控制系統可與本文中所描述之任一設備(例如,感測器)通信。感測器可屬於相同類型或不同類型,例如,如本文中所描述。舉例而言,控制系統可與第一感測器及/或第二感測器通信。控制系統可控制一或多個感測器。控制系統可控制建築物管理系統之一或多個組件(例如,照明、安全及/或空氣調節系統)。控制器可調節封閉體之至少一個(例如,環境)特性。控制系統可使用建築物管理系統之任何組件來調節封閉體環境。舉例而言,控制系統可調節由加熱元件及/或冷卻元件供應之能量。舉例而言,控制系統可調節經由通風口流動至封閉體及/或自封閉體流動之空氣的速率。控制系統可包含處理器。處理器可為處理單元。控制器可包含處理單元。處理單元可為中央處理單元。處理單元可包含中央處理單元(本文中縮寫為「CPU」)。處理單元可為圖形處理單元(本文中縮寫為「GPU」)。(多個)控制器或控制機構(例如,包含電腦系統)可經程式化以實施本發明之一或多種方法。處理器可經程式化以實施本發明之方法。控制器可控制形成本文中所揭示之系統及/或設備的至少一個組件。A controller may monitor and/or direct (eg, physical) changes to the operating conditions of the apparatus, software, and/or methods described herein. Controlling may include regulating, manipulating, limiting, directing, monitoring, adjusting, modulating, altering, altering, restraining, checking, directing or managing. Controlling (eg, by a controller) may include attenuating, modulating, changing, managing, suppressing, discipline, regulating, constraining, supervising, manipulating, and/or directing. Controlling may include controlling control variables (eg, temperature, power, voltage, and/or profile). Control can include instant or offline control. The calculations utilized by the controller can be performed in real-time and/or offline. The controller can be manual or non-manual. The controller may be an automatic controller. The controller can operate on request. The controller may be a programmable controller. The controller can be programmed. A controller may include a processing unit (eg, a CPU or GPU). The controller can receive input (eg, from at least one sensor). The controller can deliver output. A controller may contain multiple (eg, sub) controllers. The controller may be part of a control system. The control system may include master controllers, floor controllers, local controllers (eg, enclosure controllers or window controllers). The controller can receive one or more inputs. The controller can generate one or more outputs. The controller may be a single-input single-output controller (SISO) or a multiple-input multiple-output controller (MIMO). The controller can interpret the received input signal. The controller may obtain data from one or more sensors. Acquiring can include receiving or extracting. Data may include measurements, estimates, determinations, generation, or any combination thereof. The controller may contain feedback control. The controller may include feedforward control. Control may include on-off control, proportional control, proportional-integral (PI) control, or proportional-integral-derivative (PID) control. Control may include open loop control or closed loop control. The controller may include closed loop control. The controller may contain open loop control. The controller may include a user interface. The user interface may include (or be operably coupled to) a keyboard, keypad, mouse, touch screen, microphone, speech recognition package, camera, imaging system, or any combination thereof. The output may include a display (eg, a screen), speakers, or a printer. The methods, systems and/or apparatus described herein may include a control system. The control system can communicate with any of the devices (eg, sensors) described herein. The sensors may be of the same type or of different types, eg, as described herein. For example, the control system may communicate with the first sensor and/or the second sensor. The control system can control one or more sensors. The control system may control one or more components of the building management system (eg, lighting, security and/or air conditioning systems). The controller can adjust at least one (eg, environmental) characteristic of the enclosure. The control system may use any component of the building management system to regulate the enclosure environment. For example, the control system may regulate the energy supplied by the heating element and/or the cooling element. For example, the control system may regulate the rate of air flowing to and/or from the enclosure through the vent. The control system may include a processor. The processor may be a processing unit. The controller may include a processing unit. The processing unit may be a central processing unit. The processing unit may include a central processing unit (abbreviated herein as "CPU"). The processing unit may be a graphics processing unit (abbreviated herein as "GPU"). The controller(s) or control mechanism (eg, including a computer system) may be programmed to implement one or more of the methods of the present invention. A processor can be programmed to implement the methods of the present invention. A controller may control at least one component forming the systems and/or apparatus disclosed herein.

圖16展示電腦系統1600之示意性實例,該電腦系統經程式化或以其他方式組態為本文中所提供之任何方法之一或多個操作。電腦系統可控制(例如,指導、監測及/或調節)本發明之方法、設備及系統的各種特徵,諸如控制封閉體之加熱、冷卻、照明及/或通風,或其任何組合。電腦系統可為本文中所揭示之任何感測器或裝置(例如,包括感測器及/或發射器)集之部分或與任何感測器或裝置集通信。電腦可耦接至本文中所揭示之一或多個機構及/或其任何部分。舉例而言,電腦可耦接至一或多個感測器、閥、開關、燈、窗(例如,IGU)、馬達、泵、光學組件或其任何組合。16 shows a schematic example of a computer system 1600 programmed or otherwise configured to operate one or more of any of the methods provided herein. The computer system may control (eg, direct, monitor, and/or adjust) various features of the methods, apparatus, and systems of the present invention, such as controlling heating, cooling, lighting, and/or ventilation of the enclosure, or any combination thereof. The computer system may be part of or in communication with any set of sensors or devices disclosed herein (eg, including sensors and/or transmitters). A computer may be coupled to one or more of the mechanisms disclosed herein and/or any portion thereof. For example, a computer may be coupled to one or more sensors, valves, switches, lights, windows (eg, IGUs), motors, pumps, optical components, or any combination thereof.

在一些實施例中,電路系統以可操作方式(例如,以通信方式)耦接至封閉體(例如,包含建築物之設施)之網路。電路系統可包含驅動器板或控制器。控制器可為本文中所揭示之任何控制器(例如,(例如,階層式)控制系統之時序控制器、觸控螢幕控制器及/或任何控制器)。控制器可以可操作方式耦接至裝置集。裝置集可包含感測器或發射器。舉例而言,裝置集可包含複數個感測器、複數個發射器或其任何組合。發射器可為光發射器(例如,LED)或聲音發射器(例如,蜂音器或揚聲器)。感測器可感測環境之任何環境特性(例如,光、溫度、(例如,大氣之)化學成分或聲音)。化學成分可包含揮發性有機化合物(VOC)、二氧化碳、氧氣、一氧化碳、硫化氫或濕氣。控制系統可經組態以例如使用建築物管理系統控制(例如,經由網路)環境。控制系統可經組態以控制(例如,經由網路)封閉體(例如,設施)之通風、加熱、空氣調節、冷卻、照明、安全、安全性、火災或聲波系統。控制系統可經組態以控制(例如,經由網路)至少一個可著色窗、顯示構造及/或觸控螢幕。網路可促進更新與裝置相關聯之軟體(例如,非暫時性電腦可讀媒體)中之任一者,網路以可操作方式(例如,以通信方式)耦接至該等裝置。網路可促進更新與裝置相關聯之邏輯(例如,控制邏輯)中之任一者,網路以可操作方式(例如,以通信方式)耦接至該等裝置。邏輯可嵌入於軟體中。網路可促進更新與裝置相關聯之資料串流中之任一者,網路以可操作方式(例如,以通信方式)耦接至該等裝置。更新可為即時的。網路可促進具有至多約2毫秒(ms)、3 ms、4 ms、5 ms、7 ms、10 ms或15 ms之延遲的回應時間及/或更新時間。網路可促進低時延通信。顯示構造、觸控螢幕功能性及/或可著色窗可(例如,各自)具有獨特識別(字母數字)程式碼。顯示構造、觸控螢幕功能性及/或可著色窗可(例如,各自)藉由網路及/或控制系統唯一地辨識。顯示構造、觸控螢幕功能性及/或可著色窗可(例如,各自)藉由網路及/或控制系統唯一地識別為裝置及/或節點。In some embodiments, the circuitry is operably (eg, communicatively) coupled to a network of enclosures (eg, facilities including buildings). The circuitry may include a driver board or a controller. The controller can be any of the controllers disclosed herein (eg, a timing controller of a (eg, hierarchical) control system, a touch screen controller, and/or any controller). The controller may be operably coupled to the set of devices. A set of devices may include sensors or transmitters. For example, a set of devices may include a plurality of sensors, a plurality of transmitters, or any combination thereof. The transmitters may be light transmitters (eg, LEDs) or sound transmitters (eg, buzzers or speakers). A sensor can sense any environmental characteristic of the environment (eg, light, temperature, chemical composition (eg, of the atmosphere), or sound). The chemical composition may contain volatile organic compounds (VOCs), carbon dioxide, oxygen, carbon monoxide, hydrogen sulfide or moisture. The control system may be configured to control (eg, via a network) the environment, eg, using a building management system. The control system can be configured to control (eg, via a network) the ventilation, heating, air conditioning, cooling, lighting, security, security, fire, or acoustic systems of the enclosure (eg, facility). The control system can be configured to control (eg, via a network) at least one tintable window, display structure, and/or touch screen. A network may facilitate updating any of the software (eg, non-transitory computer-readable media) associated with the devices to which the network is operably (eg, communicatively) coupled. The network may facilitate updating any of the logic (eg, control logic) associated with the devices to which the network is operably (eg, communicatively) coupled. Logic can be embedded in software. A network may facilitate updating any of the data streams associated with devices to which the network is operatively (eg, communicatively) coupled. Updates can be instant. The network may facilitate response times and/or update times with delays of up to about 2 milliseconds (ms), 3 ms, 4 ms, 5 ms, 7 ms, 10 ms, or 15 ms. Networks facilitate low-latency communications. The display structure, touch screen functionality, and/or tintable windows may (eg, each) have a unique identifying (alphanumeric) code. Display structures, touch screen functionality, and/or tintable windows may (eg, each) be uniquely identified by a network and/or control system. Display structures, touchscreen functionality, and/or tintable windows may (eg, each) be uniquely identified as devices and/or nodes by a network and/or control system.

在一些實施例中,裝置(例如,顯示構造、觸控螢幕功能性及/或可著色窗)以通信方式耦接至網路。第三方裝置及/或資料串流(例如,第三方媒體提供商)可利用網路鑑認協定,例如以與控制系統及/或另一裝置通信。網路鑑認協定可打開用於網路存取之一或多個埠。在組織及/或設施鑑認(例如,經由網路鑑認)嘗試以可操作方式耦接(及/或實體地耦接)至網路之裝置的身分時,可打開(多個)埠。操作性耦接可包含以通信方式耦接。組織及/或設施可授權(例如,使用網路)裝置對網路之存取。存取可或可不受限。限制可包含一或多個安全層級。可基於憑證及/或證書而判定裝置之身分。憑證及/或證書可由網路(例如,由以可操作方式耦接至網路之伺服器)確認。鑑認協定可或可不特定用於例如利用封包之區域網路(LAN)中的實體通信(例如,乙太網路通信)。標準可由電機電子工程師學會(IEEE)來維持。標準可指定實體媒體(例如,目標設備)及/或網路(例如,乙太網路)之工作特性。網路連接標準可支援區域(例如,乙太網路)網路上之虛擬LAN (VLAN)。標準可支援經由區域網路(例如,乙太網路)之功率。網路可經由電力線(例如,同軸電纜)提供通信。功率可為直流電(DC)功率。功率可為至少約12瓦特(W)、15 W、25 W、30 W、40 W、48 W、50 W或100 W。標準可促進網狀網路連接。標準可促進區域網路(LAN)技術及/或廣域網路(WAN)應用。標準可例如藉由各種類型之電纜(例如,同軸、雙絞線、銅電纜及/或光纜)來促進目標設備及/或基礎設施裝置(集線器、交換器、路由器)之間的實體連接。網路鑑認協定之實例可為802.1X或KERBEROS。網路鑑認協定可包含秘密密鑰密碼術。網路可支援包含802.3、802.3af(PoE)、802.3at(PoE+)、802.1Q或802.11s的(例如,通信)協定。網路可支援用於建築物自動化及控制(BAC)網路(例如,BACnet)之通信協定。協定可限定用於在耦接至網路之各種裝置之間通信的(多種)服務。該一或多個裝置包括感測器、發射器、可著色窗、顯示構造、觸控螢幕功能性、控制器、收發器、天線、第三方媒體提供商相關設備、個人電腦、行動電路系統(例如,膝上型電腦、蜂巢式電話、觸控板)及/或任何其他(例如,第三方)裝置。協定服務可包括裝置及物件發現(例如,Who-Is、I-Am、Who-Has及/或I-Have)。協定服務可包括讀取性質及寫入性質(例如,用於資料共用)。網路協定可限定(例如,服務所作用的)物件類型。協定可限定一或多個資料連結及/或實體層(例如,ARCNET、乙太網路、BACnet/IP、BACnet/IPv6、BACnet/MSTP、經由RS-232之點對點、經由RS-485之主從/符記傳遞、ZigBee及/或LonTalk)。協定可專用於裝置(例如,物聯網(IoT)裝置及/或機器對機器(M2M)通信)。協定可為傳訊協定。協定可為發佈-訂閱類型協定。協定可經組態用於傳訊輸送。協定可經組態用於遠端裝置。協定可經組態用於具有較小程式碼佔據面積及/或最小網路頻寬之裝置。較小程式碼佔據面積可經組態以由微控制器處置。協定可具有複數個服務品質位準,包括(i)至多一次、(ii)至少一次及/或(iii)恰好一次。複數個服務品質位準可提高網路中之訊息遞送(例如,至其目標)的可靠性。協定可促進(i)裝置至雲端之間及/或(ii)雲端至裝置之間的傳訊。傳訊協定經組態以用於將訊息廣播至裝置群組(例如,如本文中所描述),諸如感測器及/或發射器。協定可符合結構化資訊標準促進組織(OASIS)。協定可支援諸如鑑認(例如,使用符記)之安全方案。協定可支援存取委託標準(例如,OAuth)。協定可支援准予第一應用程式(及/或網站)存取第二應用程式(及/或網站)上之資訊,而無需向第二應用程式提供與第一應用程式相關之安全程式碼(例如,符記及/或密碼)。協定可包含訊息佇列遙測輸送(MQTT)或進階訊息佇列協定(AMQP)協定。協定可經組態用於至少一(1)個訊息/秒(例如,每一發佈者)或更多訊息/秒(例如,每一發佈者)之訊息率。協定可經組態以促進至多約64、86、96或128個位元組之訊息有效負載大小。協定可經組態以與操作協定相容(例如,MQTT)庫及/或經由網路連接至相容代理(例如,MQTT代理)之任何裝置通信(例如,自微控制器至伺服器)。每一裝置(例如,目標設備、感測器或發射器)可為發佈者及/或用戶。至少一個代理可處置數百萬個並行連接之裝置,或小於數百萬個並行連接之裝置。代理可處置至少約100、10000、100000、1000000或10000000個並行連接之裝置。在一些實施例中,代理負責接收至少一部分(例如,所有)訊息、濾波訊息、判定誰對每一訊息感興趣及/或發送訊息至此等訂用裝置(例如,代理用戶端)。協定可能需要至網路之網際網路連接性。協定可促進雙向及/或同步同級間傳訊。協定可為二進位有線協定。此網路協定、控制系統及網路之實例可見於2020年3月26日申請的標題為「MESSAGING IN A MULTI CLIENT NETWORK」之美國臨時專利申請案第63/000,342號中,該美國臨時專利申請案以全文引用的方式併入本文中。In some embodiments, devices (eg, display structures, touchscreen functionality, and/or tintable windows) are communicatively coupled to a network. A third-party device and/or data stream (eg, a third-party media provider) may utilize a network authentication protocol, eg, to communicate with a control system and/or another device. A network authentication protocol can open one or more ports for network access. Port(s) may be opened when an organization and/or facility authenticates (eg, via network authentication) the identity of a device attempting to operably couple (and/or physically couple) to a network. Operatively coupled may include communicatively coupled. An organization and/or facility may authorize (eg, use a network) a device's access to the network. Access may or may not be limited. Restrictions can contain one or more security levels. The identity of the device may be determined based on credentials and/or credentials. Credentials and/or certificates may be validated by the network (eg, by a server operably coupled to the network). Authentication protocols may or may not be specific to physical communications (eg, Ethernet communications), eg, in a local area network (LAN) using packets. Standards may be maintained by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). Standards may specify operating characteristics of physical media (eg, target devices) and/or networks (eg, Ethernet). The networking standard can support virtual LANs (VLANs) on regional (eg, Ethernet) networks. The standard may support power over a local area network (eg, Ethernet). A network may provide communication via power lines (eg, coaxial cables). The power may be direct current (DC) power. The power may be at least about 12 watts (W), 15 W, 25 W, 30 W, 40 W, 48 W, 50 W, or 100 W. Standards facilitate mesh networking. Standards may facilitate local area network (LAN) technology and/or wide area network (WAN) applications. Standards may facilitate physical connections between target devices and/or infrastructure devices (hubs, switches, routers), eg, by various types of cables (eg, coaxial, twisted pair, copper, and/or fiber optic cables). Examples of network authentication protocols may be 802.1X or KERBEROS. The network authentication protocol may include secret key cryptography. The network may support (eg, communications) protocols including 802.3, 802.3af (PoE), 802.3at (PoE+), 802.1Q, or 802.11s. The network may support communication protocols for building automation and control (BAC) networks (eg, BACnet). A protocol may define service(s) for communication between various devices coupled to a network. The one or more devices include sensors, transmitters, tintable windows, display structures, touch screen functionality, controllers, transceivers, antennas, third party media provider related equipment, personal computers, mobile circuitry ( For example, laptops, cellular phones, trackpads) and/or any other (eg, third party) devices. Agreement services may include device and object discovery (eg, Who-Is, I-Am, Who-Has, and/or I-Have). Agreed services may include read properties and write properties (eg, for data sharing). A network protocol may define the type of object (eg, on which the service acts). Protocols may define one or more data links and/or physical layers (eg, ARCNET, Ethernet, BACnet/IP, BACnet/IPv6, BACnet/MSTP, peer-to-peer via RS-232, master-slave via RS-485 / token pass, ZigBee and/or LonTalk). A protocol may be specific to a device (eg, Internet of Things (IoT) devices and/or machine-to-machine (M2M) communications). The agreement may be a subpoena agreement. The contract may be a publish-subscribe type contract. Protocols can be configured for messaging. The protocol can be configured for the remote device. The protocol can be configured for devices with a smaller code footprint and/or minimal network bandwidth. The smaller code footprint can be configured to be handled by the microcontroller. An agreement may have a plurality of quality of service levels, including (i) at most once, (ii) at least once, and/or (iii) exactly once. A plurality of quality of service levels can improve the reliability of message delivery (eg, to its destination) in the network. The protocol may facilitate (i) device-to-cloud and/or (ii) cloud-to-device communication. The messaging protocol is configured for broadcasting messages to groups of devices (eg, as described herein), such as sensors and/or transmitters. The agreement may conform to the Organization for the Advancement of Structured Information Standards (OASIS). The protocol may support security schemes such as authentication (eg, using tokens). The protocol may support access delegation standards (eg, OAuth). The protocol may support granting a first application (and/or website) access to information on a second application (and/or website) without providing the second application with security code associated with the first application (such as , token and/or password). Protocols may include Message Queueing Telemetry Transport (MQTT) or Advanced Message Queueing Protocol (AMQP) protocols. The agreement may be configured for a message rate of at least one (1) message/sec (eg, per publisher) or more messages/sec (eg, per publisher). The protocol can be configured to facilitate message payload sizes of up to about 64, 86, 96, or 128 bytes. A protocol can be configured to communicate (eg, from a microcontroller to a server) with a library that operates a protocol compliant (eg, MQTT) and/or any device that connects to a compliant broker (eg, MQTT broker) over a network. Each device (eg, target device, sensor, or transmitter) may be a publisher and/or a user. At least one agent can handle millions of concurrently connected devices, or less than millions of concurrently connected devices. The agent can handle at least about 100, 10,000, 100,000, 1,000,000, or 1,000,000 devices connected in parallel. In some embodiments, the proxy is responsible for receiving at least a portion (eg, all) of the messages, filtering the messages, determining who is interested in each message, and/or sending messages to such subscribed devices (eg, the proxy client). The protocol may require Internet connectivity to the network. Protocols may facilitate bidirectional and/or synchronous peer-to-peer messaging. The protocol may be a binary wire protocol. An example of this network protocol, control system and network can be found in US Provisional Patent Application No. 63/000,342, filed March 26, 2020, entitled "MESSAGING IN A MULTI CLIENT NETWORK" The case is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

電腦系統可以包括處理單元(例如1606)(本文中亦使用「處理器」、「電腦」及「電腦處理器」)。電腦系統可包括記憶體或記憶體位置(例如,1602)(例如,隨機存取記憶體、唯讀記憶體、快閃記憶體)、電子儲存單元(例如,1604)(例如,硬碟)、用於與一或多個其他系統通信之通信介面(例如,1603)(例如,網路配接器),及周邊裝置(例如,1605),諸如快取記憶體、其他記憶體、資料儲存器及/或電子顯示配接器。在圖16中所展示之實例中,記憶體1602、儲存單元1604、介面1603及周邊裝置1605經由通信匯流排(實線),諸如母板與處理單元1606通信。儲存單元可為用於儲存資料之資料儲存單元(或資料儲存庫)。電腦系統可藉助於通信介面以可操作方式耦接至電腦網路(「網路」)(例如,1601)。網路可為網際網路、網際網路及/或企業間網路,或與網際網路通信之企業內部網路及/或企業間網路。在一些情況下,網路為電信及/或資料網路。網路可包括一或多個電腦伺服器,該一或多個電腦伺服器可使得能夠進行分散式計算,諸如雲端計算。在一些情況下,網路可藉助於電腦系統實施同級間網路,其可使得耦接至電腦系統之裝置能夠充當用戶端或伺服器。A computer system may include a processing unit (eg, 1606) ("processor," "computer," and "computer processor" are also used herein). A computer system may include memory or memory locations (eg, 1602) (eg, random access memory, ROM, flash memory), electronic storage units (eg, 1604) (eg, hard disks), Communication interfaces (eg, 1603) for communicating with one or more other systems (eg, network adapters), and peripheral devices (eg, 1605), such as cache memory, other memory, data storage and/or electronic display adapter. In the example shown in Figure 16, memory 1602, storage unit 1604, interface 1603, and peripherals 1605 communicate with processing unit 1606 via a communication bus (solid line), such as a motherboard. The storage unit may be a data storage unit (or data repository) for storing data. The computer system may be operably coupled to a computer network ("network") (eg, 1601) by means of a communication interface. A network can be the Internet, an Internet and/or an inter-enterprise network, or a corporate intranet and/or an inter-enterprise network that communicates with the Internet. In some cases, the network is a telecommunications and/or data network. A network may include one or more computer servers that may enable decentralized computing, such as cloud computing. In some cases, a network may implement a peer-to-peer network with the aid of a computer system, which may enable devices coupled to the computer system to act as clients or servers.

處理單元可執行可體現於程式或軟體中之機器可讀指令序列。該等指令可儲存於諸如記憶體1602之記憶體位置中。可將該等指令指導至處理單元,該處理單元可隨後程式化或以其他方式組態處理單元以實施本發明之方法。由處理單元執行之操作的實例可包括提取、解碼、執行及寫回。處理單元可解譯及/或執行指令。處理器可包括微處理器、資料處理器、中央處理單元(CPU)、圖形處理單元(GPU)、系統單晶片(SOC)、共處理器、網路處理器、特殊應用積體電路(ASIC)、特殊應用指令集處理器(ASIP)、控制器、可程式化邏輯裝置(PLD)、晶片組、場可程式化閘陣列(FPGA)或其任何組合。處理單元可為諸如積體電路之電路的部分。系統1600之一或多個其他組件可以包括於電路中。The processing unit can execute a sequence of machine-readable instructions that can be embodied in a program or software. These instructions may be stored in a memory location such as memory 1602. These instructions can be directed to a processing unit, which can then program or otherwise configure the processing unit to implement the methods of the present invention. Examples of operations performed by a processing unit may include fetching, decoding, executing, and writing back. The processing unit may interpret and/or execute the instructions. Processors may include microprocessors, data processors, central processing units (CPUs), graphics processing units (GPUs), system-on-chips (SOCs), co-processors, network processors, application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs) , Application Specific Instruction Set Processor (ASIP), controller, Programmable Logic Device (PLD), Chipset, Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or any combination thereof. The processing unit may be part of a circuit such as an integrated circuit. One or more of the other components of system 1600 may be included in a circuit.

儲存單元可儲存檔案,諸如驅動程式、程式庫及保存的程式。儲存單元可儲存使用者資料(例如,使用者偏好及使用者程式)。在一些情況下,電腦系統可包括一或多個額外資料儲存單元,該等資料儲存單元處於電腦系統外部,諸如位於經由企業內部網路或網際網路與電腦系統通信之遠端伺服器上。The storage unit can store files, such as drivers, libraries, and saved programs. The storage unit may store user data (eg, user preferences and user programs). In some cases, the computer system may include one or more additional data storage units external to the computer system, such as on a remote server that communicates with the computer system via an intranet or the Internet.

電腦系統可經由網路與一或多個遠端電腦系統通信。舉例而言,電腦系統可與使用者(例如,操作者)之遠端電腦系統通信。遠端電腦系統之實例包括個人電腦(例如,攜帶型PC)、平板或平板電腦PC(例如,Apple® iPad、Samsung® Galaxy Tab)、電話、智慧型電話(例如,Apple® iPhone、具備Android功能之裝置、Blackberry®),或個人數位助理。使用者(例如,用戶端)可經由網路存取電腦系統。The computer system may communicate with one or more remote computer systems via a network. For example, a computer system can communicate with a remote computer system of a user (eg, an operator). Examples of remote computer systems include personal computers (eg, portable PCs), tablet or tablet PCs (eg, Apple® iPad, Samsung® Galaxy Tab), telephones, smart phones (eg, Apple® iPhone, Android-enabled device, Blackberry®), or a personal digital assistant. A user (eg, a client) can access the computer system via a network.

如本文中所描述之方法可藉助於機器(例如,電腦處理器)可執行程式碼來實施,該程式碼儲存於電腦系統之電子儲存位置上,諸如儲存於記憶體1602或電子儲存單元1604上。機器可執行或機器可讀程式碼可按軟體形式來提供。在使用期間,處理器1606可執行程式碼。在一些情況下,可自儲存單元擷取程式碼且將其儲存於記憶體上以準備好供處理器存取。在一些情形下,可以排除電子儲存單元,並將機器可執行指令儲存於記憶體上。The methods as described herein may be implemented by means of machine (eg, computer processor) executable code stored on an electronic storage location of a computer system, such as on memory 1602 or electronic storage unit 1604 . Machine-executable or machine-readable code may be provided in the form of software. During use, processor 1606 can execute code. In some cases, the code may be retrieved from the storage unit and stored on memory ready for access by the processor. In some cases, the electronic storage unit may be eliminated and the machine-executable instructions stored on memory.

程式碼可經預編譯且經組態以供具有經調適以執行程式碼之處理器的機器使用,或可在執行階段期間編譯。程式碼可用程式設計語言提供,該程式設計語言可經選擇以使得程式碼能夠以預編譯或編譯時(as-compiled)方式執行。The code may be precompiled and configured for use by a machine with a processor adapted to execute the code, or may be compiled during the execution phase. The code may be provided in a programming language that may be selected to enable the code to be executed in a precompiled or as-compiled manner.

在一些實施例中,處理器包含程式碼。程式碼可為程式指令。程式指令可使得至少一個處理器(例如,電腦)指導前饋及/或回饋控制迴路。在一些實施例中,程式指令使至少一個處理器指導閉合迴路及/或開放迴路控制方案。控制可至少部分地基於一或多個感測器讀數(例如,感測器資料)。一個控制器可指導複數個操作。至少兩個操作可由不同控制器指導。在一些實施例中,不同控制器可指導操作(a)、(b)及(c)中之至少兩者。在一些實施例中,不同控制器可指導操作(a)、(b)及(c)中之至少兩者。在一些實施例中,非暫時性電腦可讀媒體使每一不同電腦指導操作(a)、(b)及(c)中之至少兩者。在一些實施例中,不同的非暫時性電腦可讀媒體使得每一不同電腦指導操作(a)、(b)及(c)中之至少兩者。控制器及/或電腦可讀媒體可指導本文中所揭示之設備或其組件中之任一者。控制器及/或電腦可讀媒體可指導本文中所揭示之方法的任何操作。In some embodiments, the processor includes program code. The code can be program instructions. Program instructions may cause at least one processor (eg, a computer) to direct the feedforward and/or feedback control loop. In some embodiments, the program instructions cause at least one processor to direct a closed loop and/or open loop control scheme. Control may be based at least in part on one or more sensor readings (eg, sensor data). One controller can direct multiple operations. At least two operations may be directed by different controllers. In some embodiments, different controllers may direct at least two of operations (a), (b), and (c). In some embodiments, different controllers may direct at least two of operations (a), (b), and (c). In some embodiments, the non-transitory computer-readable medium causes each distinct computer to direct at least two of operations (a), (b), and (c). In some embodiments, different non-transitory computer-readable media cause each different computer to direct at least two of operations (a), (b), and (c). A controller and/or computer-readable medium may direct any of the apparatuses disclosed herein or components thereof. A controller and/or computer-readable medium may direct any operation of the methods disclosed herein.

在一些實施例中,至少一個顯示構造及(多個)相關聯整合玻璃單元彼此協調操作。至少一個顯示構造及相關聯可著色窗(例如,(多個)整合玻璃單元)之控制可經由顯示構造控制與可著色窗控制之整合。舉例而言,顯示構造及可著色玻璃可例如經由網路以可操作方式(例如,以通信方式)耦接至控制系統。至少一個顯示構造之控制可經由乙太網路。可在使用一或多個相關聯顯示構造時調整(多個)可著色窗之色調等級。可在使用一或多個顯示構造時自動改變(例如,變暗)可著色窗之色調等級。自動改變(例如,變暗或變亮)(多個)可著色窗之色調等級可至少部分地基於外部輻射及/或顯示對比度。自動改變可著色窗之色調等級可至少部分地基於隱私(例如,限制自設施外部之某人看到顯示構造之能力)。當使用(多個)可著色窗時,可著色窗之區可具有其(自動)更改(例如,變暗或變亮)之色調等級。可著色窗之區可包含複數個可著色窗。該區可包含(i)面向封閉體(例如,設施)之特定方向之可著色窗;(ii)設施之特定面(例如,立面)上之複數個可著色窗;(iii)設施之特定樓層上之可著色窗;(iv)特定類型之房間及/或活動(例如,開放空間、辦公室、會議室、講演廳、走廊、接待大廳或自助餐廳)中之複數個可著色窗;(v)安置於相同固定件(例如,內壁或外壁)上之可著色窗;及/或(vi)使用者限定之複數個可著色窗(例如,房間中或立面上之可著色窗群組,亦即可著色窗之較大群組之子集,例如在八個可著色窗中之一者上具有顯示構造之會議室可使八個可著色窗-區之色調變暗)。可著色窗之(自動)著色可至少部分地基於顯示構造正展示活動內容(例如,意欲用於使用者觀看之內容)抑或非活動內容。當使用至少一個顯示構造時,可著色窗之色調等級之自動改變可藉由使用者(例如,藉由手動調整色調等級)改寫。使用者可使用行動電路系統(例如,遠端控制器、虛擬實境控制器、蜂巢式電話、電子記事本、膝上型電腦及/或藉由類似行動裝置)改寫(多個)可著色窗之自動著色。In some embodiments, the at least one display configuration and the associated integrated glazing unit(s) operate in coordination with each other. Control of at least one display configuration and associated tintable window (eg, integrated glass unit(s)) may be via integration of display configuration control and tintable window control. For example, the display construction and tintable glass may be operably (eg, communicatively) coupled to a control system, eg, via a network. Control of the at least one display structure may be via an Ethernet network. The tint level of the tintable window(s) can be adjusted when using one or more associated display configurations. The tint level of the tintable windows may be automatically changed (eg, dimmed) when one or more display configurations are used. Automatically changing (eg, darkening or lightening) the hue level of the tintable window(s) may be based, at least in part, on external radiation and/or display contrast. Automatically changing the tint level of a tintable window may be based at least in part on privacy (eg, limiting the ability of someone from outside the facility to see the display structure). When using the tintable window(s), the area of the tintable window may have its (automatically) changed (eg, darkened or lightened) tint level. The area of tintable windows may contain a plurality of tintable windows. The zone may include (i) tintable windows facing a particular direction of the enclosure (eg, facility); (ii) multiple tintable windows on particular sides of the facility (eg, façade); (iii) particular Tintable windows on floors; (iv) tintable windows in certain types of rooms and/or events (eg, open spaces, offices, conference rooms, lecture halls, hallways, reception halls, or cafeterias); (v ) tintable windows disposed on the same fixture (eg, an inner or outer wall); and/or (vi) a user-defined plurality of tintable windows (eg, groups of tintable windows in a room or on a facade) , that is, a subset of a larger group of tintable windows, such as a conference room with a display configuration on one of the eight tintable windows that can darken the hue of the eight tintable windows-zones). The (automatic) tinting of a tintable window may be based, at least in part, on whether the display configuration is showing active content (eg, content intended for viewing by a user) or inactive content. When using at least one display configuration, the automatic change in the hue level of the tintable window can be overridden by the user (eg, by manually adjusting the hue level). The user can rewrite the tintable window(s) using mobile circuitry (eg, remote controllers, virtual reality controllers, cellular phones, electronic notepads, laptops, and/or by similar mobile devices) the automatic coloring.

在一些實施例中,至少一個顯示構造及(多個)相關聯可著色窗可鄰近於熱耗散系統(例如,加熱器)。鄰近於顯示構造之熱(例如,藉由顯示構造、任何觸控螢幕、電路系統、電源、鄰近感測器、鄰近發射器及/或太陽輻射產生(例如,透射穿過可著色窗)之熱)可耗散。熱可經由傳導、對流及/或電磁波(輻射)傳送。可主動地或被動地移除熱。可經由對流及/或傳導移除熱。主動熱移除可(例如,使用控制系統)控制。主動(例如,強制)對流(例如,風扇)可產生氣流以耗散鄰近於(多個)顯示構造之熱。氣流可在間隙中(例如,在(多個)可著色窗與(多個)顯示構造之間)。鄰近於(多個)顯示構造及/或以可操作方式耦接至顯示構造之(多個)一或多個溫度感測器可感測溫度及信號以在達成第一(高)溫度臨限值時引發強制對流。(多個)溫度感測器可在達成第二(較高)溫度臨限值時(自動)關斷(多個)顯示構造(例如,以防止故障及/或損壞)。損壞可為永久性或暫時的。第一溫度臨限值相較於第二溫度臨限值可具有較低溫度值。臨限值可取決於環境溫度。環境溫度可包括安置有顯示構造之封閉體外部的溫度,或安置有顯示構造之封閉體中之溫度。穿透(多個)可著色窗之熱可受限制(例如,經由低發射率(Lo-E)玻璃之使用),例如以減少(多個)顯示構造上之熱負載。In some embodiments, at least one display construction and associated tintable window(s) may be adjacent to a heat dissipation system (eg, a heater). Heat adjacent to the display structure (eg, heat generated by the display structure, any touchscreens, circuitry, power supplies, proximity sensors, proximity emitters, and/or solar radiation (eg, transmitted through tintable windows) ) can be dissipated. Heat can be transferred via conduction, convection, and/or electromagnetic waves (radiation). Heat can be removed actively or passively. Heat can be removed via convection and/or conduction. Active heat removal can be controlled (eg, using a control system). Active (eg, forced) convection (eg, a fan) can generate airflow to dissipate heat adjacent to the display structure(s). The airflow may be in the gap (eg, between the tintable window(s) and the display configuration(s)). One or more temperature sensor(s) adjacent to the display structure(s) and/or operably coupled to the display structure(s) may sense temperature and signal to achieve the first(high) temperature threshold upon reaching the first(high) temperature threshold value to cause forced convection. The temperature sensor(s) may (automatically) turn off the display configuration(s) when a second (higher) temperature threshold is reached (eg, to prevent malfunction and/or damage). Damage can be permanent or temporary. The first temperature threshold value may have a lower temperature value than the second temperature threshold value. The threshold value may depend on the ambient temperature. The ambient temperature may include the temperature outside the enclosure in which the display structure is placed, or the temperature within the enclosure in which the display structure is placed. Heat penetration through the tintable window(s) can be limited (eg, through the use of low emissivity (Lo-E) glass), eg, to reduce the thermal load on the display construction(s).

在一些實施例中,至少一個顯示構造及(多個)相關聯可著色窗之操作包括與(多個)顯示構造相關聯之維護任務。顯示構造之維護任務(例如,像素補償、溫度、使用及/或復位)之控制可為自動的(例如,使用控制系統)。像素補償可包括至少部分地基於在其壽命內如何使用像素來調整顯示構造中像素之亮度。舉例而言,像素發射之波長及/或強度,及視情況持續多長時間。舉例而言,像素投影波長及/或強度之頻率。舉例而言,像素已經顯示之內容(例如,具有運動或靜態顯示之視訊)。可隨時間推移監測顯示構造溫度、風扇速度、顯示構造使用之程度及/或顯示構造使用之類型。監測可藉由控制系統。監測可利用耦接至網路(例如,且耦接至控制系統)之感測器。當顯示構造正投影媒體時,監測可為原位及/或即時的。控制系統可利用影像處理來評定顯示構造之一或多個發射實體(例如,LED或其他燈)之狀態。感測器可包含相機(例如,靜止圖像或視訊相機)。相機可包含像素陣列(例如,電荷耦合裝置(CCD)相機)。相機可經組態用於數位成像(例如,CCD或互補金屬氧化物半導體(CMOS)相機)。相機可包含膠片。相機可對色域敏感(例如,對普通人眼可見之色彩之完整範圍)。控制系統可連續地及/或間歇性地(例如,以預定間隔)監測顯示構造。控制系統可記錄與連續地或間歇性地監測顯示構造相關的資料。資料可以預定間隔及/或在已經達成臨限值時記錄。臨限值可為熱、電氣及/或光學臨限值。臨限值可為時間相依性的(例如,溫度超過50℃多於約1分鐘)。顯示構造調整(例如,復位)可至少部分地基於顯示構造(例如,光學、熱及/或電氣)性質之此監測(例如,取決於時間臨限值)。臨限值可為值或函數(例如,時間及/或空間相依性函數)。空間可係關於安置有顯示構造之封閉體之類型。舉例而言,會議室中之顯示構造相較於走廊中之顯示構造可具有較低容錯度。顯示構造之監測可提供關於顯示構造之(多個)組件(例如,像素、電氣電路系統、過濾器及/或風扇)之壽命的預測。監測顯示構造(例如,隨時間推移)可主動地補償與顯示構造相關或顯示構造之組件(例如,像素、電氣電路系統、過濾器及/或風扇)中的任何經預測衰減。顯示構造之監測及/或診斷可經由網路(例如,至少部分地安置於設施之外層中之網路)。顯示構造之監測及/或診斷可藉由控制系統。調整(例如,復位)顯示構造可包括(自動及/或可控地)關閉及打開顯示構造。顯示構造可以每一時間間隔(例如,每至少約24小時、36小時、48小時或72小時)循環一次,例如若顯示構造之該等像素可能容易出現故障(例如,燃燒失效)。時間間隔可取決於經預測故障之類型及/或其程度(例如,一個像素之經預測故障或一組像素之經預測故障)。循環時間間隔可取決於顯示構造之觀看之類型。舉例而言,長於時間之預定臨限值之靜態觀看(例如,將顯示構造用作符號)可提高像素故障(例如,失效)之風險。當顯示構造用於靜態觀看時相較於移動視訊更頻繁的開/關循環可降低靜態觀看中像素故障之風險。控制系統可預測(例如,經由軟體模組)顯示構造或其組件中之任一者之維護及/或更換(例如,基於所監測像素狀態)。預測可至少部分地基於顯示構造之輸出之即時感測器量測(例如,相比於預期輸出)。預測可至少部分地基於顯示構造之輸出之先前感測器量測(例如,相比於預期輸出),例如在實驗室或其他測試設施(例如,疲勞測試)中進行。預測可至少部分地基於待維護/更換之顯示構造之觀測。預測可至少部分地基於不同於待維護/更換之顯示構造的顯示構造(例如,測試顯示構造)之觀測。預測可至少部分地基於平均像素狀態,例如考慮顯示構造及/或其個別像素中之任一者之輻照剖面。控制系統可提供關於預期更換及/或維護之通知。此類預測可允許主動維護及/或更換之執行。此類預測可允許待維護及/或更換之各別顯示構造之預期存放。此類預測可允許將執行此維護及/或更換之人員之及時排程。In some embodiments, the operation of at least one display construct and associated shadeable window(s) includes maintenance tasks associated with the display construct(s). Control of maintenance tasks (eg, pixel compensation, temperature, usage, and/or reset) of the display structure can be automated (eg, using a control system). Pixel compensation can include adjusting the brightness of a pixel in a display configuration based at least in part on how the pixel is used over its lifetime. For example, the wavelength and/or intensity of the pixel's emission, and how long it lasts as the case may be. For example, the frequency of the pixel projected wavelength and/or intensity. For example, what the pixel has displayed (eg, video with motion or static display). Display build temperature, fan speed, degree of display build usage, and/or type of display build usage can be monitored over time. Monitoring can be done by the control system. Monitoring can utilize sensors coupled to a network (eg, and to a control system). Monitoring may be in situ and/or on-the-fly when the display constructs orthographic media. The control system may utilize image processing to assess the state of one or more emitting entities (eg, LEDs or other lights) of the display structure. The sensor may include a camera (eg, a still image or video camera). The camera may include an array of pixels (eg, a charge coupled device (CCD) camera). The cameras may be configured for digital imaging (eg, CCD or complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) cameras). The camera may contain film. Cameras can be sensitive to color gamut (eg, the full range of colors visible to the average human eye). The control system may monitor the display configuration continuously and/or intermittently (eg, at predetermined intervals). The control system may record data related to continuous or intermittent monitoring of the display configuration. Data may be recorded at predetermined intervals and/or when a threshold value has been reached. Threshold values may be thermal, electrical and/or optical threshold values. The threshold value may be time-dependent (eg, the temperature exceeds 50°C for more than about 1 minute). Display configuration adjustment (eg, reset) may be based, at least in part, on this monitoring (eg, depending on a time threshold) of display configuration (eg, optical, thermal, and/or electrical) properties. Threshold values can be values or functions (eg, time and/or space dependent functions). The space may be related to the type of enclosure in which the display structure is placed. For example, a display configuration in a conference room may be less forgiving than a display configuration in a hallway. Monitoring of the display construction can provide predictions about the lifetime of the component(s) of the display construction (eg, pixels, electrical circuitry, filters, and/or fans). Monitoring the display configuration (eg, over time) can actively compensate for any predicted attenuation associated with the display configuration or in components of the display configuration (eg, pixels, electrical circuitry, filters, and/or fans). Monitoring and/or diagnostics of display structures may be via a network (eg, a network disposed at least partially in an outer layer of the facility). Monitoring and/or diagnostics of the display structure can be via the control system. Adjusting (eg, resetting) the display configuration may include (automatically and/or controllably) closing and opening the display configuration. The display configuration may be cycled every time interval (eg, every at least about 24 hours, 36 hours, 48 hours, or 72 hours), eg, if the pixels of the display configuration may be prone to failure (eg, burn failure). The time interval may depend on the type and/or extent of the predicted failure (eg, predicted failure for one pixel or predicted failure for a group of pixels). The cycle time interval may depend on the type of viewing of the display configuration. For example, static viewing for longer than a predetermined threshold of time (eg, using the display configuration as a symbol) may increase the risk of pixel failure (eg, failure). More frequent on/off cycling when the display is configured for static viewing compared to mobile video reduces the risk of pixel glitches in static viewing. The control system may predict (eg, via a software module) maintenance and/or replacement of any of the display structures or components thereof (eg, based on monitored pixel states). The prediction can be based, at least in part, on real-time sensor measurements of the output of the display construct (eg, compared to the expected output). The prediction may be based, at least in part, on previous sensor measurements (eg, compared to expected output) of the output of the display configuration, such as in a laboratory or other testing facility (eg, fatigue testing). Predictions may be based at least in part on observations of display configurations to be maintained/replaced. The prediction may be based, at least in part, on observations of a display configuration (eg, a test display configuration) other than the display configuration to be maintained/replaced. The prediction may be based, at least in part, on the average pixel state, eg, considering the display configuration and/or the irradiation profile of any of its individual pixels. The control system may provide notification of expected replacement and/or maintenance. Such predictions may allow for proactive maintenance and/or replacement to be performed. Such predictions may allow for anticipated storage of individual display configurations to be maintained and/or replaced. Such forecasts may allow for timely scheduling of personnel who will perform such maintenance and/or replacement.

圖18展示與至少一個顯示構造及(多個)相關聯可著色窗相關之操作之實例。至少一個顯示構造及(多個)相關聯可著色窗之控制可經由顯示構造控制與(多個)可著色窗控制之整合。至少一個顯示構造之控制可經由網路。在區塊1801中,當使用(多個)一或多個相關聯顯示構造及/或其準備好用於顯示構造之使用時,調整至少一個可著色窗之色調等級。舉例而言,(多個)可著色窗之色調等級可在使用(多個)一或多個顯示構造時自動變暗。使至少一個可著色窗之色調等級自動變暗可至少部分地基於(i)外部輻射、(ii)以顯示對比度顯示之媒體、(iii)所顯示媒體之類型(例如,靜態或變化的),及/或(iv)隱私請求。使(多個)可著色窗之色調等級自動變暗可至少部分地基於隱私(例如,限制自設施外部之某人看到顯示構造之能力)。當使用一或多個顯示構造時,可著色窗之區可具有其經更改(例如,變暗)色調等級。可著色窗之區可包括面向設施中之特定方向之複數個可著色窗,可為設施之特定面上之複數個可著色窗,可為設施之特定樓層上之複數個可著色窗,可為特定類型之房間(例如,開放空間、辦公室、會議室、講演廳、自助餐廳)中之複數個可著色窗,及/或可為使用者限定之複數個可著色窗(例如,房間中或立面上之可著色窗群組,亦即可著色窗之較大群組之子集,例如在八個可著色窗中之一者上具有顯示構造之會議室可使八個可著色窗-區之色調變暗)。該區可為本文中所揭示之任何區。可著色窗之自動著色可至少部分地基於顯示構造正展示活動內容(例如,意欲用於使用者觀看之內容)抑或非活動內容。在區塊1803中,可著色窗之色調等級之自動變暗可藉由使用者手動調整一或多個可著色窗之色調等級而改寫。使用者可使用行動電路系統(例如,遠端控制器、虛擬實境控制器、蜂巢式電話、電子記事本及/或膝上型電腦)改寫(多個)可著色窗之自動著色。在區塊1804中,鄰近於顯示構造之熱(例如,藉由與顯示構造相關之任何組件產生之熱及/或透射穿過可著色窗之太陽輻射)可耗散且被動地及/或主動地(例如,可控地)移除(例如,使用風扇或任何其他熱交換器之自動致動)。鄰近於顯示構造之溫度感測器可感測溫度及信號以在達成第一高溫臨限值時開始主動熱交換操作(例如,引發強制對流)。溫度感測器可在達成第二較高溫度臨限值時關斷(多個)顯示構造。操作1805展示顯示構造之(多個)維護任務(例如,像素補償、溫度、使用及/或復位)之(例如,自動)預測及/或預期。像素補償可包括至少部分地基於已經使用多少像素、已經使用像素之頻率及/或像素已經顯示之內容(例如,具有運動或靜態顯示之視訊)調整顯示構造中像素之亮度。可監測顯示構造溫度、主動熱交換強度(例如,風扇速度)及/或顯示構造使用量。顯示構造調整(例如,復位)可至少部分地基於顯示構造性質之監測。隨著像素劣化,其可需要更多電流及/或電壓來產生所請求輸出。顯示構造調整可包含調整顯示構造之一或多個像素之強度以產生所請求輸出。顯示構造之監測可提供關於顯示構造中組件(例如,像素、電氣電路系統、過濾器及/或風扇)之狀態及/或經預測使用壽命的預測。控制系統可通知及/或主動地補償與顯示構造相關之組件中之任何經預測衰減。顯示構造之監測及/或診斷可經由網路,其可至少部分地安置於設施之外層中。在區塊1807中,顯示構造視情況經調整及/或復位。調整及/或復位可包括自動關閉及打開顯示構造,例如以延長像素使用壽命及/或減少像素輸出故障。18 shows an example of operations associated with at least one display construct and associated tintable window(s). Control of the at least one display construct and the associated tintable window(s) may be via integration of the display construct control and the shading window(s) controls. Control of at least one display structure may be via a network. In block 1801, the tint level of at least one tintable window is adjusted when one or more associated display construct(s) are used and/or are ready for use by the display construct. For example, the tint level of the tintable window(s) may be automatically dimmed when one or more display configuration(s) are used. The automatic dimming of the tint level of the at least one tintable window may be based, at least in part, on (i) external radiation, (ii) the media displayed in display contrast, (iii) the type of displayed media (e.g., static or changing), and/or (iv) Privacy Requests. Automatically dimming the tint level of the tintable window(s) may be based at least in part on privacy (eg, restricting the ability of someone from outside the facility to see the display construction). When using one or more display configurations, areas of a tintable window may have their tint levels altered (eg, darkened). The area of tintable windows may include tintable windows facing a particular direction in the facility, may be multiple tintable windows on particular sides of the facility, may be multiple tintable windows on particular floors of the facility, may be Tintable windows in certain types of rooms (eg, open spaces, offices, conference rooms, lecture halls, cafeterias), and/or tintable windows that may be user-defined (eg, in a room or standing A group of tintable windows on a face, that is, a subset of a larger group of tintable windows, such as a conference room with a display configuration on one of the eight tintable windows can make the tint becomes darker). The region can be any region disclosed herein. Automatic tinting of tintable windows may be based, at least in part, on whether the display configuration is showing active content (eg, content intended for viewing by a user) or inactive content. In block 1803, the automatic dimming of the tint levels of the tintable windows can be overridden by the user manually adjusting the tint levels of one or more tintable windows. The user can override the automatic tinting of the tintable window(s) using mobile circuitry (eg, a remote controller, virtual reality controller, cellular phone, electronic notepad, and/or laptop). In block 1804, heat adjacent to the display construction (eg, heat generated by any components associated with the display construction and/or solar radiation transmitted through the tintable window) may be dissipated and passively and/or actively (eg, controllably) removed (eg, using automatic actuation of a fan or any other heat exchanger). A temperature sensor adjacent to the display structure can sense temperature and signal to initiate active heat exchange operations (eg, inducing forced convection) when a first high temperature threshold is reached. The temperature sensor may turn off the display configuration(s) when a second higher temperature threshold is reached. Operation 1805 shows the (eg, automatic) prediction and/or expectation of maintenance task(s) (eg, pixel compensation, temperature, usage, and/or reset) of the display fabric. Pixel compensation may include adjusting the brightness of pixels in a display configuration based at least in part on how many pixels have been used, how often pixels have been used, and/or what the pixels have displayed (eg, video with motion or static display). The monitor may display build temperature, active heat exchange intensity (eg, fan speed), and/or display build usage. Display configuration adjustments (eg, resets) may be based, at least in part, on monitoring of display configuration properties. As a pixel degrades, it may require more current and/or voltage to produce the requested output. Display structure adjustment may include adjusting the intensity of one or more pixels of the display structure to produce the requested output. Monitoring of the display construction can provide predictions about the status and/or predicted useful life of components in the display construction (eg, pixels, electrical circuitry, filters, and/or fans). The control system may inform and/or actively compensate for any predicted decay in components associated with the display configuration. Monitoring and/or diagnostics of display structures may be via a network, which may be located at least partially in the outer layers of the facility. In block 1807, the display configuration is adjusted and/or reset as appropriate. Adjusting and/or resetting may include automatically turning off and on the display configuration, eg, to extend pixel lifetime and/or reduce pixel output failures.

在一些實施例中,至少一個顯示構造及(多個)相關聯可著色窗之操作係至少部分基於至少一個顯示構造之狀態。可關於至少一個顯示構造是否打開來檢查、監測及/或驗證顯示構造之狀態。若至少一個顯示構造未打開,則(多個)可著色窗之預設及/或手動色調等級可經啟動。可週期性地檢查顯示構造之(例如,開/關)狀態。若至少一個顯示構造打開(例如,正在操作),則可判定顯示構造正顯示主動抑或被動內容。若顯示構造未打開(例如,不顯示媒體),則(多個)可著色窗之預設或手動色調等級可經啟動。若顯示構造正顯示主動內容,則(i)接近正顯示主動內容之(多個)顯示構造的可著色窗之區可經識別,(ii)該區中可具有窗之經識別色調等級(例如,至少部分地基於太陽輻射、太陽眩光及/或所要對比度之存在的不同色調等級)及/或(iii)可在經識別區中調整可著色窗之色調等級。In some embodiments, the operation of the at least one display construct and the associated shadeable window(s) is based at least in part on the state of the at least one display construct. The status of the display constructs may be checked, monitored, and/or verified with respect to whether at least one display construct is open. If at least one display configuration is not turned on, then the preset and/or manual tint levels of the tintable window(s) may be activated. The status (eg, on/off) of the display configuration can be checked periodically. If at least one display construct is on (eg, operating), it may be determined that the display construct is displaying active or passive content. If the display configuration is not turned on (eg, no media is displayed), then a preset or manual tint level of the tintable window(s) may be activated. If a display construct is displaying active content, then (i) an area proximate the tintable window of the display construct(s) that are displaying active content may be identified, (ii) the area may have an identified tint level of the window in that area (e.g. , different tint levels based at least in part on the presence of solar radiation, solar glare, and/or desired contrast) and/or (iii) the tint levels of the tintable windows may be adjusted in the identified regions.

圖19展示與至少一個顯示構造及(多個)相關聯可著色窗相關之控制操作之實例。在區塊1901中,檢查至少一個顯示構造之狀態。在區塊1902中,控制系統判定至少一個顯示構造是否打開(例如,至少一個像素正可控地發射輻射)。若至少一個顯示構造未打開,則在區塊1903中啟動(多個)可著色窗之預設或手動色調等級,且週期性地檢查顯示構造之狀態。若至少一個顯示構造打開,則在區塊1904中可判定顯示構造是否正顯示主動內容。否則,則可在區塊1903中啟動(多個)可著色窗之預設或手動色調等級,且週期性地檢查顯示構造之狀態。若顯示構造正顯示主動內容,則在區塊1905中識別接近顯示主動內容之(多個)顯示構造之(多個)可著色窗。(多個)可著色窗可在區塊1906中具有其經識別色調等級(例如,至少部分地基於太陽/眩光及所要對比度之存在的不同色調等級),且在區塊1907中對可著色窗進行任何色調等級調整。可著色窗可為該區之部分(例如,且該區可由控制器識別),或並非該區之部分。若耦接至顯示構造之第一可著色窗為包含不耦接至顯示構造之至少一個第二可著色窗的區之部分。第二可著色窗之色調可或可不更改至第一可著色窗之色調。可預定及/或藉由使用者判定該區中其他窗之色調之更改,與更改與顯示構造耦接之可著色窗之色調一致。19 shows an example of control operations associated with at least one display construct and associated tintable window(s). In block 1901, the status of at least one display construct is checked. In block 1902, the control system determines whether at least one display configuration is on (eg, at least one pixel is controllably emitting radiation). If at least one display configuration is not open, then in block 1903 a preset or manual tint level of the tintable window(s) is enabled, and the status of the display configuration is periodically checked. If at least one display construct is on, in block 1904 it may be determined whether the display construct is displaying active content. Otherwise, a preset or manual tint level of the tintable window(s) can be enabled in block 1903 and the status of the display structure checked periodically. If the display construct is displaying active content, then in block 1905 shadeable window(s) proximate the display construct(s) displaying the active content are identified. The tintable window(s) may have their identified tint levels in block 1906 (eg, different tint levels based at least in part on the presence of sun/glare and desired contrast), and in block 1907 Make any tone level adjustments. The tintable window can be part of the region (eg, and the region can be identified by the controller), or not part of the region. If the first tintable window coupled to the display structure is the portion that includes the region that is not coupled to at least one second tintable window of the display structure. The hue of the second tintable window may or may not be changed to the hue of the first tintable window. Changes in the hue of other windows in the area can be predetermined and/or determined by the user to be consistent with changing the hue of the tintable windows coupled to the display structure.

在一些實施例中,複數個顯示構造在控制方案中連接在一起。複數個顯示構造可鄰近於一或多個可著色窗安裝。可著色窗可經由作為控制系統之部分的本端(例如,窗)控制器連接(例如,以有線或無線方式)。控制系統可包含耦接至功率及/或通信網路之控制器之分佈式網路。控制系統可控制各種功能(例如,設施(例如,辦公室建築物、倉庫等)之功能),該等功能可包括調整(多個)可著色窗之色調及/或在顯示構造上顯示媒體內容。顯示構造可經由可容納於一或多個外殼中之顯示介面連接(例如,以有線或無線方式)。顯示介面外殼在本文中可被稱作電氣盒((E)-box),例如2006。電子盒可以可操作方式耦接(例如,用於功率及/或通信)至網路。網路可將資料及/或功率提供至顯示構造。使用者內容伺服器可經由網路提供資料以顯示於顯示構造上及/或可經由與顯示介面之一或多個連接而將資料及功率提供至顯示介面。顯示介面可包括配接器(例如,乙太網路配接器(例如,RS-485至乙太網路))及/或電子盒可包括原生配接器(例如,乙太網路/IP)支援。電子盒可發送提示及/或對來自網路之查詢作出回應。舉例而言,用於資料傳輸之裝置之連接可包括乙太網路、HDMI、顯示埠、RS-485及/或用於資料及/或媒體傳輸之其他類型之連接。可經由網際網路供電及/或經由單獨電力電纜將功率提供至電子盒。該複數個顯示構造可在每一顯示構造上展示不同內容,可展示相同(例如,重複)內容或可經組態以跨越多個顯示構造展示一個影像(例如,使得影像之區段展示於該複數個顯示構造中之每一者上)。顯示構造之連接可允許經由本端控制器控制較小數目(例如,至多10、9、8、5、6或4)個顯示構造。在一些實施例中,較大數目(例如,多於10)個顯示構造可經由網路(例如,樓層)控制器耦接或可允許設施中之所有顯示構造受主控制器控制。顯示構造可個別地顯示媒體(例如,獨立於其他顯示構造)或為顯示構造群組(例如,至少2、4、6、8、10、20、25、50或75個顯示構造可以顯示器群組(集)配置),其例如可經控制以如同單一顯示構造一般顯示資料(例如,分別分割在顯示器群組中之顯示器當中的一個媒體)。顯示構造可形成視訊牆。視訊牆可包含平鋪在一起(例如,連續地或重疊)之複數個顯示構造,以便形成一個較大螢幕。控制視訊牆控制器之控制器可將待投影於視訊牆上之單一影像分割成待顯示於構成視訊牆之個別顯示構造上的部分。顯示構造可耦接至壁(例如,不透明或透明)或可著色窗。視訊牆控制器可包含基於硬體之控制器或基於軟體與媒體卡控制器。基於硬體之控制器可包含媒體處理晶片組且可不含操作系統。基於軟體與媒體卡控制器可安置於具有操作系統之處理器中。處理器可為伺服器或可為本端的。處理器可組態有多輸出圖形卡及/或視訊俘獲輸入卡。In some embodiments, a plurality of display constructs are linked together in a control scheme. A plurality of display structures may be mounted adjacent to one or more tintable windows. Tintable windows may be connected (eg, wired or wireless) via a local (eg, window) controller that is part of a control system. The control system may include a distributed network of controllers coupled to the power and/or communication network. The control system may control various functions (eg, functions of facilities (eg, office buildings, warehouses, etc.)), which may include adjusting the tint of the tintable window(s) and/or displaying media content on a display structure. The display constructs may be connected (eg, wired or wireless) via a display interface that may be housed in one or more housings. The display interface enclosure may be referred to herein as an electrical box ((E)-box), eg, 2006. The electronics box may be operably coupled (eg, for power and/or communications) to the network. The network may provide data and/or power to the display fabric. The user content server may provide data over the network for display on the display fabric and/or may provide data and power to the display interface via one or more connections to the display interface. The display interface may include an adapter (eg, an Ethernet adapter (eg, RS-485 to Ethernet)) and/or the electronics box may include a native adapter (eg, Ethernet/IP )support. The electronic box can send alerts and/or respond to inquiries from the Internet. For example, connections to devices for data transfer may include Ethernet, HDMI, DisplayPort, RS-485, and/or other types of connections for data and/or media transfer. Power may be provided to the electronics box via the internet and/or via a separate power cable. The plurality of display configurations may display different content on each display configuration, may display the same (eg, repeating) content, or may be configured to display an image across multiple display configurations (eg, such that segments of the image are displayed on the on each of the plurality of display structures). The connection of display structures may allow a smaller number (eg, up to 10, 9, 8, 5, 6, or 4) of display structures to be controlled via the local controller. In some embodiments, a larger number (eg, more than 10) of display configurations may be coupled via a network (eg, floor) controller or may allow all display configurations in a facility to be controlled by a master controller. Display configurations may display media individually (eg, independently of other display configurations) or in groups of display configurations (eg, at least 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20, 25, 50, or 75 display configurations may display groups of displays) (set) configuration), which, for example, can be controlled to display data as if it were a single display configuration (eg, one media among the displays each split in a display group). Display constructions can form a video wall. A video wall may include a plurality of display structures tiled together (eg, consecutively or overlapping) to form a larger screen. The controller that controls the video wall controller can divide a single image to be projected on the video wall into portions to be displayed on the individual display structures that make up the video wall. The display construction can be coupled to a wall (eg, opaque or transparent) or a tintable window. Video wall controllers can include hardware based controllers or software and media card based controllers. A hardware-based controller may include a media processing chipset and may not contain an operating system. Software based and media card controllers can be housed in a processor with an operating system. The processor may be a server or may be local. The processor may be configured with multiple output graphics cards and/or video capture input cards.

顯示構造可經組態於佈局中。佈局可包含相同顯示器幾何結構(例如,具有相同縱橫比)之矩陣柵格佈局(例如,2×2、3×3或4×4)。佈局可包含非相同顯示器幾何結構(例如,具有不同縱橫比)之佈局,例如在除對稱矩陣之外的組態中。所顯示之媒體內容可為相同、經分割或完全不同的。舉例而言,至少兩個不同並行內容可顯示於顯示構造之視訊牆上。Display constructs can be configured in the layout. The layout may include a matrix grid layout (eg, 2x2, 3x3, or 4x4) of the same display geometry (eg, with the same aspect ratio). Layouts may include layouts with non-identical display geometries (eg, with different aspect ratios), such as in configurations other than symmetric matrices. The displayed media content can be the same, segmented or completely different. For example, at least two different concurrent content can be displayed on the video wall of the display configuration.

圖20展示用於複數個顯示構造之控制方案之實例。複數個顯示構造2002可鄰近於複數個可著色窗2003安裝。可著色窗2003可經由本端(窗)控制器2001連接2009(例如,以有線及/或無線方式)至控制網路2004,其控制設施(例如,辦公室建築物、倉庫等)之各種功能,該等功能可包括調整可著色窗2003之色調。顯示構造2002可經由顯示介面2005及容納於外殼(在本文中亦被稱作電氣(E)盒)2006內之控制器連接(例如,以有線及/或無線方式)2010,以控制網路2004(包含控制系統)。控制網路可經由佈線網路耦接至可著色窗及/或顯示構造,該佈線(例如,同軸電纜)可將資料及/或功率提供至顯示構造2002。使用者內容伺服器2007可提供待顯示於顯示構造2002上之資料(例如,經由佈線及/或控制網路)及/或可經由與顯示介面2005之一或多個連接2011將資料及功率提供至顯示介面2005。顯示介面可包括乙太網路配接器(例如,RS-485至乙太網路)。電子盒2006可包括原生乙太網路/IP支援。電子盒2006可發送提示及/或對來自網路2004之查詢作出回應。舉例而言,用於資料傳輸之裝置之連接可包括乙太網路、HDMI、顯示埠、RS-485及/或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接。可經由網際網路供電及/或經由單獨電力電纜將功率提供至電子盒2006。該複數個顯示構造2002可展示不同內容、相同內容,或可用以跨越多個顯示構造2002展示一個影像(例如,如在視訊牆中)。Figure 20 shows an example of a control scheme for multiple display configurations. A plurality of display structures 2002 may be mounted adjacent to a plurality of tintable windows 2003 . Tintable windows 2003 may be connected 2009 (eg, wired and/or wireless) via local (window) controller 2001 to control network 2004, which controls various functions of facilities (eg, office buildings, warehouses, etc.), Such functions may include adjusting the tint of the tintable window 2003 . Display fabric 2002 can be connected (eg, wired and/or wireless) 2010 to control network 2004 via display interface 2005 and a controller housed within an enclosure (also referred to herein as an electrical (E) box) 2006 (includes control system). The control network may be coupled to the tintable window and/or display fabric via a wiring network, which wiring (eg, coaxial cables) may provide data and/or power to the display fabric 2002 . User content server 2007 may provide data to be displayed on display structure 2002 (eg, via wiring and/or control networks) and/or may provide data and power via one or more connections 2011 to display interface 2005 to display interface 2005. The display interface may include an Ethernet adapter (eg, RS-485 to Ethernet). The electronic box 2006 may include native Ethernet/IP support. The electronic box 2006 can send alerts and/or respond to inquiries from the network 2004 . For example, connections to devices for data transfer may include Ethernet, HDMI, DisplayPort, RS-485, and/or other types of connections for data transfer. Power may be provided to the electronics box 2006 via internet power and/or via a separate power cable. The plurality of display structures 2002 may display different content, the same content, or may be used to display one image across multiple display structures 2002 (eg, as in a video wall).

在一些實施例中,顯示構造用以在設施中顯示各種媒體。顯示構造可包括可至少部分透明的一或多個媒體顯示器,例如當顯示構造未操作時(例如,TOLED顯示器)。顯示構造可(例如,直接地或間接地)耦接至硬質表面,諸如壁、板或窗(例如,視覺窗)。硬質表面可為固定件之硬質表面。窗可為可著色窗(例如,電致變色窗)。窗可安置於建築物中或建築物之包絡中。視覺窗可包含可著色(例如,使其顏色(例如,色相)變暗、變亮及/或更改)的包括電致變色窗之可著色窗,這可提供用於與藉由顯示構造顯示之媒體形成對比之背景。In some embodiments, the display is configured to display various media in the facility. The display construction may include one or more media displays that may be at least partially transparent, such as when the display construction is not operating (eg, a TOLED display). The display construction may be coupled (eg, directly or indirectly) to a hard surface, such as a wall, panel, or window (eg, a visual window). The hard surface may be the hard surface of the fixture. The window may be a tintable window (eg, an electrochromic window). The windows can be placed in the building or in the envelope of the building. Visual windows can include tintable windows including electrochromic windows that can be tinted (eg, to darken, lighten, and/or change their color (eg, hue)), which can provide for interaction with display by display structures. The media forms a contrasting background.

在一些實施例中,一或多個顯示構造可以可操作方式耦接(例如,安裝)至硬質表面(例如,窗、壁或板)。耦接可經由鉸鏈、黏著劑、緊固件及/或藉由其他合適機構。耦接可至少部分地安置於一或多個窗框部分內。(多個)窗框可包括豎直部分(例如,豎框)且可包括水平部分(例如,橫框)。顯示構造可直接黏著(例如,使用黏著劑)至硬質表面。黏著劑可或可不接觸窗框(或其部分)。硬質表面可包含硬化材料(例如,玻璃、金屬或聚合物)。硬質表面可包含固體(例如,石膏、陶瓷、混凝土及/或石材)。可安裝多個顯示構造(例如,經由鉸鏈、黏著劑、緊固件及/或藉由其他機構)。In some embodiments, one or more display constructs may be operably coupled (eg, mounted) to a hard surface (eg, a window, wall, or panel). Coupling can be via hinges, adhesives, fasteners, and/or by other suitable mechanisms. Couplings may be disposed at least partially within one or more sash portions. The window frame(s) may include vertical portions (eg, mullions) and may include horizontal portions (eg, horizontal frames). The display construction can be directly adhered (eg, using an adhesive) to a hard surface. The adhesive may or may not contact the window frame (or portion thereof). A hard surface may comprise a hardened material (eg, glass, metal, or polymer). Hard surfaces can include solids (eg, gypsum, ceramic, concrete, and/or stone). Multiple display structures may be installed (eg, via hinges, adhesives, fasteners, and/or by other mechanisms).

在一些實施例中,顯示構造受至少一個控制器控制。控制器可為控制系統之部分。控制器可包含直接耦接(例如,連接)至顯示構造之控制器。控制器與顯示構造之間的連接可使用有線及/或無線通信。控制器可經由複數根佈線(例如,用於通信及/或功率)耦接至顯示構造。控制器可安置於外殼中。外殼可包含一或多種材料。材料可包括元素金屬、金屬合金、聚合物(例如,塑膠)、樹脂、木材、玻璃、複合及/或其他材料。材料可包含透明或不透明材料。材料可包含導電或絕緣(例如,電介質)材料。外殼可包含分散或鏡面材料。外殼可具有複數個面。該複數根佈線中之至少兩者(例如,全部)可自控制器外殼之該複數個面中之一個面延伸。有時,一個控制器外殼(例如,包含一或多個控制器)可耦接至複數個顯示構造。有時,一個控制器可(例如,直接)以可操作方式耦接至一個顯示構造。有時,一個控制器可(例如,直接)以可操作方式耦接至兩個或更多個顯示構造。直接耦接可包含連接控制器與顯示構造之電線。電線可為不間斷電線。控制器及/或外殼可包含佈線入口。佈線入口與控制器外殼中之佈線出口可或可不處於同一面中。有時,複數個控制外殼可彼此鄰近安置(例如,彼此接觸,或可彼此直接耦接(例如,經由佈線)。連接至少兩個不同外殼(例如,所有外殼)中之(多個)控制器與顯示構造中(例如,顯示構造之集合中)之至少兩者(例如,全部)的佈線(例如,所有佈線)中之至少兩者可(i)自相同面類型之外殼延伸及/或(ii)朝向相同的大體方向(例如,向上、向下、向左或向右)延伸。面類型可根據面面向之方向(例如,向下面、向上面、向東面、向西面、向北面、向東面或其任何組合)指派。該方向可相對於面向顯示構造之使用者且相對於重力中心。In some embodiments, the display configuration is controlled by at least one controller. A controller may be part of a control system. The controller may include a controller that is directly coupled (eg, connected) to the display construct. The connection between the controller and the display fabric may use wired and/or wireless communication. The controller may be coupled to the display fabric via a plurality of wires (eg, for communication and/or power). The controller may be positioned in the housing. The housing may contain one or more materials. Materials may include elemental metals, metal alloys, polymers (eg, plastics), resins, wood, glass, composites, and/or other materials. Materials may comprise transparent or opaque materials. Materials may include conductive or insulating (eg, dielectric) materials. The housing may contain discrete or specular materials. The housing may have multiple faces. At least two (eg, all) of the plurality of wires may extend from one of the plurality of faces of the controller housing. Sometimes, a controller housing (eg, containing one or more controllers) may be coupled to multiple display structures. At times, a controller may be operably coupled (eg, directly) to a display construct. At times, one controller may be operably coupled (eg, directly) to two or more display constructs. Direct coupling may include wires connecting the controller to the display structure. The wires may be uninterrupted wires. The controller and/or housing may include wiring access. The wiring entry may or may not be in the same plane as the wiring exit in the controller housing. Sometimes, multiple control enclosures may be positioned adjacent to each other (eg, in contact with each other, or may be directly coupled to each other (eg, via wiring). Connecting the controller(s) in at least two different enclosures (eg, all enclosures) At least two of the wiring (eg, all wiring) with at least two (eg, all) of the wiring (eg, all wiring) in a display configuration (eg, in a set of display configurations) may (i) extend from a housing of the same face type and/or ( ii) extend in the same general direction (eg, up, down, left, or right). The type of face can be based on the direction the face faces (eg, down, up, east, west, north, East or any combination thereof). This direction may be relative to facing the user of the display configuration and relative to the center of gravity.

在一些實施例中,控制器外殼安裝於框架部分中。控制器外殼可安裝於窗、板或壁框架之至少一部分內。框架之部分可為(多個)上部水平豎框((多個)橫框),在(多個)下部水平豎框((多個)橫框)內,及/或豎直(側)豎框或形成(多個)窗框之豎框之組合內。上部及下部係相對於重力中心。顯示器連接器可經由一或多根電纜及/或電線將控制器連接至顯示構造。可經由電纜將控制器連接至各別顯示構造之顯示器連接器可自控制器外殼之該複數個面中之一個面延伸或可自控制器外殼之該複數個面中之多於一個面延伸。將控制器連接至對應顯示構造之電纜中之至少兩者(例如,全部)可(例如,實質上)具有相同長度。電纜可至少部分地在(多個)窗框內延伸。將控制器連接至顯示構造之電纜可具有不同長度。電纜可至少部分地在(多個)窗框內及/或外部延伸。(例如,本端)控制器可包括可例如連接至一或多個電源之電源連接器。電源連接器可安置於與資料電纜自其延伸至(多個)顯示構造之面相同或不同的面中。不同面可形成角度,該角度可(例如,實質上)為直角。不同面可彼此平行。(多根)資料(例如,通信及/或媒體)電纜可自一或多個資料源(例如,(多個)伺服器)連接至控制器。資料電纜可連接至媒體內容提供商伺服器及/或控制(多個)窗之色調等級之伺服器。在一些實施例中,功率及資料經由相同電纜(例如,同軸電纜)耦接至顯示構造。In some embodiments, the controller housing is mounted in the frame portion. The controller housing may be mounted within at least a portion of a window, panel or wall frame. Portions of the frame may be upper horizontal mullion(s) (cross-frame(s)), within lower horizontal mullion(s)(s), and/or vertical (side) vertical within a frame or combination of mullions forming the window frame(s). The upper and lower parts are relative to the center of gravity. The display connector may connect the controller to the display construction via one or more cables and/or wires. Display connectors, which may connect the controllers to the respective display configurations via cables, may extend from one of the plurality of faces of the controller housing or may extend from more than one of the plurality of faces of the controller housing. At least two (eg, all) of the cables connecting the controller to the corresponding display configurations may be (eg, substantially) of the same length. The cable may extend at least partially within the window frame(s). The cables connecting the controller to the display structure can be of different lengths. The cables may extend at least partially within and/or outside the window frame(s). The (eg, local) controller may include a power connector that may, for example, be connected to one or more power sources. The power connector may be placed in the same or a different face than the face from which the data cable extends to the display structure(s). The different faces can form an angle, which can be (eg, substantially) a right angle. The different faces may be parallel to each other. Data (eg, communications and/or media) cables may be connected to the controller from one or more data sources (eg, server(s)). The data cable can be connected to the media content provider server and/or the server that controls the hue level of the window(s). In some embodiments, power and data are coupled to the display fabric via the same cable (eg, coaxial cable).

在一些實施例中,複數個裝置(例如,包括感測器及/或發射器)整合至共同外殼中。外殼可包括一或多個電路板。外殼可整合裝置集。該集可具有單一外殼(例如,罩蓋)。一或多個電路板(例如,印刷電路板PCB)可安置於單一外殼中。至少一個控制器可安置於外殼中。外殼可適於安裝至封閉體(例如,設施、建築物或房間)中之窗、壁、頂板或任何其他結構及/或固定件以執行各種功能。裝置之共同總成(例如,裝置集)可包括功率調節組件、電路系統(例如,處理單元)、記憶體及/或網路介面。外殼可包含安裝配接器,其可經提供以供將總成安設至固定件,諸如窗豎框之至少一部分。外殼可包含最佳效能所要之一或多個特徵,諸如(I)用於容許(多個)外部環境特性進入外殼之一或多個開口、(II)電氣及/或電磁(例如,射頻)屏蔽及/或(III)熱交換器(例如,被動或主動)。舉例而言,外殼可包含促進空氣流動通過電路板之一或多個開口(例如,孔)。外殼可包含散熱片。熱交換器及/或屏蔽件可屏蔽電路系統免受外部影響及/或可屏蔽於外殼中囊封之電路板之間。外殼可包含敞開本體及蓋。蓋可包含一或多個開口(例如,孔)。蓋可搭扣至敞開本體中以使殼體閉合。外殼可包含用於接納佈纜之開口。In some embodiments, multiple devices (eg, including sensors and/or transmitters) are integrated into a common housing. The housing may include one or more circuit boards. The housing can integrate device sets. The set may have a single housing (eg, cover). One or more circuit boards (eg, a printed circuit board PCB) may be housed in a single housing. At least one controller can be positioned in the housing. The enclosure may be adapted to mount to a window, wall, ceiling or any other structure and/or fixture in an enclosure (eg, facility, building, or room) to perform various functions. A common assembly of devices (eg, a set of devices) may include power conditioning components, circuitry (eg, a processing unit), memory, and/or a network interface. The housing may include a mounting adapter, which may be provided for mounting the assembly to a fixture, such as at least a portion of a window mullion. The enclosure may contain one or more features required for optimum performance, such as (I) one or more openings for allowing external environmental characteristic(s) to enter the enclosure, (II) electrical and/or electromagnetic (eg, radio frequency) Shielded and/or (III) heat exchangers (eg passive or active). For example, the housing may include one or more openings (eg, holes) that facilitate air flow through the circuit board. The housing may contain heat sinks. The heat exchanger and/or shield may shield the circuitry from external influences and/or may be shielded between circuit boards encapsulated in the housing. The housing may include an open body and a cover. The cover may include one or more openings (eg, holes). The cover can be snapped into the open body to close the housing. The housing may include openings for receiving cabling.

圖21A展示安裝於框架2102內(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)之硬質表面2101(例如,可著色窗)之實例。框架2102包括豎直的豎框2103a及2103b,及橫框2104a及2104b(有時被稱作水平豎框)。兩個顯示構造2105a及2105b安裝(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)在框架2102內且覆蓋硬質表面2101之(例如,全部)可觀看表面(例如,板或窗,諸如可著色窗之可見表面)。容納於外殼(在本文中亦被稱作電氣(E)盒)2106a及2106b內之兩個控制器安裝於上部(相對於向量2100指向之重力中心)橫框2104a內框架2102之一部分中。電子盒2106a中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路通信(例如,路由器)及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2109a連接至顯示構造2105a。電子盒2106b中之電路系統經由佈線2109b連接至顯示構造2105b。顯示器連接器2108a在相同下游方向上自外殼2106a延伸。顯示器連接器2108b在相同下游方向上自外殼2106b延伸。連接器2108a及2108b經配置以指向相同下游方向。電纜2109a自每一電子盒2106a及2106b至各別顯示構造2105a及2105b的長度(例如,實質上)相同,且電纜在框架2102之一部分內延伸。電子盒2106a經組態以連接(例如,經由連接器)至電源電纜2110a。電子盒2106b經組態以連接(例如,經由連接器)至電源電纜2110b。將功率供應至電子盒電路系統之至少一根電源電纜可連接其自身供電電源。將功率供應至電子盒電路系統之至少兩根電源電纜可連接一個供電電源。圖21A展示兩根電源電纜2110a及2110b連接至相同供電電源2111的實例。電源電纜2110a及2110b(例如,實質上)垂直於顯示器連接器2108a及2108b自電子盒延伸(例如,連接器延伸至電子盒之相同側)之方向自電子盒中之每一者延伸。媒體佈線2112a自資料源(例如,伺服器)連接至容納於電子盒中之電路系統(例如,媒體電路系統板)2106b。媒體佈線2112b連接至電子盒2106a且(經由電子盒2106b)連接至電纜2112a及資料源2115。媒體電纜2112a及2112b可連接至媒體內容提供商伺服器。電子盒可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。舉例而言,在硬質表面2101為可著色窗之情況下,任何(例如,全部)電子盒可例如經由媒體電纜(例如,2112a及/或2112b)或經由專用電纜(在圖21A中未展示)以可操作方式耦接至控制此窗之色調等級的至少一個控制器。21A shows an example of a hard surface 2101 (eg, a tintable window) mounted within a frame 2102 (eg, via hinges and/or adhesives). Frame 2102 includes vertical mullions 2103a and 2103b, and horizontal mullions 2104a and 2104b (sometimes referred to as horizontal mullions). Two display structures 2105a and 2105b are mounted (eg, via hinges and/or adhesives) within frame 2102 and cover (eg, all) viewable surfaces (eg, panels or windows, such as those of tinted windows) of hard surface 2101 surface). Two controllers housed within housings (also referred to herein as electrical (E) boxes) 2106a and 2106b are mounted in a portion of the inner frame 2102 of the upper (with respect to the center of gravity pointing to vector 2100) cross frame 2104a. Circuitry in electronics box 2106a (eg, including timing controllers, network communications (eg, routers), and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2105a via wiring 2109a. The circuitry in electronics box 2106b is connected to display structure 2105b via wiring 2109b. Display connector 2108a extends from housing 2106a in the same downstream direction. Display connector 2108b extends from housing 2106b in the same downstream direction. Connectors 2108a and 2108b are configured to point in the same downstream direction. Cable 2109a is of the same length (eg, substantially) from each electronics box 2106a and 2106b to respective display structures 2105a and 2105b, and the cable extends within a portion of frame 2102. Electronic box 2106a is configured to connect (eg, via a connector) to power cable 2110a. Electronic box 2106b is configured to connect (eg, via a connector) to power cable 2110b. At least one power cable supplying power to the electronics box circuitry can be connected to its own power supply. A power supply can be connected to at least two power cables that supply power to the electronics box circuitry. 21A shows an example where two power cables 2110a and 2110b are connected to the same power supply 2111. Power cables 2110a and 2110b extend (eg, substantially) from each of the electronics boxes perpendicular to the direction in which the display connectors 2108a and 2108b extend from the electronics box (eg, the connectors extend to the same side of the electronics box). Media wiring 2112a connects from a data source (eg, a server) to circuitry (eg, a media circuit board) 2106b housed in the electronics enclosure. Media wiring 2112b is connected to electronics box 2106a and to cable 2112a and data source 2115 (via electronics box 2106b). Media cables 2112a and 2112b can be connected to media content provider servers. The electronic box may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surface 2101 is a tintable window, any (eg, all) electronic boxes may, for example, be via media cables (eg, 2112a and/or 2112b) or via dedicated cables (not shown in FIG. 21A ) is operably coupled to at least one controller that controls the tint level of the window.

圖21B展示安裝於框架2122內(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)之硬質表面2121(例如,可著色窗)之實例。框架2122包括豎直的豎框2123a及2123b,及橫框2124a及2124b(有時被稱作水平豎框)。四個顯示構造2125a、2125b、2125c及2125d安裝(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)在框架2122內且覆蓋硬質表面2121之全部可觀看表面(例如,板或窗,諸如可著色窗之可見表面)。容納於外殼(在本文中亦被稱作電氣(E)盒)2126a、2126b、2126c及2126d內之四個控制器安裝於上部(相對於向量2120指向之重力中心)橫框2124a內框架2122之一部分中。電子盒2126a中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2129a連接至顯示構造2125a。電子盒2126b中之電路系統經由佈線2129b連接至顯示構造2125b。電子盒2126c中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器及媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2129c連接至顯示構造2125c。電子盒2126d中之電路系統經由佈線2129d連接至顯示構造2125d。顯示器連接器2128a在相同下游方向上自外殼2126a延伸。顯示器連接器2128b在相同下游方向上自外殼2126b延伸。顯示器連接器2128c在相同下游方向上自外殼2126c延伸。顯示器連接器2128d在相同下游方向上自外殼2126d延伸。連接器2128a、2128b、2128c及2128d經配置以指向相同下游方向。電纜2129a自每一電子盒2126a、2126b、2126c及2126d至各別顯示構造2125a、2125b、2125c及2125d的長度(例如,實質上)相同,且電纜在框架2102之一部分內延伸。電子盒2126a經組態以連接(例如,經由連接器)至電源電纜2130a。電子盒2126b經組態以連接(例如,經由連接器)至電源電纜2130b。電子盒2126c經組態以連接(例如,經由連接器)至電源電纜2130c。電子盒2126d經組態以連接(例如,經由連接器)至電源電纜2130d。將功率供應至電子盒電路系統之至少一根電源電纜可連接其自身供電電源。將功率供應至電子盒電路系統之至少兩根或更多根電源電纜可連接一個供電電源。圖21B展示四根電源電纜2130a、2130b、2130c及2130d連接至相同供電電源2131的實例。電源電纜2130a、2130b、2130c及2130d(例如,實質上)垂直於顯示器連接器2128a、2128b、2128c及2128d自電子盒延伸之方向自電子盒中之每一者延伸。媒體佈線2132a自資料源(例如,伺服器)連接至容納於電子盒中之電路系統(例如,媒體電路系統板)2126d。媒體佈線2132b連接至電子盒2126c且(經由電子盒2126d)連接至電纜2132a及資料源2135。媒體佈線2132c連接至電子盒2126b且(經由電子盒2126d及2126c)連接至電纜2132a及資料源2135。媒體佈線2132d連接至電子盒2126a且(經由電子盒2126d、2126c及2126b)連接至電纜2132a及資料源2135。媒體電纜2132a、2132b、2132c及2132d可連接至媒體內容提供商伺服器。電子盒可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。舉例而言,在硬質表面2121為可著色窗之情況下,任何(例如,全部)電子盒可例如經由媒體電纜(例如,2132a、2132b、2132c及/或2132d)或經由專用電纜(在圖21B中未展示)以可操作方式耦接至控制此窗之色調等級的至少一個控制器。21B shows an example of a hard surface 2121 (eg, a tintable window) mounted within a frame 2122 (eg, via hinges and/or adhesives). Frame 2122 includes vertical mullions 2123a and 2123b, and horizontal mullions 2124a and 2124b (sometimes referred to as horizontal mullions). Four display structures 2125a, 2125b, 2125c, and 2125d are mounted (eg, via hinges and/or adhesives) within frame 2122 and cover all viewable surfaces (eg, panels or windows, such as those of tinted windows) of hard surface 2121 surface). The four controllers housed within enclosures (also referred to herein as electrical (E) boxes) 2126a, 2126b, 2126c, and 2126d are mounted to the upper (with respect to the center of gravity pointing to vector 2120) of cross frame 2124a and inner frame 2122. in part. Circuitry in electronics box 2126a (eg, including timing controllers, networking, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2125a via wiring 2129a. The circuitry in electronics box 2126b is connected to display structure 2125b via wiring 2129b. Circuitry in electronics box 2126c (eg, including timing controllers and media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2125c via wiring 2129c. The circuitry in electronics box 2126d is connected to display structure 2125d via wiring 2129d. Display connector 2128a extends from housing 2126a in the same downstream direction. Display connector 2128b extends from housing 2126b in the same downstream direction. Display connector 2128c extends from housing 2126c in the same downstream direction. Display connector 2128d extends from housing 2126d in the same downstream direction. Connectors 2128a, 2128b, 2128c, and 2128d are configured to point in the same downstream direction. Cables 2129a are of the same length (eg, substantially) from each electronics box 2126a, 2126b, 2126c, and 2126d to respective display configurations 2125a, 2125b, 2125c, and 2125d, and extend within a portion of frame 2102. Electronic box 2126a is configured to connect (eg, via a connector) to power cable 2130a. Electronic box 2126b is configured to connect (eg, via a connector) to power cable 2130b. Electronic box 2126c is configured to connect (eg, via a connector) to power cable 2130c. Electronic box 2126d is configured to connect (eg, via a connector) to power cable 2130d. At least one power cable supplying power to the electronics box circuitry can be connected to its own power supply. A power supply may be connected to at least two or more power cables that supply power to the electronics box circuitry. 21B shows an example where four power cables 2130a, 2130b, 2130c, and 2130d are connected to the same power supply 2131. Power cables 2130a, 2130b, 2130c, and 2130d extend from each of the electronics boxes (eg, substantially) perpendicular to the direction in which display connectors 2128a, 2128b, 2128c, and 2128d extend from the electronics boxes. Media wiring 2132a connects from a data source (eg, a server) to circuitry (eg, a media circuit board) 2126d housed in the electronics enclosure. Media wiring 2132b is connected to electronics box 2126c and to cable 2132a and data source 2135 (via electronics box 2126d). Media wiring 2132c is connected to electronics box 2126b and to cable 2132a and data source 2135 (via electronics boxes 2126d and 2126c). Media wiring 2132d is connected to electronics box 2126a and to cable 2132a and data source 2135 (via electronics boxes 2126d, 2126c, and 2126b). The media cables 2132a, 2132b, 2132c and 2132d can be connected to the media content provider server. The electronic box may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surface 2121 is a tintable window, any (eg, all) electronics boxes may be, for example, via media cables (eg, 2132a, 2132b, 2132c, and/or 2132d) or via dedicated cables (in FIG. 21B ). (not shown in ) is operably coupled to at least one controller that controls the hue level of the window.

圖22A展示安裝(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)在框架2222a及2222b內之硬質表面2221a及2221b(例如,可著色窗)之實例。框架2222a及2222b包括豎直的豎框2223,及橫框2224(有時被稱作水平豎框)。兩個顯示構造2225a、2225b安裝於框架2222a內,且兩個顯示構造2225c及2225d安裝於框架2222b內並覆蓋硬質表面2221a及2221b之全部可觀看表面(例如,板或窗,諸如可著色窗之可見表面)。容納於外殼(在本文中亦被稱作電氣(E)盒)2226a、2226b、2226c及2226d內的四個控制器安裝於豎直側(相對於向量2220指向之重力中心)豎框2223內框架2222a及2222b之一部分中。電子盒2226a中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器及媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2229a連接至顯示構造2225a。電子盒2226b中之電路系統經由佈線2229b連接至顯示構造2225b。電子盒2226c中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2229c連接至顯示構造2225c。電子盒2226d中之電路系統經由佈線2229d連接至顯示構造2225d。顯示器連接器2228a、2228b、2228c及2228d在相同水平方向上自各別外殼2226a、2226b、2226c及2226d延伸。連接器2228a、2228b、2228c及2228d經配置以指向相同水平方向。電纜2229a、2229b、2229c及2229d自每一電子盒2226a、2226b、2226c及2226d至各別顯示構造2225a、2225b、2225c及2225d的長度(例如,實質上)相同,且電纜在框架2222a及2222b之部分內延伸。電子盒可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。舉例而言,在硬質表面2221a及2221b為一或多個可著色窗之情況下,任何(例如,全部)電子盒可以可操作方式耦接至控制此等窗之色調等級之至少一個控制器。Figure 22A shows an example of hard surfaces 2221a and 2221b (eg, tintable windows) mounted (eg, via hinges and/or adhesives) within frames 2222a and 2222b. Frames 2222a and 2222b include vertical mullion 2223, and horizontal mullion 2224 (sometimes referred to as horizontal mullion). Two display structures 2225a, 2225b are mounted within frame 2222a, and two display structures 2225c and 2225d are mounted within frame 2222b and cover all viewable surfaces of hard surfaces 2221a and 2221b (eg, panels or windows, such as those of tinted windows). visible surface). Four controllers housed within enclosures (also referred to herein as electrical (E) boxes) 2226a, 2226b, 2226c, and 2226d are mounted to the vertical side (with respect to the center of gravity pointing to vector 2220) mullion 2223 inner frame in part of 2222a and 2222b. Circuitry in electronics box 2226a (eg, including timing controllers and media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2225a via wiring 2229a. The circuitry in electronics box 2226b is connected to display structure 2225b via wiring 2229b. Circuitry in electronics box 2226c (eg, including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2225c via wiring 2229c. The circuitry in electronics box 2226d is connected to display structure 2225d via wiring 2229d. Display connectors 2228a, 2228b, 2228c, and 2228d extend from respective housings 2226a, 2226b, 2226c, and 2226d in the same horizontal direction. Connectors 2228a, 2228b, 2228c, and 2228d are configured to point in the same horizontal direction. Cables 2229a, 2229b, 2229c, and 2229d are of the same length (eg, substantially) from each electronics box 2226a, 2226b, 2226c, and 2226d to respective display configurations 2225a, 2225b, 2225c, and 2225d, and the cables are between frames 2222a and 2222b. Partially extended. The electronic box may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surfaces 2221a and 2221b are one or more tintable windows, any (eg, all) of the electronic boxes may be operably coupled to at least one controller that controls the tint levels of those windows.

圖22B展示安裝(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)在框架2232a及2232b內之硬質表面2231a及2231b(例如,可著色窗)之實例。框架2232a及2232b包括豎直的豎框2233,及橫框2234(有時被稱作水平豎框)。顯示構造2235a安裝於框架2232a內,且顯示構造2235b安裝於框架2232b內並覆蓋硬質表面2231a及2231b之全部可觀看表面(例如,板或窗,諸如可著色窗之可見表面)。容納於外殼(在本文中亦被稱作電氣(E)盒)2236a及2236b內之兩個控制器安裝於上部(相對於向量2230指向之重力中心)橫框2234內框架2232a及2232b之一部分中。電子盒2236a中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2239a連接至顯示構造2235a。電子盒2236b中之電路系統經由佈線2239b連接至顯示構造2235b。顯示器連接器2238a及2238b在相同下游方向上自各別外殼2236a及2236b延伸。連接器2238a及2238b經配置以指向相同下游方向。電纜2239a及2239b自每一電子盒2236a及2236b至各別顯示構造2235a及2235b的長度(例如,實質上)相同,且電纜在框架2232a及2232b之部分內延伸。電子盒可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。舉例而言,在硬質表面2231a及2231b為一或多個可著色窗之情況下,任何(例如,全部)電子盒可以可操作方式耦接至控制此等窗之色調等級之至少一個控制器。22B shows an example of hard surfaces 2231a and 2231b (eg, tintable windows) mounted (eg, via hinges and/or adhesives) within frames 2232a and 2232b. Frames 2232a and 2232b include vertical mullion 2233, and horizontal mullion 2234 (sometimes referred to as horizontal mullion). Display construction 2235a is mounted within frame 2232a, and display construction 2235b is mounted within frame 2232b and covers all viewable surfaces of hard surfaces 2231a and 2231b (eg, panels or windows, such as the visible surfaces of tintable windows). The two controllers housed within housings (also referred to herein as electrical (E) boxes) 2236a and 2236b are mounted in upper (with respect to the center of gravity pointing to vector 2230) cross frame 2234, a portion of inner frames 2232a and 2232b . Circuitry in electronics box 2236a (eg, including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2235a via wiring 2239a. The circuitry in electronics box 2236b is connected to display structure 2235b via wiring 2239b. Display connectors 2238a and 2238b extend from respective housings 2236a and 2236b in the same downstream direction. Connectors 2238a and 2238b are configured to point in the same downstream direction. Cables 2239a and 2239b are of the same length (eg, substantially) from each electronics box 2236a and 2236b to respective display structures 2235a and 2235b, and the cables extend within portions of frames 2232a and 2232b. The electronic box may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surfaces 2231a and 2231b are one or more tintable windows, any (eg, all) electronic boxes may be operably coupled to at least one controller that controls the tint levels of those windows.

圖23展示安裝(例如,經由諸如2370之鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)在框架2322a、2322b及2322c內之硬質表面2321a、2321b及2321c(例如,可著色窗)之實例。框架2322a、2322b及2322c包括豎直的豎框2323,及橫框2324(亦被稱作水平豎框)。四個顯示構造2325a、2325b、2325c及2325d安裝於框架2322a內,兩個顯示構造2325e及2325f安裝於框架2322b內,且兩個顯示構造2325g及2325h安裝於框架2322c內並可覆蓋各別硬質表面2321a、2321b及2321c之(例如,實質上)全部(或僅一部分)可觀看表面(例如,板或窗,諸如可著色窗之可見表面)。舉例而言,可著色窗之表面2380未由顯示構造覆蓋。容納於外殼(電子盒)2326a、2326b、2326c及2326d內之四個控制器安裝於上部(相對於向量2320指向之重力中心)豎框2323內框架2322a之一部分中。電子盒2326a中之電路系統經由佈線2329a連接至顯示構造2325a。佈線可經組態以傳輸資料及/或功率(例如,至觸控螢幕)。電子盒2326b中之電路系統經由佈線2329b連接至顯示構造2325b。電子盒2326c中之電路系統經由佈線2329c連接至顯示構造2325c。電子盒2326d中之電路系統經由佈線2329d連接至顯示構造2325d。顯示器連接器2328a、2328b、2328c及2328d在相同下游方向上自各別外殼2326a、2326b、2326c及2326d延伸。連接器2328a、2328b、2328c及2328d經配置以指向相同下游方向。電纜2329a、2329b、2329c及2329d自每一電子盒2326a、2326b、2326c及2326d至各別顯示構造2325a、2325b、2325c及2325d的長度(例如,實質上)相同,且電纜在框架2322a之部分內延伸。電子盒可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。舉例而言,在硬質表面2321a、2321b及2321c為一或多個可著色窗之情況下,任何(例如,全部)電子盒可以可操作方式耦接至控制此等窗之色調等級之至少一個控制器。容納於外殼2330內之控制器安裝於上部(相對於向量2320指向之重力中心)豎框2323內框架2322b之一部分中。控制器2330中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2329e連接至顯示構造2325e。控制器2330中之電路系統經由佈線2329f連接至顯示構造2325f。控制器2330中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2329g連接至顯示構造2325g。控制器2330中之電路系統經由佈線2329h連接至顯示構造2325h。電纜2329e、2329f、2329g及2329h自控制器2330至各別顯示構造2325e、2325f、2325g及2325h的長度(例如,實質上)相同,且電纜在框架2322b及2322c之部分內延伸。控制器2330可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。舉例而言,在硬質表面2321a、2321b及2321c為一或多個可著色窗之情況下,任何(例如,全部)控制器可以可操作方式耦接至控制此等窗之色調等級之至少一個控制器。23 shows an example of hard surfaces 2321a, 2321b, and 2321c (eg, tintable windows) installed (eg, via hinges such as 2370 and/or adhesives) within frames 2322a, 2322b, and 2322c. Frames 2322a, 2322b, and 2322c include vertical mullion 2323, and horizontal mullion 2324 (also referred to as horizontal mullion). Four display structures 2325a, 2325b, 2325c and 2325d are mounted within frame 2322a, two display structures 2325e and 2325f are mounted within frame 2322b, and two display structures 2325g and 2325h are mounted within frame 2322c and can cover respective hard surfaces (eg, substantially) all (or only a portion of) viewable surfaces (eg, panels or windows, such as the visible surfaces of tintable windows) of 2321a, 2321b, and 2321c. For example, the surface 2380 of the tintable window is not covered by the display construction. The four controllers housed within housings (electronic boxes) 2326a, 2326b, 2326c and 2326d are mounted in a portion of the inner frame 2322a of the upper (with respect to the center of gravity directed by the vector 2320) mullion 2323. The circuitry in electronics box 2326a is connected to display structure 2325a via wiring 2329a. The wiring can be configured to transfer data and/or power (eg, to a touch screen). The circuitry in electronics box 2326b is connected to display structure 2325b via wiring 2329b. The circuitry in electronics box 2326c is connected to display structure 2325c via wiring 2329c. The circuitry in electronics box 2326d is connected to display structure 2325d via wiring 2329d. Display connectors 2328a, 2328b, 2328c, and 2328d extend from respective housings 2326a, 2326b, 2326c, and 2326d in the same downstream direction. Connectors 2328a, 2328b, 2328c, and 2328d are configured to point in the same downstream direction. Cables 2329a, 2329b, 2329c, and 2329d are of the same length (eg, substantially) from each electronics box 2326a, 2326b, 2326c, and 2326d to respective display configurations 2325a, 2325b, 2325c, and 2325d, and the cables are within portions of frame 2322a extend. The electronic box may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surfaces 2321a, 2321b, and 2321c are one or more tintable windows, any (eg, all) of the electronic boxes may be operably coupled to at least one control that controls the tint level of such windows device. The controller housed within the housing 2330 is mounted in a portion of the inner frame 2322b of the upper (with respect to the center of gravity pointing to the vector 2320) mullion 2323. Circuitry in controller 2330 (eg, including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2325e via wiring 2329e. The circuitry in controller 2330 is connected to display structure 2325f via wiring 2329f. Circuitry in controller 2330 (eg, including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2325g via wiring 2329g. The circuitry in controller 2330 is connected to display structure 2325h via wiring 2329h. Cables 2329e, 2329f, 2329g, and 2329h are (eg, substantially) the same length from controller 2330 to respective display configurations 2325e, 2325f, 2325g, and 2325h, and extend within portions of frames 2322b and 2322c. The controller 2330 may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surfaces 2321a, 2321b, and 2321c are one or more tintable windows, any (eg, all) of the controllers may be operably coupled to at least one control that controls the tint levels of those windows device.

圖24展示安裝(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)在框架2422a、2422b及2422c內之硬質表面2421a、2421b及2421c(例如,可著色窗)之實例。框架2422a、2422b及2422c包括豎直的豎框2423,及橫框2424(有時被稱作水平豎框)。四個顯示構造2425a、2425b、2425c及2425d安裝於框架2422a內,兩個顯示構造2425e及2425f安裝於框架2422b內,且兩個顯示構造2425g及2425h安裝於框架2422c內並可覆蓋各別硬質表面2421a、2421b及2421c之全部(或僅一部分)可觀看表面(例如,板或窗,諸如可著色窗之可見表面)。容納於外殼(在本文中亦被稱作電氣(E)盒)2426a、2426b、2426c及2426d內之四個控制器安裝於上部(相對於向量2420指向之重力中心)豎框2423內框架2422a之一部分中。電子盒2426a中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2429a連接至顯示構造2425a。電子盒2426b中之電路系統經由佈線2429b連接至顯示構造2425b。電子盒2426c中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2429c連接至顯示構造2425c。電子盒2426d中之電路系統經由佈線2429d連接至顯示構造2425d。電纜2429a、2429b、2429c及2429d自每一電子盒2426a、2426b、2426c及2426d至各別顯示構造2425a、2425b、2425c及2425d的長度(例如,實質上)相同,且電纜在框架2422a之部分內延伸。電子盒可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。舉例而言,在硬質表面2421a、2421b及2421c為一或多個可著色窗之情況下,任何(例如,全部)電子盒可以可操作方式耦接至控制此等窗之色調等級之至少一個控制器。容納於外殼2430內之控制器安裝於上部(相對於向量2420指向之重力中心)豎框2423內框架2422b之一部分中。控制器2430中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2429e連接至顯示構造2425e。控制器2430中之電路系統經由佈線2429f連接至顯示構造2425f。控制器2430中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2429g連接至顯示構造2425g。控制器2430中之電路系統經由佈線2429h連接至顯示構造2425h。電纜2429e、2429f、2429g及2429h自控制器2430至各別顯示構造2425e、2425f、2425g及2425h的長度(例如,實質上)相同,且電纜在框架2422b及2422c之部分內延伸。控制器2430可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。舉例而言,在硬質表面2421a、2421b及2421c為一或多個可著色窗之情況下,任何(例如,全部)控制器可以可操作方式耦接至控制此等窗之色調等級之至少一個控制器。24 shows an example of hard surfaces 2421a, 2421b, and 2421c (eg, tintable windows) mounted (eg, via hinges and/or adhesives) within frames 2422a, 2422b, and 2422c. Frames 2422a, 2422b, and 2422c include vertical mullion 2423, and horizontal mullion 2424 (sometimes referred to as horizontal mullion). Four display structures 2425a, 2425b, 2425c and 2425d are mounted within frame 2422a, two display structures 2425e and 2425f are mounted within frame 2422b, and two display structures 2425g and 2425h are mounted within frame 2422c and can cover respective hard surfaces All (or only a portion of) viewable surfaces of 2421a, 2421b, and 2421c (eg, panels or windows, such as the visible surface of a tintable window). The four controllers housed within enclosures (also referred to herein as electrical (E) boxes) 2426a, 2426b, 2426c, and 2426d are mounted to the upper (with respect to the center of gravity pointing to the vector 2420) mullion 2423 of the inner frame 2422a. in part. Circuitry in electronics box 2426a (eg, including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2425a via wiring 2429a. The circuitry in electronics box 2426b is connected to display structure 2425b via wiring 2429b. Circuitry in electronics box 2426c (eg, including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2425c via wiring 2429c. The circuitry in electronics box 2426d is connected to display structure 2425d via wiring 2429d. Cables 2429a, 2429b, 2429c, and 2429d are of the same length (eg, substantially) from each electronics box 2426a, 2426b, 2426c, and 2426d to respective display configurations 2425a, 2425b, 2425c, and 2425d, and the cables are within portions of frame 2422a extend. The electronic box may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surfaces 2421a, 2421b, and 2421c are one or more tintable windows, any (eg, all) electronic box may be operably coupled to at least one control that controls the tint level of such windows device. The controller housed within the housing 2430 is mounted in a portion of the inner frame 2422b of the upper (with respect to the center of gravity pointing to the vector 2420) mullion 2423. Circuitry in controller 2430 (eg, including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2425e via wiring 2429e. The circuitry in controller 2430 is connected to display structure 2425f via wiring 2429f. Circuitry in controller 2430 (eg, including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2425g via wiring 2429g. The circuitry in controller 2430 is connected to display fabric 2425h via wiring 2429h. Cables 2429e, 2429f, 2429g, and 2429h are (eg, substantially) the same length from controller 2430 to respective display configurations 2425e, 2425f, 2425g, and 2425h, and extend within portions of frames 2422b and 2422c. Controller 2430 may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surfaces 2421a, 2421b, and 2421c are one or more tintable windows, any (eg, all) of the controllers may be operably coupled to at least one control that controls the tint levels of those windows device.

圖25展示安裝(例如,經由鉸鏈及/或黏著劑)在框架2522a、2522b及2522c內之硬質表面2521a、2521b及2521c(例如,可著色窗)之實例。框架2522a、2522b及2522c包括豎直的豎框2523,及橫框2524(有時被稱作水平豎框)。四個顯示構造2525a、2525b、2525c及2525d安裝於框架2522a內,兩個顯示構造2525e及2525f安裝於框架2522b內,且兩個顯示構造2525g及2525h安裝於框架2522c內並可覆蓋各別硬質表面2521a、2521b及2521c之全部(或僅一部分)可觀看表面(例如,板或窗,諸如可著色窗之可見表面)。容納於外殼(在本文中亦被稱作電氣(E)盒)2526a、2526b、2526c及2526d內之四個控制器安裝於上部(相對於向量2520指向之重力中心)豎框2523內框架2522a之一部分中。電子盒2526a中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2529a連接至顯示構造2525a。電子盒2526b中之電路系統經由佈線2529b連接至顯示構造2525b。電子盒2526c中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2529c連接至顯示構造2525c。電子盒2526d中之電路系統經由佈線2529d連接至顯示構造2525d。電纜2529a、2529b、2529c及2529d自每一電子盒2526a、2526b、2526c及2526d至各別顯示構造2525a、2525b、2525c及2525d的長度(例如,實質上)相同,且電纜在框架2522a之部分內延伸。電子盒可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。舉例而言,在硬質表面2521a、2521b及2521c為一或多個可著色窗之情況下,任何(例如,全部)電子盒可以可操作方式耦接至控制此等窗之色調等級之至少一個控制器。容納於外殼2530內之控制器安裝於上部(相對於向量2520指向之重力中心)豎框2523內框架2522b之一部分中。控制器2530中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2529e連接至顯示構造2525e。控制器2530中之電路系統經由佈線2529f連接至顯示構造2525f。控制器2530中之電路系統(例如,包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統)經由佈線2529g連接至顯示構造2525g。控制器2530中之電路系統經由佈線2529h連接至顯示構造2525h。電纜2529e、2529f、2529g及2529h自控制器2530至各別顯示構造2525e、2525f、2525g及2525h的長度(例如,實質上)相同,且電纜在框架2522b及2522c之部分內延伸。控制器2530可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。舉例而言,在硬質表面2521a、2521b及2521c為一或多個可著色窗之情況下,任何(例如,全部)控制器可以可操作方式耦接至控制此等窗之色調等級之至少一個控制器。25 shows an example of hard surfaces 2521a, 2521b, and 2521c (eg, tintable windows) installed (eg, via hinges and/or adhesives) within frames 2522a, 2522b, and 2522c. Frames 2522a, 2522b, and 2522c include vertical mullions 2523, and horizontal mullions 2524 (sometimes referred to as horizontal mullions). Four display structures 2525a, 2525b, 2525c and 2525d are mounted within frame 2522a, two display structures 2525e and 2525f are mounted within frame 2522b, and two display structures 2525g and 2525h are mounted within frame 2522c and can cover respective hard surfaces All (or only a portion of) viewable surfaces of 2521a, 2521b, and 2521c (eg, panels or windows, such as the visible surface of a tintable window). The four controllers housed within enclosures (also referred to herein as electrical (E) boxes) 2526a, 2526b, 2526c, and 2526d are mounted to the upper (with respect to the center of gravity pointing to the vector 2520) mullion 2523 of the inner frame 2522a. in part. Circuitry in electronics box 2526a (eg, including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2525a via wiring 2529a. The circuitry in electronics box 2526b is connected to display structure 2525b via wiring 2529b. Circuitry in electronics box 2526c (eg, including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2525c via wiring 2529c. The circuitry in electronics box 2526d is connected to display structure 2525d via wiring 2529d. Cables 2529a, 2529b, 2529c, and 2529d are of the same length (eg, substantially) from each electronics box 2526a, 2526b, 2526c, and 2526d to respective display configurations 2525a, 2525b, 2525c, and 2525d, and the cables are within portions of frame 2522a extend. The electronic box may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surfaces 2521a, 2521b, and 2521c are one or more tintable windows, any (eg, all) of the electronic boxes may be operably coupled to at least one control that controls the tint level of such windows device. The controller housed within the housing 2530 is mounted in a portion of the inner frame 2522b of the upper (with respect to the center of gravity pointing to the vector 2520) mullion 2523. Circuitry in controller 2530 (eg, including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2525e via wiring 2529e. The circuitry in controller 2530 is connected to display structure 2525f via wiring 2529f. Circuitry in controller 2530 (eg, including timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry) is connected to display fabric 2525g via wiring 2529g. The circuitry in controller 2530 is connected to display fabric 2525h via wiring 2529h. Cables 2529e, 2529f, 2529g, and 2529h are (eg, substantially) the same length from controller 2530 to respective display configurations 2525e, 2525f, 2525g, and 2525h, and extend within portions of frames 2522b and 2522c. The controller 2530 may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. For example, where hard surfaces 2521a, 2521b, and 2521c are one or more tintable windows, any (eg, all) of the controllers may be operably coupled to at least one control that controls the tint levels of those windows device.

在一些實施例中,外殼((E)盒)中之一或多個控制器將功能性提供至一或多個顯示構造。電子盒可具有可緊固至安裝托架之罩蓋托架。罩蓋托架及安裝托架可安裝在窗框之一部分內及/或安裝至其他結構。電子盒可具有長度、寬度及高度。電子盒之長度可為至多15吋(”)、14”、13”、12”、11”或10”。電子盒之長度可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,約15”與10”之間,例如約12.5”。電子盒之寬度可為至多5吋(”)、4”、3.5”、3”、2.5”、2”或1.5”。電子盒之寬度可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,約5”與1.5”之間,例如約3.75”。電子盒之高度可為至多3”、2.5”、2”、1.5”或1”。電子盒之高度可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,約3”與1”之間,例如1.75”。電子盒可包括類比/數位轉換器電路板,其可安裝至罩蓋托架及安裝托架中之一者或兩者。電路板可包括用於經由電纜連接至電源(例如,AC或DC電源)之端子,電纜將電功率提供至電子盒,該電路板可包括至少一個(多個)資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接器),資料輸入連接器可接收資料以供顯示於相關聯顯示構造上,且該電路板可包括至少一個(多個)電子盒連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接器),電子盒連接器可將資料傳輸至另一電子盒。電子盒可包括控制器板,其可以可操作方式接合電路板。電路板可包含地理位置技術,諸如藍牙、射頻(例如,超寬頻無線電)或全球定位系統(GPS)。控制器板可包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統。時序控制器可用於精確協調更改顯示構造中之各種位置(例如,LED)之時序。控制器板可包括連接至佈纜之連接器,佈纜可連接至顯示構造。佈纜可在電子盒與顯示構造之間傳輸資料。自電子盒至顯示構造之連接器(例如,傳輸功率及/或資料)可在相同方向上自電子盒延伸或可在不同方向上自電子盒延伸。舉例而言,自電子盒至顯示構造之全部電源連接器可朝向相同方向延伸且自電子盒及/或其中安置之PCB之同一側伸出。舉例而言,自電子盒至顯示構造之全部通信連接器可朝向相同方向延伸且自電子盒及/或其中安置之PCB之同一側伸出。將功率自電子盒之PCB供應至顯示構造之電源連接器可與自電子盒之PCB至顯示構造之資料連接器駐存於相同PCB側上(例如,且朝向相同方向延伸,例如朝向顯示構造且遠離電子盒延伸)。電子盒與顯示構造之間的資料及/或功率之連接器可在與駐存有用於傳入電源電纜之連接器的電子盒之第二側具有一角度(垂直於第二側)的第一側處駐存於電子盒中。電子盒與顯示構造之間的資料及/或功率之連接器可在與駐存有用於傳入資料及/或媒體通信電纜之連接器的電子盒之第三側具有一角度(垂直於第三側)之第一側處駐存於電子盒中。用於(i)傳入電源、(ii)傳入資料(例如,媒體)通信及(iii)至顯示構造駐存之功率及/或資料的連接器可或可不駐存於一個PCB上。電子盒可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。電子盒可具有唯一網路識別符(ID),例如用於與控制設施之至少一個控制器通信。In some embodiments, one or more controllers in the housing ((E) box) provide functionality to one or more display configurations. The electronic box may have a cover bracket that can be fastened to the mounting bracket. The cover brackets and mounting brackets may be mounted within a portion of the window frame and/or to other structures. Electronic boxes can have length, width and height. The electronic box can be up to 15 inches ("), 14", 13", 12", 11" or 10" in length. The length of the electronic box can have any value between the aforementioned values (eg, between about 15" and 10", such as about 12.5". The width of the electronic box can be up to 5 inches ("), 4", 3.5", 3 ", 2.5", 2", or 1.5". The width of the electronic box can have any value between the foregoing values (eg, between about 5" and 1.5", such as about 3.75". The height of the electronic box can be up to 3" , 2.5", 2", 1.5", or 1". The height of the electronic box may have any value between the foregoing values (eg, between about 3" and 1", such as 1.75". The electronic box may include analog/digital conversion A circuit board that can be mounted to one or both of the cover bracket and the mounting bracket. The circuit board can include terminals for connecting to a power source (eg, an AC or DC power source) via a cable that provides electrical power To the electronic box, the circuit board may include at least one data input connector(s) (eg, DisplayPort, HDMI, Ethernet, or other type of connector for data transfer) that can receive data for display on an associated display structure, and the circuit board may include at least one electronic box connector(s) (eg, DisplayPort, HDMI, Ethernet, or other types of connectors for data transfer ), an electronic box connector can transmit data to another electronic box. The electronic box can include a controller board that can operably engage a circuit board. The circuit board can include geolocation technologies such as Bluetooth, radio frequency (e.g., ultra-wideband) Radio) or Global Positioning System (GPS). The controller board may include a timing controller, network components, and/or media-related circuitry. The timing controller may be used to precisely coordinate changes to various locations (eg, LEDs) in the display structure. Timing. The controller board can include a connector to a cabling that can be connected to the display structure. The cabling can transmit data between the electronics box and the display structure. Connectors from the electronics box to the display structure (e.g., transmit power and/or data) may extend from the electronics box in the same direction or may extend from the electronics box in different directions. For example, all power connectors from the electronics box to the display structure may extend in the same direction and extend from the electronics box and/or extend from the same side of the PCB housed therein. For example, all communication connectors from the electronics box to the display configuration may extend in the same direction and extend from the same side of the electronics box and/or the PCB housed therein. The power connector that supplies power from the PCB of the electronics box to the display structure may reside on the same PCB side as the data connector from the PCB of the electronics box to the display structure (eg, and extending in the same direction, such as toward the display structure and extending away from the electronics box). The connectors for data and/or power between the electronics box and the display structure may be at an angle (perpendicular to the second side of the electronics box where the connectors for incoming power cables reside) The first side of the two sides) resides in the electronic box. The connectors for data and/or power between the electronic box and the display structure may reside in the same connector for incoming data and/or media communication cables. The third side of the electronic box has a The first side of the angle (perpendicular to the third side) resides in the electronics box. Connectors for (i) incoming power, (ii) incoming data (eg, media) communication, and (iii) power and/or data to display fabric resident may or may not reside on one PCB. The electronic box may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. The electronic box may have a unique network identifier (ID), eg for communicating with at least one controller of the control facility.

在一些實施例中,複數根佈纜自電子盒延伸至顯示構造。佈纜經由連接器連接至電子盒中之電路系統。電路系統可處於一或多個印刷電路板(PCB)中。佈纜可經由連接器連接至電路板。連接器可連接捆綁成電纜之複數根電線。連接器之數目可為至少2、4、6或8個。連接器之數目可為偶數個。佈纜可具有相同或不同功能性。功能性可包括傳輸資料及/或傳輸電力(例如,電功率)。舉例而言,連接器可連接將資料自PCB傳輸至顯示構造之佈纜。舉例而言,連接器可連接將電力自PCB傳輸至顯示構造之佈纜。連接器可形成連接器之兩個群組。連接器群組之成員可相同或不同。舉例而言,連接器群組可包含資料連接器及功率連接器。連接器群組中連接器類型之各別配置可遵循鏡像對稱、反轉對稱及/或旋轉(例如,C 2)對稱。用於可適用對稱操作之鏡面、旋轉軸線及/或反轉點可安置於兩個連接器群組之間。 In some embodiments, a plurality of cabling extends from the electronics box to the display configuration. The cabling is connected to the circuitry in the electronics box via connectors. The circuitry may be in one or more printed circuit boards (PCBs). The cabling can be connected to the circuit board via the connector. A connector can connect a plurality of wires bundled into a cable. The number of connectors can be at least 2, 4, 6 or 8. The number of connectors can be even. The cabling can have the same or different functionality. Functionality may include transmitting data and/or transmitting power (eg, electrical power). For example, the connector may connect the cabling that transmits data from the PCB to the display structure. For example, the connector may connect the cabling that transmits power from the PCB to the display structure. The connectors may form two groups of connectors. The members of the connector group can be the same or different. For example, a connector group may include data connectors and power connectors. The individual configurations of connector types in a connector group may follow mirror symmetry, inversion symmetry, and/or rotational (eg, C2 ) symmetry. Mirrors, axes of rotation and/or reversal points for applicable symmetrical operation can be placed between the two connector groups.

圖26展示外殼(電子盒)2602中控制器之實例之分解視圖。電子盒2602具有緊固至安裝托架2604之罩蓋托架2603。罩蓋托架2603具有複數個狹縫2620(例如,用於通風及/或熱交換)。罩蓋托架2602及安裝托架2604可安裝在窗框(此圖中未展示)之一部分內或安裝至其他結構(例如,固定件)。電子盒2602包括類比/數位轉換器電路板2605,其可安裝至罩蓋托架2603及安裝托架2604中之一者或兩者。電路板2605可包括用於連接至(例如,AC)電源電纜之端子2606,該等電纜將電功率提供至電子盒2602;(多個)至少一個資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接器)2607,其可接收資料以供顯示於相關聯顯示構造上;以及(多個)至少一個電子盒連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接器)2608,其可將資料傳輸至另一電子盒。電子盒2602包括控制器板2610,其以可操作方式接合電路板2605。控制器板2610可包括時序控制器及/或媒體相關電路系統。時序控制器可用於(例如,精確)協調更改顯示構造之各種位置(例如,LED)之時序。電路板(例如,控制器板)2610包括連接至佈纜2612a-f之連接器(例如,2611),佈纜連接至顯示構造。佈纜2612a-f可在電子盒2602與顯示構造之間傳輸資料及/或功率。舉例而言,佈纜2612a-f中之一些可傳輸資料且佈纜中之一些可傳輸功率。舉例而言,兩根最外側佈纜2612c及2612f可傳輸功率,且四根內部佈纜2612e、2612d、2612a及2612b可傳輸資料。舉例而言,兩根最內側佈纜2612d及2612a可傳輸功率,且四根外部佈纜2612e、2612f、2612c及2612b可傳輸資料。舉例而言,兩根中間佈纜26123及2612b可傳輸功率,且其他四根佈纜2612d、2612f、2612c及2612a可傳輸資料。佈纜2612a-f中之兩者可傳輸功率且佈纜2612a-f中之四者可傳輸資料。連接器可在相同方向上自電子盒延伸或可在不同方向上自電子盒延伸。在圖26中所展示之實例中,連接器2611在相同方向上自電子盒2602延伸。連接器可與(例如,AC)電源電纜延伸之方向成直角自電子盒延伸或可與電源電纜延伸之方向成任何其他角度延伸。電子盒可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。電子盒可具有唯一網路ID以用於與控制設施之至少一個控制器通信。26 shows an exploded view of an example of a controller in a housing (electronic box) 2602. The electronic box 2602 has a cover bracket 2603 fastened to a mounting bracket 2604. The cover bracket 2603 has a plurality of slits 2620 (eg, for ventilation and/or heat exchange). Cover bracket 2602 and mounting bracket 2604 may be mounted within a portion of a window frame (not shown in this figure) or to other structures (eg, fasteners). Electronic box 2602 includes an analog/digital converter circuit board 2605 that can be mounted to one or both of cover bracket 2603 and mounting bracket 2604. Circuit board 2605 may include terminals 2606 for connection to (eg, AC) power cables that provide electrical power to electronics box 2602; at least one data input connector(s) (eg, DisplayPort, HDMI, B Ethernet or other type of connector for data transfer) 2607, which can receive data for display on an associated display structure; and at least one electronics box connector (eg, DisplayPort, HDMI, Ethernet or other type of connector for data transfer) 2608, which can transfer data to another electronic box. The electronics box 2602 includes a controller board 2610 that operably engages the circuit board 2605. The controller board 2610 may include a timing controller and/or media related circuitry. A timing controller can be used to (eg, precisely) coordinate the timing of changing various locations (eg, LEDs) of the display structure. The circuit board (eg, controller board) 2610 includes connectors (eg, 2611 ) that connect to the cabling 2612a-f, which connect to the display structure. Cabling 2612a-f can transmit data and/or power between the electronics box 2602 and the display structure. For example, some of the cables 2612a-f can transmit data and some of the cables can transmit power. For example, the two outermost cables 2612c and 2612f can transmit power, and the four inner cables 2612e, 2612d, 2612a and 2612b can transmit data. For example, the two innermost cables 2612d and 2612a can transmit power, and the four outer cables 2612e, 2612f, 2612c and 2612b can transmit data. For example, two intermediate cables 26123 and 2612b can transmit power, and the other four cables 2612d, 2612f, 2612c and 2612a can transmit data. Two of the cables 2612a-f can transmit power and four of the cables 2612a-f can transmit data. The connectors may extend from the electronics box in the same direction or may extend from the electronics box in different directions. In the example shown in Figure 26, the connector 2611 extends from the electronics box 2602 in the same direction. The connector may extend from the electronics box at right angles to the direction in which the (eg, AC) power cable extends or may extend at any other angle to the direction in which the power cable extends. The electronic box may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. The electronic box may have a unique network ID for communicating with at least one controller of the control facility.

圖27A及圖27B展示圖26中展示為分解視圖之經組裝電子盒2702之各種視圖。電子盒2702具有緊固至安裝托架2704之罩蓋托架2703。罩蓋托架2702及安裝托架2704可安裝在窗框(此圖中未展示)之一部分內或安裝至其他結構。電子盒2702可具有用於配合在結構內之尺寸(例如,如本文中所揭示)(例如,長度2730、寬度2731及厚度2732)。該結構可為本文中所揭示之任何結構。電子盒2702包括(例如,類比/數位轉換器)電路板2705,其可安裝至罩蓋托架2703及安裝托架2704中之一者或兩者。電路板2705包括用於連接至(例如,AC)電源電纜2715之端子2706,該等電纜將電功率提供至電子盒2702;(多個)至少一個資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接器)2707,其可接收資料以供顯示於相關聯顯示構造上;以及(多個)至少一個電子盒連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接器)2708,其例如經由電纜2716將資料傳輸至另一電子盒或網路。電子盒2702包括控制器板2710,其以可操作方式接合電路板2705。控制器板2710可包括時序控制器及媒體相關電路系統。時序控制器可用於精確協調更改顯示構造中之各種位置(例如,LED)之時序。控制器板2710包括連接至佈纜2712之連接器2711,佈纜連接至顯示構造。佈纜2712可在電子盒2702與顯示構造之間傳輸資料及/或功率。連接器2711在相同方向上自電子盒2702延伸。27A and 27B show various views of the assembled electronic box 2702 shown in FIG. 26 as an exploded view. The electronic box 2702 has a cover bracket 2703 fastened to a mounting bracket 2704. Cover bracket 2702 and mounting bracket 2704 may be mounted within a portion of a window frame (not shown in this figure) or to other structures. Electronic box 2702 may have dimensions (eg, as disclosed herein) for fitting within a structure (eg, length 2730, width 2731, and thickness 2732). The structure can be any of the structures disclosed herein. Electronic box 2702 includes a (eg, analog/digital converter) circuit board 2705 that can be mounted to one or both of cover bracket 2703 and mounting bracket 2704 . Circuit board 2705 includes terminals 2706 for connection to (eg, AC) power cables 2715 that provide electrical power to electronics box 2702; at least one data input connector(s) (eg, DisplayPort, HDMI, Ethernet Ethernet or other type of connector for data transfer) 2707 that can receive data for display on an associated display structure; and at least one electronics box connector (eg, DisplayPort, HDMI, Ethernet or other type of connector for data transfer) 2708, which transfers the data to another electronic box or network, such as via cable 2716. The electronics box 2702 includes a controller board 2710 that operably engages the circuit board 2705 . The controller board 2710 may include a timing controller and media related circuitry. A timing controller can be used to precisely coordinate the timing of changing various locations (eg, LEDs) in the display structure. The controller board 2710 includes a connector 2711 that connects to a cabling 2712 that connects to the display structure. Cabling 2712 can transmit data and/or power between electronics box 2702 and the display structure. The connector 2711 extends from the electronic box 2702 in the same direction.

圖32展示電子盒3202之分解視圖之實例。電子盒3202具有緊固至安裝托架3204之罩蓋托架3203。罩蓋托架3202及安裝托架3204可安裝在結構,諸如固定件,例如窗框(此圖中未展示)之一部分內。電子盒3202可具有與將電子盒3202配合至結構之一部分中一致的尺寸或可具有大於或小於此等尺寸的其他尺寸(例如,如本文中所揭示)。電子盒3202包括(例如,類比/數位轉換器)電路板3205,其可安裝至罩蓋托架3203及安裝托架3204中之一者或兩者。電路板3205可包括用於連接至(多根)(例如,AC)電源電纜之一或多個端子3206,該等電纜將電功率提供至電子盒3202(例如,經由同軸電纜);(多個)至少一個資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接器)3207,其可接收資料以供顯示於相關聯顯示構造上;以及至少一個電子盒連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接器)3208,其可將資料傳輸至另一電子盒及/或網路。電子盒3202包括(例如,控制器)電路板3210,其以可操作方式接合電路板3205。電路板3210可包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統。時序控制器可用於精確協調更改顯示構造中之各種位置(例如,LED)之時序。電路板3210包括連接至佈纜(例如,3212)之連接器3211a-f,佈纜繼而連接至顯示構造。佈纜3212可在電子盒3202與顯示構造之間傳輸資料及/或功率。電子盒3202可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。電子盒3202可具有唯一網路ID以用於與控制設施之至少一個控制器通信。32 shows an example of an exploded view of electronic cassette 3202. The electronic box 3202 has a cover bracket 3203 fastened to a mounting bracket 3204. Cover bracket 3202 and mounting bracket 3204 can be mounted within a structure, such as a fixture, such as a portion of a window frame (not shown in this figure). The electronics box 3202 may have dimensions consistent with fitting the electronics box 3202 into a portion of the structure or may have other dimensions that are larger or smaller than these dimensions (eg, as disclosed herein). Electronic box 3202 includes a (eg, analog/digital converter) circuit board 3205 that can be mounted to one or both of cover bracket 3203 and mounting bracket 3204 . Circuit board 3205 may include one or more terminals 3206 for connection to power cable(s) (eg, AC) that provide electrical power to electronics box 3202 (eg, via coaxial cables);(s) at least one data input connector (eg, DisplayPort, HDMI, Ethernet, and/or other types of connectors for data transfer) 3207 that can receive data for display on an associated display structure; and at least An electronic box connector (eg, DisplayPort, HDMI, Ethernet, and/or other types of connectors for data transfer) 3208 that can transmit data to another electronic box and/or network. Electronic box 3202 includes (eg, a controller) circuit board 3210 that operably engages circuit board 3205 . Circuit board 3210 may include timing controllers, network components, and/or media-related circuitry. A timing controller can be used to precisely coordinate the timing of changing various locations (eg, LEDs) in the display structure. Circuit board 3210 includes connectors 3211a-f that connect to cabling (eg, 3212), which in turn connect to the display structure. Cabling 3212 can transmit data and/or power between electronics box 3202 and the display structure. The electronic box 3202 may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device of the facility. The electronic box 3202 may have a unique network ID for communicating with at least one controller of the control facility.

圖33A至圖33D展示電子盒之各種視圖。電子盒3302具有緊固至安裝托架3304之罩蓋托架3303。罩蓋托架3303及安裝托架3304可安裝在結構或該結構(例如,固定件,諸如窗框(此圖中未展示))之一部分內。電子盒3302可具有用於安裝在該結構內之尺寸(例如,具有長度3330、寬度3331及厚度3332),例如本文中所揭示之任何尺寸。電子盒3302包括(例如,類比/數位轉換器)第一電路板,其可安裝至罩蓋托架3303及安裝托架3304中之一者或兩者。第一電路板包括用於連接至(例如,AC)電源電纜(例如,包含同軸電纜或雙絞線)之一或多個端子(例如,3306),該等電纜將電功率提供至電子盒3302;一或多個資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接器)3307,其可接收資料以供顯示於相關聯顯示構造上;以及一或多個電子盒連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接器)3308,其可將資料傳輸至另一電子盒。電子盒3302包括第二(例如,控制器)電路板3305,其以可操作方式接合第一電路板。在一些實施例中,第一電路板及第二電路板為一個電路板(例如,且駐存於電路板之相同或不同側上)。在一些實施例中,第一電路板及第二電路板為單獨電路板,其分離一距離,該距離促進熱交換及/或屏蔽(例如,電子及/或電磁(例如,射頻)屏蔽)。熱交換器及/或屏蔽件可包含元素金屬或金屬合金。熱交換器可被動地及/或主動地交換熱。熱交換器可包含熱管、板或網狀物。熱交換器可包含散熱片。第二電路板3305可包括時序控制器、網路組件及/或媒體相關電路系統。時序控制器可用於精確協調更改顯示構造中之各種位置(例如,LED)之時序。在圖33A-D中所展示之實例中,第二電路板包括連接至佈纜3312之一或多個連接器3311,佈纜繼而連接至顯示構造。佈纜3312可在電子盒3302與顯示構造之間傳輸資料及/或功率。可存在連接電子盒與顯示構造(未展示)之額外佈纜。電子盒3302可以可操作方式耦接(例如,以無線及/或有線方式)至網路,該網路耦接至控制設施或設施內之任何可控制裝置的至少一個控制器。電子盒3302可具有唯一網路ID以用於與控制設施之至少一個控制器通信。33A-33D show various views of the electronic cassette. The electronic box 3302 has a cover bracket 3303 fastened to a mounting bracket 3304. Cover brackets 3303 and mounting brackets 3304 may be mounted within a structure or a portion of the structure (eg, a fixture such as a window frame (not shown in this figure)). The electronic box 3302 may have dimensions for installation within the structure (eg, having a length 3330, a width 3331, and a thickness 3332), such as any of the dimensions disclosed herein. Electronic box 3302 includes a (eg, analog/digital converter) first circuit board that can be mounted to one or both of cover bracket 3303 and mounting bracket 3304 . the first circuit board includes one or more terminals (eg, 3306 ) for connecting to (eg, AC) power cables (eg, including coaxial cables or twisted pair) that provide electrical power to the electronics box 3302; one or more data input connectors (eg, DisplayPort, HDMI, Ethernet, and/or other types of connectors for data transfer) 3307 that can receive data for display on an associated display structure; And one or more electronic box connectors (eg, DisplayPort, HDMI, Ethernet, and/or other types of connectors for data transfer) 3308, which can transfer data to another electronic box. The electronics box 3302 includes a second (eg, controller) circuit board 3305 that operably engages the first circuit board. In some embodiments, the first circuit board and the second circuit board are one circuit board (eg, and reside on the same or different sides of the circuit board). In some embodiments, the first circuit board and the second circuit board are separate circuit boards separated by a distance that facilitates heat exchange and/or shielding (eg, electronic and/or electromagnetic (eg, radio frequency) shielding). The heat exchanger and/or shield may comprise elemental metals or metal alloys. The heat exchanger may exchange heat passively and/or actively. Heat exchangers may contain heat pipes, plates or meshes. The heat exchanger may contain fins. The second circuit board 3305 may include timing controllers, network components and/or media related circuitry. A timing controller can be used to precisely coordinate the timing of changing various locations (eg, LEDs) in the display structure. In the example shown in Figures 33A-D, the second circuit board includes one or more connectors 3311 that connect to cabling 3312, which in turn connects to the display configuration. Cabling 3312 can transmit data and/or power between electronics box 3302 and the display structure. There may be additional cabling connecting the electronics box to the display structure (not shown). The electronic box 3302 may be operably coupled (eg, wirelessly and/or wired) to a network coupled to at least one controller that controls the facility or any controllable device within the facility. The electronic box 3302 may have a unique network ID for communicating with at least one controller of the control facility.

圖34A至圖34E展示電路板3405之各種視圖實例,電路板可安裝在電子盒內。電路板3405可包括用於連接至(多根)AC電源電纜之一或多個端子3406,該等電纜將電功率提供至電路板3405;(多個)至少一個資料輸入連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接器)3407,其可接收資料以供顯示於相關聯顯示構造上;以及(多個)至少一個電子盒連接器(例如,顯示埠、HDMI、乙太網路及/或用於資料傳輸之其他類型之連接器)3408,其可將資料傳輸至另一電子盒。電路板3405可以可操作方式接合控制器板,其可包括時序控制器及媒體相關電路系統,以及連接至佈纜之連接器,佈纜連接至顯示構造。34A-34E show various examples of views of a circuit board 3405, which may be mounted within an electronic box. The circuit board 3405 may include one or more terminals 3406 for connection to AC power cable(s) that provide electrical power to the circuit board 3405; at least one data input connector(s) (eg, DisplayPort , HDMI, Ethernet, and/or other types of connectors for data transfer) 3407, which can receive data for display on an associated display structure; and at least one electronics box connector (e.g. , DisplayPort, HDMI, Ethernet, and/or other types of connectors for data transfer) 3408, which can transfer data to another electronic box. Circuit board 3405 can operably engage a controller board, which can include timing controllers and media-related circuitry, as well as connectors to cabling that connect to the display structure.

在一些實施例中,本文所描述之某些設備、非暫時性電腦可讀媒體及/或方法包含使氣體(例如,空氣)傳遞通過可著色窗之至少一個窗片之技術。可著色窗可包含絕緣玻璃單元,例如IGU之經著色的電致變色塗佈窗片。氣體(例如,空氣)之傳遞可為了移除熱及/或減輕例如窗片及窗片之基板上的任何光學可切換裝置(例如,電致變色塗層)及/或其他組件(例如,顯示構造)上之熱負荷。氣體(例如,空氣)之傳遞可用於經由例如對流移除熱。熱可經由傳導及/或輻射移除。在一些實施例中,已經藉由及/或經由IGU窗片加熱之氣體可諸如藉由泵抽、推動及/或抽吸傳遞。氣體可流動至設施之內部環境及/或具有IGU窗片之設施(例如,建築物)之外部。舉例而言,加熱氣體可用於加溫設施之內部。在一些實施例中,加熱氣體可用於驅動渦輪機產生電力。因此產生之電力可儲存於強制氣窗總成上之電池中。In some embodiments, certain apparatuses, non-transitory computer-readable media, and/or methods described herein include techniques for passing a gas (eg, air) through at least one slate of a tintable window. Tintable windows may comprise insulating glass units, such as tinted electrochromic coated windows of IGU. The delivery of gas (eg, air) may be for heat removal and/or lightening of any optically switchable devices (eg, electrochromic coatings) and/or other components (eg, display) on substrates such as windows and windows heat load on the structure). The transfer of gas (eg, air) can be used to remove heat via, for example, convection. Heat can be removed via conduction and/or radiation. In some embodiments, the gas that has been heated by and/or through the IGU windows may be delivered, such as by pumping, pushing and/or suction. The gas can flow to the interior environment of the facility and/or to the exterior of the facility (eg, building) with IGU windows. For example, heated gas can be used to heat the interior of the facility. In some embodiments, the heated gas may be used to drive a turbine to generate electricity. The electricity thus generated can be stored in a battery on the forced louver assembly.

在一些實施例中,強制氣體可著色(例如,電致變色)窗可包含兩個或更多個通風模組,其與IGU子總成之電致變色窗片與第三窗片之間的內部空間連通。在一些情況下,此等通風模組中之一或多者可包含一或多個空氣移動裝置,例如一或多個風扇,以用於主動地移動氣體(例如,空氣)通過電致變色窗片與第三窗片之間的內部空間。在一種情況下,一或多個空氣移動裝置(例如,風扇)可包含葉片風扇、無葉片風扇或空氣泵中之一者。在一些情況下,來自該結構且在強制空氣可著色窗外部的一或多個空氣移動裝置可經組態以將空氣饋入至通風模組中之一或多者中或自通風模組中之一或多者輸出空氣。在某些實施例中,排出空氣可用於藉由轉動連接至發電機之渦輪機而產生電力。所產生電力可儲存於電池中,例如儲存於通風模組中之一者中。強制空氣可著色窗、其使用及其控制之實例可發現於2015年2月4日申請之標題為「Forced Air Smart Windows」之PCT/US15/14453(WO 2015/120045A1)中,其以全文引用的方式併入本文中。In some embodiments, the forced gas tintable (eg, electrochromic) window may include two or more ventilation modules with a connection between the electrochromic window and the third window of the IGU subassembly. Internal space is connected. In some cases, one or more of these ventilation modules may include one or more air moving devices, such as one or more fans, for actively moving gas (eg, air) through the electrochromic window The interior space between the pane and the third window pane. In one case, the one or more air moving devices (eg, fans) may include one of a bladed fan, a bladeless fan, or an air pump. In some cases, one or more air movement devices from the structure and outside the forced air tintable window may be configured to feed air into one or more of the ventilation modules or into the self-ventilation modules One or more output air. In certain embodiments, the exhaust air may be used to generate electricity by rotating a turbine connected to a generator. The electricity generated can be stored in a battery, for example in one of the ventilation modules. Examples of forced air tintable windows, their use and controls can be found in PCT/US15/14453 (WO 2015/120045A1), filed February 4, 2015, entitled "Forced Air Smart Windows", which is incorporated by reference in its entirety manner is incorporated into this article.

圖28展示耦接至緊固件2802之顯示構造2801之實例,該顯示構造藉由感測器及發射器面板,例如2803成框。顯示構造耦接(例如,經由在圖28中未展示之佈線及/或佈纜)至電子盒2811及電源2810。電子盒及電源可鄰近於或遠離顯示構造安置,例如本文中所安置(例如,在固定件腔中,諸如在窗框中或在壁腔中)。緊固件2802包括鉸鏈,其具有藉由轉向節及樞軸配置耦接的包含托架之第一葉片2821與第二葉片2822。緊固件2802包括氣體導引件2823(所示之局部視圖),其促進氣體通過耦接至葉片部分2821(所示之局部視圖)中之各別孔的風扇2805之集合的定向流動。氣體指導組件經組態以附接具有連接器2831之電路板2830,連接器將電路板連接至顯示構造2801。電路板可包含控制器及/或驅動器板。FIG. 28 shows an example of a display construction 2801 coupled to a fastener 2802, which is framed by a sensor and transmitter panel, eg, 2803. The display structure is coupled (eg, via wiring and/or cabling not shown in FIG. 28 ) to electronic box 2811 and power supply 2810 . The electronics box and power supply may be positioned adjacent to or remote from the display configuration, such as those positioned herein (eg, in a fixture cavity, such as in a window frame or in a wall cavity). The fastener 2802 includes a hinge having a first blade 2821 and a second blade 2822 including a bracket coupled by a knuckle and pivot arrangement. Fastener 2802 includes gas guides 2823 (partial view shown) that promote directional flow of air through a collection of fans 2805 coupled to respective holes in blade portion 2821 (partial view shown). The gas guide assembly is configured to attach a circuit board 2830 having a connector 2831 that connects the circuit board to the display construction 2801. The circuit board may include a controller and/or driver board.

在一些實施例中,顯示構造包括觸控螢幕功能性。在一些實施例中,複數個顯示構造可彼此鄰近配置(例如,以形成顯示牆,諸如視訊牆)。顯示構造可以矩陣配置(本文中亦被稱作顯示構造之群組或集合)。兩個緊鄰顯示構造之間可存在間隙。緊鄰顯示構造之間不包括另一顯示構造。間隙可被遮蔽或未被遮蔽。間隙遮蔽可包含可撓性填料,諸如透明聚合物及/或樹脂。可撓性填料可包含碳基或矽基聚合物或樹脂。填料可包含光學級材料。填料可藉由混合至少兩種組分聚合及/或固化。至少兩種組分及/或填料中之至少一者可具有至少約400毫帕秒(mPa*s)、1000 mPa*s、2000 mPa*s、3000 mPa*s、5000 mPa*s、6000 mPa*s、7000 mPa*s、8000 mPa*s、9000 mPa*s、10000 mPa*s、25000 mPa*s或50000 mPa*s之黏度。填料之密度可為至少約0.9公克每立方公分(g/cm 3)、0.95 g/cm 3、0.97 g/cm 3、0.98 g/cm 3或0.99 g/cm 3。填料在固化之後可具有低收縮率(例如,在固化之後相對於在固化之前每一體積至多約0.2%、0.1%或0.5%體積之收縮率)。填料可具有至多約2.5、2.6、2.7、2.8或2.9之介電常數。填料可具有前述介電常數中之任何者之間的介電常數(例如,自2.5至2.9或自2.7至2.8)。填料可光學清透(例如,對於普通人)。填料可具有至少2公斤力每平方公分(Kgf/cm 2)、2.2 Kgf/cm 2、2.5 Kgf/cm 2、3 Kgf/cm 2、3.5 Kgf/cm 2、4.0 Kgf/cm 2、4.5 Kgf/cm 2、5.0 Kgf/cm 2、5.5 Kgf/cm 2,或6 Kgf/cm 2之拉伸強度。填料可具有(例如,可見)光之至少約98%、98.5%、99%、99.2%、99.4%或99.5%之透射率。填料例如在25℃、23℃或20℃下可具有至多約1.9、1.7、1.6、1.5、1.4或1.3之折射率。舉例而言,填料可為Wacker Lumisil ®(WL)填料(例如,WL 100、200或300系列)。可撓性填料可經組態以允許顯示器之膨脹及/或收縮(例如,由於溫度改變)。可撓性填料可經組態以將緊鄰顯示器彼此黏合及/或黏合至結構。該結構可為可著色窗、板或壁。安裝托架及/或鉸鏈可緊固至顯示構造且可安裝至結構。該結構可包含框架或壁部分。該結構可包含固定件。框架可包含豎直豎框及水平豎框(橫框)。固定件(例如,框架)可安裝(例如,結合、緊固及/或藉由其他附接部件)至各種表面(例如,設施內部之壁、板、玻璃及/或其他安裝位置)。在一些實施例中,顯示構造可直接附接至該結構(例如,可著色窗)。直接附接可使用聚合物及/或樹脂。直接附接可使用結合。結合可利用黏著劑聚合物及/或樹脂(例如,如本文中所揭示)。結合材料可具有相較於其他(例如,剛性)狀態更具延展性的狀態。剛性狀態在環境條件下可為普遍的。延展性狀態可處於不同於環境條件之特定可控制條件下。延展性狀態與剛性狀態之間的改變可藉由外部刺激(例如,熱、磁場、電場及/或化學刺激)觸發。舉例而言,填料(例如,黏著劑聚合物及/或樹脂)可為熱敏性的。舉例而言,填料例如在非環境條件下(例如,在經加熱環境下)可更具延展性,且促進(多個)顯示構造與其支撐結構之脫離(例如,用於維護或交換)。集合中顯示構造及/或觸控螢幕之間的劃分可被遮蔽,例如由於顯示構造之接近性及兩個緊鄰顯示構造之間發射器-感測器面板之缺失。可撓性填料可安置於兩個緊鄰顯示構造之間。 In some embodiments, the display configuration includes touch screen functionality. In some embodiments, a plurality of display structures may be arranged adjacent to each other (eg, to form a display wall, such as a video wall). Display constructs may be arranged in a matrix (also referred to herein as a group or set of display constructs). A gap may exist between two immediately adjacent display constructs. Immediately between display configurations does not include another display configuration. Gaps can be shaded or unshaded. The gap mask may contain flexible fillers, such as transparent polymers and/or resins. Flexible fillers may comprise carbon-based or silicon-based polymers or resins. The filler may comprise optical grade materials. The filler can be polymerized and/or cured by mixing at least two components. At least one of the at least two components and/or the filler can have at least about 400 milliPascal seconds (mPa*s), 1000 mPa*s, 2000 mPa*s, 3000 mPa*s, 5000 mPa*s, 6000 mPa *s, 7000 mPa*s, 8000 mPa*s, 9000 mPa*s, 10000 mPa*s, 25000 mPa*s or 50000 mPa*s viscosity. The density of the filler can be at least about 0.9 grams per cubic centimeter (g/cm 3 ), 0.95 g/cm 3 , 0.97 g/cm 3 , 0.98 g/cm 3 or 0.99 g/cm 3 . The filler may have low shrinkage after curing (eg, shrinkage of up to about 0.2%, 0.1%, or 0.5% volume per volume after curing relative to prior to curing). The filler can have a dielectric constant of up to about 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, or 2.9. The filler can have a dielectric constant between any of the foregoing dielectric constants (eg, from 2.5 to 2.9 or from 2.7 to 2.8). Fillers can be optically clear (eg, to the average person). The filler may have at least 2 kilogram force per square centimeter (Kgf/cm 2 ), 2.2 Kgf/cm 2 , 2.5 Kgf/cm 2 , 3 Kgf/cm 2 , 3.5 Kgf/cm 2 , 4.0 Kgf/cm 2 , 4.5 Kgf/ cm 2 , 5.0 Kgf/cm 2 , 5.5 Kgf/cm 2 , or 6 Kgf/cm 2 tensile strength. The filler can have a transmittance of at least about 98%, 98.5%, 99%, 99.2%, 99.4%, or 99.5% of (eg, visible) light. The filler may have a refractive index of up to about 1.9, 1.7, 1.6, 1.5, 1.4, or 1.3, for example, at 25°C, 23°C, or 20°C. For example, the filler can be Wacker Lumisil ® (WL) filler (eg, WL 100, 200 or 300 series). The flexible filler can be configured to allow expansion and/or contraction of the display (eg, due to temperature changes). The flexible filler can be configured to bond adjacent displays to each other and/or to structures. The structure may be a tintable window, panel or wall. Mounting brackets and/or hinges can be fastened to the display structure and can be mounted to the structure. The structure may comprise frame or wall sections. The structure may contain fasteners. The frame may include vertical mullions and horizontal mullions (horizontals). Fixtures (eg, frames) may be mounted (eg, bonded, fastened, and/or by other attachment components) to various surfaces (eg, walls, panels, glass, and/or other mounting locations inside the facility). In some embodiments, a display construct may be attached directly to the structure (eg, a tintable window). Direct attachment may use polymers and/or resins. Direct attachment can use bonding. Bonding can utilize adhesive polymers and/or resins (eg, as disclosed herein). The bonding material may have a more malleable state compared to other (eg, rigid) states. The rigid state may be prevalent under ambient conditions. The malleable state may be under certain controllable conditions other than ambient conditions. The change between the malleable state and the rigid state can be triggered by external stimuli (eg, thermal, magnetic, electric, and/or chemical stimuli). For example, fillers (eg, adhesive polymers and/or resins) can be heat sensitive. For example, the filler material may be more malleable, eg, under non-ambient conditions (eg, in a heated environment), and facilitate detachment of the display construct(s) from its support structure (eg, for maintenance or exchange). The division between display structures and/or touchscreens in a set can be obscured, eg, due to the proximity of the display structures and the absence of an emitter-sensor panel between two immediately adjacent display structures. A flexible filler can be placed between two immediately adjacent display structures.

在一些實施例中,顯示構造可緊固至側部托架。側部托架可緊固至結構(例如,固定件,諸如框架部分或壁)。側部托架可緊固至顯示構造(例如,經由黏著劑及/或螺釘)。側部托架以可操作方式耦接至至少一對(例如,兩對)發射器面板及感測器面板。第一感測器及發射器面板對可正交於第二感測器及發射器面板對安置。兩個正交感測器及發射器面板對可促進至少一個觸控螢幕之操作。In some embodiments, the display formations may be fastened to the side brackets. The side brackets may be fastened to structures (eg, fasteners such as frame portions or walls). The side brackets can be fastened to the display construction (eg, via adhesive and/or screws). The side brackets are operably coupled to at least one pair (eg, two pairs) of transmitter panels and sensor panels. The first sensor and transmitter panel pair may be positioned orthogonal to the second sensor and transmitter panel pair. Two orthogonal sensor and transmitter panel pairs may facilitate operation of at least one touch screen.

在一些實施例中,複數個顯示構造經配置以形成顯示構造壁。顯示構造壁可或可不包含觸控螢幕能力。舉例而言,顯示構造壁中之至少一個(例如,全部)顯示構造可具有觸控螢幕能力。可藉由至少一對感測器及發射器面板促進觸控螢幕。觸控螢幕可包含兩個正交感測器及發射器對,例如正交配置之感測器及發射器(例如,如本文中所揭示)。發射器面板與其感測器面板之間的距離可橫跨一或多個顯示構造。顯示構造可以矩陣配置安置(例如,2×2顯示構造中可形成顯示構造集)。在一些實施例中,集合中之至少一個(例如,每一)顯示構造包含其專用觸控螢幕,該觸控螢幕具有感測器及發射器面板之至少一個集合(例如,兩個集合)。在一些實施例中,集合中之至少兩個顯示構造包含其專用觸控螢幕,該觸控螢幕具有感測器及發射器面板之至少一個集合(例如,兩個集合)。使來自發射器面板中之發射器的信號行進直至其到達感測器面板中之感測器。若信號未到達感測器,則觸控螢幕控制器可將此類干擾解譯為觸控螢幕之觸控。因此,發射器與感測器之間的路徑不應被無意干擾。In some embodiments, a plurality of display structures are configured to form a display structure wall. The display construction wall may or may not contain touch screen capabilities. For example, at least one (eg, all) of the display structure walls may have touch screen capabilities. Touching the screen can be facilitated by at least one pair of sensor and transmitter panels. A touchscreen may include two orthogonal sensor and transmitter pairs, such as sensors and transmitters in an orthogonal configuration (eg, as disclosed herein). The distance between the transmitter panel and its sensor panel may span one or more display configurations. The display configurations may be arranged in a matrix configuration (eg, a set of display configurations may be formed in a 2x2 display configuration). In some embodiments, at least one (eg, each) display configuration of the set includes its dedicated touchscreen having at least one set (eg, two sets) of sensor and transmitter panels. In some embodiments, at least two display structures in a set include their dedicated touchscreens having at least one set (eg, two sets) of sensor and transmitter panels. The signal from the transmitter in the transmitter panel is made to travel until it reaches the sensor in the sensor panel. If the signal does not reach the sensor, the touchscreen controller can interpret such disturbances as touches on the touchscreen. Therefore, the path between the transmitter and the sensor should not be unintentionally disturbed.

在一些實施例中,顯示構造及/或顯示構造之集合為(例如,實質上)平坦的。顯示構造之平坦度變化之容限受限制(例如,以促進鄰近於顯示構造安置之感測器-發射器面板之操作)。集合中顯示構造之間的平坦度變化之容限可受限制(例如,以促進鄰近於顯示構造集合安置之感測器-發射器面板之操作)。相較於遠離觀看者,朝向觀看者的平坦度變化可更嚴格。朝向顯示構造之鄰近於觸控螢幕安置(例如,安置有感測器及發射器面板)之一側的平坦度變化可更嚴格。舉例而言,顯示構造可以預定距離或更小之偏差朝向觀看者及/或觸控螢幕凸出。顯示構造可遠離觀看者及/或觸控螢幕凸出多於該預定距離。觸控螢幕可經組態以如同單一顯示構造一般展示顯示資料(例如,分別分割在顯示器集合中之顯示器當中使得集合中之每一顯示器顯示螢幕影像之一部分的一個媒體)。使用者可使用選擇器(例如,游標及/或觸控螢幕)以控制該複數個顯示構造,如同顯示構造之集合為單一顯示器一般。容限可允許安置於感測器-發射器面板之間的任何顯示構造之平坦度偏差至多為約100微米(μm)、300μm、500μm、700μm或900μm。平坦度偏差限制可在朝向感測器-發射器面板之方向上。顯示構造可為(例如,稍微)凹入、凸出或波紋顯示器(例如,在本文中提及之容限內)。兩個緊鄰顯示器之間的間隙可為至多約0.1吋(”)、0.2”、0.3”、0.4”或0.5”。間隙可具有前述值之間的任何值(例如,自約0.1”至約0.5”)。顯示構造集合可具有複數個顯示器(例如,TOLED)共用的玻璃面板。顯示構造可各自具有支撐顯示器(例如,TOLED)之玻璃面板。In some embodiments, display configurations and/or sets of display configurations are (eg, substantially) flat. The tolerance for flatness variation of the display structure is limited (eg, to facilitate operation of a sensor-emitter panel positioned adjacent to the display structure). The tolerance for flatness variation between display structures in a set may be limited (eg, to facilitate operation of sensor-emitter panels positioned adjacent to the set of display structures). Flatness variation may be tighter towards the viewer than away from the viewer. Flatness variation can be more stringent toward the side of the display structure that is disposed adjacent to the touchscreen (eg, where the sensor and emitter panels are disposed). For example, the display structure may protrude toward the viewer and/or the touch screen by a predetermined distance or less. The display structure may protrude away from the viewer and/or the touch screen by more than the predetermined distance. The touchscreen can be configured to display display data as if it were a single display configuration (eg, one media separately divided among the displays in a set of displays such that each display in the set displays a portion of the screen image). The user may use selectors (eg, a cursor and/or a touch screen) to control the plurality of display structures as if the set of display structures were a single display. Tolerances may allow for flatness deviations of up to about 100 micrometers (μm), 300 μm, 500 μm, 700 μm, or 900 μm for any display configuration disposed between the sensor-emitter panels. The flatness deviation limit may be in the direction towards the sensor-emitter panel. The display configuration may be a (eg, slightly) concave, convex, or moiré display (eg, within the tolerances mentioned herein). The gap between two immediately adjacent displays can be up to about 0.1 inches ("), 0.2", 0.3", 0.4", or 0.5". The gap can have any value between the foregoing values (eg, from about 0.1" to about 0.5" ”). A set of display constructs can have a glass panel common to a plurality of displays (eg, TOLEDs). The display constructs can each have a glass panel that supports a display (eg, TOLED).

圖29A至圖29D展示包括觸控螢幕功能性之各種顯示構造之實例。圖29A展示四個顯示器(例如,OLED)2903a、2903b、2903c及2903d之實例,顯示器包夾於四個顯示器共用之前部玻璃2904(可經回火)與各自個別地支撐顯示器之四個後部玻璃面板(例如,2905)之間。顯示器共同形成顯示構造集合。圖29A及圖29B中之四個顯示器配置為二乘二矩陣(本文中亦被稱作群組或集合),兩個緊鄰顯示器之間具有間隙(例如,2915)。間隙2915可被遮蔽(例如,藉由安置於顯示器之間的可撓性填料,諸如透明聚合物及/或樹脂(例如,以允許顯示器由於溫度之膨脹及收縮及/或將顯示構造及/或玻璃面板結合在一起))。感測器-發射器面板2918緊固至顯示構造2902且安裝至框架帽蓋2919。顯示構造使用鉸鏈(未展示)緊固至結構,其為具有豎直豎框2907及水平豎框2908(橫框)之窗框2906。框架2906可安裝(例如,結合)至各種表面(例如,設施內部之壁、板、玻璃或其他安裝位置)。結合可使用黏著劑聚合物及/或樹脂,其可或可不具有相較於其他(例如,剛性)狀態更具延展性的狀態,剛性狀態在環境條件下可為普遍的。圖29A展示側框架帽蓋2910之實例,該側框架帽蓋經組態以將感測器-發射器面板緊固至顯示構造集合之一側2920之顯示構造2902,其中感測器及發射器面板經組態以用作觸控螢幕。顯示器2903a-2903d之集合具有彼此垂直之感測器-發射器面板之兩個集合,感測器-發射器面板毗鄰顯示構造之集合(並非毗鄰顯示器中之每一者)。顯示構造2902中顯示器2903a-2903d之間的高度差之容限可受限制(例如,顯示器中無一者可自感測器-發射器面板朝向觀看者突出至多容限臨限值(例如,如本文中所揭示)),使得來自發射器之信號將能夠無阻礙地到達顯示構造集合之相對側上之感測器(例如,集合內之顯示器無法以多於容限臨限值之偏差朝向觀看者凸出但可遠離觀看者凹入多於容限臨限值)。29A-29D show examples of various display configurations including touch screen functionality. 29A shows an example of four displays (eg, OLEDs) 2903a, 2903b, 2903c, and 2903d sandwiched between four displays sharing a front glass 2904 (which may be tempered) and four rear glasses each individually supporting the displays between panels (eg, 2905). The displays together form a set of display configurations. The four displays in Figures 29A and 29B are configured as a two-by-two matrix (also referred to herein as a group or set) with a gap (eg, 2915) between two immediately adjacent displays. The gap 2915 can be masked (eg, by flexible fillers such as transparent polymers and/or resins disposed between the displays (eg, to allow the displays to expand and contract due to temperature and/or to configure the displays and/or The glass panels are combined)). Sensor-emitter panel 2918 is fastened to display construction 2902 and mounted to frame cap 2919. The display construction is fastened to the structure using hinges (not shown), which are window frames 2906 with vertical mullions 2907 and horizontal mullions 2908 (horizontals). The frame 2906 can be mounted (eg, bonded) to various surfaces (eg, walls, panels, glass, or other mounting locations inside the facility). In combination, adhesive polymers and/or resins may be used, which may or may not have a more ductile state than other (eg, rigid) states, which may be prevalent under ambient conditions. 29A shows an example of a side frame cap 2910 configured to secure a sensor-emitter panel to a display construction 2902 on one side 2920 of a set of display constructions in which the sensor and transmitter are The panel is configured to function as a touch screen. The set of displays 2903a-2903d has two sets of sensor-emitter panels perpendicular to each other, the sensor-emitter panels adjoining the set of display structures (not adjacent to each of the displays). The tolerance for height differences between displays 2903a-2903d in display configuration 2902 may be limited (eg, none of the displays may protrude from the sensor-emitter panel toward the viewer by up to a tolerance threshold (eg, as disclosed herein)), so that the signal from the transmitter will be able to reach the sensors on opposite sides of the set of display constructions unobstructed (eg, the displays within the set cannot be viewed with a deviation more than a tolerance threshold). The viewer is convex but may be concave away from the viewer by more than the tolerance threshold).

在一些實施例中,緊固件經組態以將顯示構造耦接至支撐結構。顯示構造可或可不配備有觸控螢幕能力。支撐結構可為固定件。舉例而言,支撐結構可為窗(例如,可著色窗)之框架部分。該結構可為本文中所揭示之任何結構(例如,壁、弓形結構、門框或任何其他結構框架)。在一些實施例中,緊固件包含經組態以允許(例如,耦接顯示構造)圍繞其軸線之迴轉的鉸鏈。緊固件可包含可移動接合部(例如,鉸鏈)。緊固件可允許其各部分中之至少一者圍繞軸線之擺動。緊固件可包含連接兩個固體物件之機械軸承。固體物件中之至少一者可圍繞軸線(例如,銷釘、樞軸或桿,例如圓柱形桿)擺動。擺動運動可擺動至兩個固體部分(例如,鉸鏈葉片)之間的受限旋轉角度。角度可為至多約270度(°)、180°、90°、60°、45°或30°。該角度可促進到達耦接至緊固件之任何電路系統及/或(例如,電氣)連接。該角度可促進使顯示構造與緊固件附接及/或脫離。該角度可促進使緊固件與支撐結構附接及/或脫離。緊固件可包含筒形鉸鏈、對接鉸鏈、榫眼鉸鏈、隱藏鉸鏈(例如,杯形鉸鏈或歐式鉸鏈)、連續鉸鏈(例如,鋼琴鉸鏈)、旗形鉸鏈、H-鉸鏈、HL鉸鏈、樞軸鉸鏈(例如,雙重作用鉸鏈)、自關閉鉸鏈、彈簧鉸鏈或活動鉸鏈(例如,不含轉向節或銷釘)。迴轉可為鉸鏈葉片(例如,附接至鉸鏈葉片之任何物體)。鉸鏈軸線可與緊固件本體(例如,鉸鏈葉片)具有相同材料或不同材料。舉例而言,鉸鏈軸線相比於鉸鏈本體(例如,鉸鏈葉片)可具有較硬材料。鉸鏈軸線及/或葉片可包含金屬(例如,包含元素金屬或金屬合金)。緊固件可包括轉向節及/或軸線(例如,銷釘)。至少一個鉸鏈葉片(例如,兩個鉸鏈葉片中之每一者)可包含圍繞安置在其側部中之一者處之支點樞轉的第二類槓桿或第三類槓桿。支點為上面擱置及/或支撐有槓桿且槓桿圍繞其樞轉之點(例如,鉸鏈軸線)。舉例而言,鉸鏈葉片可圍繞安置在鉸鏈軸線處之支點樞轉。在第二類槓桿中,負載位於支點與輸入力之間。在第三類槓桿中,輸入力介於支點與負載之間。葉片可自固持鉸鏈軸線之轉向節之集合延伸。舉例而言,緊固件可包含轉向節及/或兩個銷釘之兩個集合。轉向節可為緊固件之葉片之部分(例如,葉片之整體部件,由相同材料片件製成)。鉸鏈之任何部分可包含複合材料(例如,包含碳纖維)。鉸鏈可包含陶瓷材料。鉸鏈可由導熱材料,諸如金屬(例如,銅及/或鋁)製成。金屬可包含元素金屬或金屬合金。鉸鏈軸線(例如,樞軸)可屬於耐用材料。耐用材料可包含不鏽鋼、鈦、平面鋼、鐵、因康鎳合金、赫史特合金、斯帕洛伊合金、雷內合金、英高合金、MP98T、TMS合金或CMSX單晶合金。耐用材料可包含超合金(例如,高效能合金)。鉸鏈(例如,其組件,諸如其軸線(例如,樞軸)中之任一者)可包含耐用材料(例如,超合金)。鉸鏈之轉向節可具有空心圓柱形腔(例如,具有圓形橫截面)。腔可形成鉸鏈之接合部,通過該接合部設定鉸鏈軸線。任一葉片之轉向節可與穿過轉向節之軸線(例如,樞軸)交替及互鎖。轉向節可形成閉合圓柱形腔。轉向節可形成開放腔。圖37展示具有轉向節(例如,3781)之鉸鏈葉片3721之實例,轉向節形成經組態以容納鉸鏈軸線3720之開放腔。轉向節之開放腔促進其葉片(例如,3721)與軸線之附接及/或脫離。在具有開放腔之轉向節實例中,轉向節可藉由(i)使轉向節在沿著樞軸軸線延伸的垂直於樞軸之方向上(例如,及在與腔開口(例如,3782)相反之方向上遠離樞軸移動,及/或(ii)藉由使樞軸沿著其軸線移動提取樞軸而與樞軸分離。圖36展示具有閉合圓柱形腔之轉向節3682之實例,軸線(例如,樞軸)3620橫穿該圓柱形腔。在閉合轉向節實例中,樞軸可能夠(i)沿著其軸線(例如,3683)及圍繞其軸線以圓周運動移動。在閉合轉向節情境中,轉向節可藉由使樞軸沿著其軸線(例如,3683)移動提取樞軸而與樞軸脫離。In some embodiments, the fasteners are configured to couple the display construction to the support structure. The display configuration may or may not be equipped with touch screen capabilities. The support structure may be a fixture. For example, the support structure may be a frame portion of a window (eg, a tintable window). The structure can be any structure disclosed herein (eg, a wall, arcuate structure, door frame, or any other structural frame). In some embodiments, the fastener includes a hinge configured to allow (eg, coupling the display configuration) swivel about its axis. Fasteners may include movable joints (eg, hinges). The fastener may allow swinging of at least one of its portions about an axis. Fasteners can include mechanical bearings that connect two solid objects. At least one of the solid objects can swing about an axis (eg, a pin, a pivot, or a rod, such as a cylindrical rod). The oscillating motion can oscillate to a limited angle of rotation between two solid parts (eg hinge vanes). The angle may be up to about 270 degrees (°), 180°, 90°, 60°, 45° or 30°. This angle may facilitate reaching any circuitry and/or (eg, electrical) connections coupled to the fastener. This angle may facilitate attachment and/or detachment of the display construction from the fastener. This angle may facilitate attachment and/or detachment of the fastener from the support structure. Fasteners may include barrel hinges, butt hinges, mortice hinges, hidden hinges (eg, cup hinges or Euro hinges), continuous hinges (eg, piano hinges), flag hinges, H-hinges, HL hinges, pivots Hinges (eg, double-acting hinges), self-closing hinges, spring hinges, or living hinges (eg, without knuckles or pins). The swivel may be a hinge blade (eg, any object attached to the hinge blade). The hinge axis can be of the same material or a different material than the fastener body (eg, hinge blade). For example, the hinge axis may have a harder material than the hinge body (eg, hinge blades). The hinge axis and/or blade may comprise metal (eg, comprising elemental metals or metal alloys). Fasteners may include knuckles and/or axes (eg, pins). At least one hinge blade (eg, each of the two hinge blades) may include a second or third type of lever pivoting about a fulcrum disposed at one of its sides. The fulcrum is the point on which the lever rests and/or is supported and about which the lever pivots (eg, the hinge axis). For example, the hinge blades can pivot about a fulcrum positioned at the hinge axis. In the second type of lever, the load is between the fulcrum and the input force. In the third type of lever, the input force is between the fulcrum and the load. The blades may extend from a collection of knuckles that hold the hinge axis. For example, a fastener may include a steering knuckle and/or two sets of two pins. The knuckle may be part of the blade of the fastener (eg, an integral part of the blade, made from a piece of the same material). Any portion of the hinge may comprise composite material (eg, comprising carbon fiber). The hinge may comprise ceramic material. The hinge may be made of therma